0001854963 false 0001854963 2022-09-19 2022-09-19 0001854963 NLIT:UnitsEachConsistingOfOneShareOfClassCommonStockAndOnehalfOfOneRedeemableWarrantMember 2022-09-19 2022-09-19 0001854963 NLIT:ClassCommonStock0.0001ParValuePerShareMember 2022-09-19 2022-09-19 0001854963 NLIT:RedeemableWarrantsEachWholeWarrantExercisableForOneShareOfClassCommonStockAtExercisePriceOf11.50PerShareMember 2022-09-19 2022-09-19 iso4217:USD xbrli:shares iso4217:USD xbrli:shares

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 8-K

 

CURRENT REPORT

 

Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of

the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported): September 19, 2022

 

Northern Lights Acquisition Corp.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation)

 

001-40524   86-2409612

(Commission

File Number)

 

(IRS Employer

Identification No.)

 

10 East 53rd Street, Suite 3001

New York, New York 10022

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (510) 323-2526

 

 

(Former name or former address, if changed since last report)

 

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:

 

  Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)
     
  Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)
     
  Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))
     
  Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class   Trading Symbol(s)   Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Units, each consisting of one share of Class A Common Stock and one-half of one Redeemable Warrant   NLITU   The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
Class A Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share   NLIT   The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
Redeemable Warrants, each whole warrant exercisable for one share of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share   NLITW   The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933 (§230.405 of this chapter) or Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§240.12b-2 of this chapter).

 

Emerging growth company

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

 

 

 

 
 

 

Item 1.01. Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement.

 

Amendment to Unit Purchase Agreement

 

As previously disclosed, on February 11, 2022, Northern Lights Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and 5AK, LLC, the Company’s sponsor (the “Sponsor”), entered into a definitive unit purchase agreement (the “Unit Purchase Agreement”) with SHF, LLC d/b/a Safe Harbor Financial, a Colorado limited liability company (the “Target”), SHF Holding Co., LLC, the sole member of the Target (the “Seller”), and Partner Colorado Credit Union, the sole member of the Seller (the “Seller Parent”), whereby the Company will purchase all of the issued and outstanding membership interests of the Target from the Seller (the “Business Combination”). As also previously disclosed, the Company, the Sponsor, the Target, the Seller, and the Seller Parent amended the Unit Purchase Agreement to extend the date by which the closing of the Business Combination had to occur (the “Outside Date”) from June 30, 2022 until July 29, 2022, with the ability for the deadline to be extended through August 31, 2022.

 

On September 19, 2022, the Company, the Sponsor, the Target, the Seller, and the Seller Parent entered into an amendment to the Unit Purchase Agreement (the “UPA Amendment”) to (i) further extend the Outside Date from August 31, 2022 until September 28, 2022 and (ii) provide for the deferral of $30 million (the “Deferred Cash Consideration”) of the $70 million due to the Seller at the closing of the Business Combination. The purpose of deferral is to provide the Company with additional cash to support its post-closing activities. Pursuant to the UPA Amendment, the Company will pay the Deferred Cash Consideration in six equal installments of $5,375,000, payable beginning on the first business day following January 1, 2023 and on the first business day of each of the following five fiscal quarters, for a total of $32,250,000 (which amount includes 5% interest annualized). The Deferred Cash Consideration may be prepaid by the Company, in whole or in part, at any time.

 

In consideration of the Seller’s and the Seller Parent’s agreement to the foregoing amendment to the Unit Purchase Agreement, and to secure the Company’s payment thereof, Luminous Capital USA Inc., an affiliate of the Sponsor (“Luminous”), has agreed to escrow 1,200,000 of the shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock (the “Escrowed Shares”) to be received by Luminous at the closing of the Business Combination, such escrow to be evidenced by an escrow agreement with a third-party escrow agent reasonably acceptable to the parties and Luminous. The Escrowed Shares will be released to Luminous upon payment in full of the Deferred Cash Consideration. Luminous will meanwhile be entitled to vote all such Escrowed Shares.

 

The foregoing description is only a summary of the UPA Amendment and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the UPA Amendment, which is filed as Exhibit 10.1 hereto and incorporated by reference herein.

 

Item 7.01. Regulation FD Disclosure.

 

On September 19, 2022, Northern Lights Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) issued a press release announcing (i) the UPA Amendment and (ii) the anticipated closing date of the Company’s pending Business Combination (as defined below) and a supplement to the Company’s definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A filed in conjunction therewith, as described in more detail in Item 8.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K. The press release is attached hereto as Exhibit 99.1 and incorporated by reference herein.

 

The information in this Item 7.01, including Exhibit 99.1, is being furnished and will not be deemed to be filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or otherwise be subject to the liabilities of that section, nor will it be deemed to be incorporated by reference in any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

 

Item 8.01. Other Events.

 

Supplements to Definitive Proxy Statement

 

The Company held a special meeting on June 28, 2022 (the “Special Meeting”) at which the Company’s stockholders met to consider and approve the Business Combination and the other matters described in the Company’s definitive proxy statement filed with the SEC and distributed to the stockholders on June 10, 2022 (the “June Proxy Statement”). As previously disclosed, all matters presented at the Special Meeting were approved by the Company’s stockholders. The Company initially intended to close the Business Combination immediately following such approval; however, the closing of the Business Combination was delayed due to the ongoing review of the Company’s listing application by the Listing Qualifications Staff of the Nasdaq Stock Market (the “Listing Qualifications Staff”).

 

The Company currently anticipates closing the Business Combination by September 28, 2022. Because of the delay between the Special Meeting and the anticipated closing date, and in connection with certain revised disclosures set forth herein, the Company has determined to allow its public stockholders to request that the Company redeem their shares of Class A Common Stock for cash in accordance with the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Please see “Additional Redemption Rights” below for more information.

 

 
 

 

In conjunction with the Company’s discussions with the Listing Qualifications Staff, the Company and the Target have revised certain sections of the June Proxy Statement to clarify certain aspects of the business of the Target. While the Company believes that the disclosures currently set forth in the June Proxy Statement comply fully with applicable law and regulations, to avoid any further delay to the closing of the Business Combination, the Company has determined to voluntarily supplement the June Proxy Statement with the supplemental disclosures attached hereto as Exhibits 99.2, 99.4, and 99.6 (the “Supplemental Disclosures”). Nothing in the Supplemental Disclosures shall be deemed an admission of the legal necessity or materiality under applicable law of any of the disclosures set forth herein. The Company is not resoliciting any votes or proxies from its stockholders.

 

The Supplemental Disclosures should be read in conjunction with the June Proxy Statement, which should be read in their entirety. All page references are to pages in the June Proxy Statement, and capitalized terms used therein, unless otherwise defined, have the meanings set forth in the June Proxy Statement. The June Proxy Statement is hereby supplemented by the Supplemental Disclosures (and, as so supplemented, is referred to herein as the “Amended Proxy Statement”) as follows:

 

The “Risk Factors” section of the June Proxy Statement beginning on page 64 of the June Proxy Statement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety by the revised “Risk Factors” section included as Exhibit 99.2 hereto. A redline comparison of the revised “Risk Factors” section as compared to the version in the June Proxy Statement is included as Exhibit 99.3 hereto.

 

The “Business of Safe Harbor Financial” section of the June Proxy Statement beginning on page 162 of the June Proxy Statement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety by the revised “Business of Safe Harbor Financial” section included as Exhibit 99.4 hereto. A redline comparison of the revised “Business of Safe Harbor Financial” section as compared to the version in the June Proxy Statement is included as Exhibit 99.5 hereto.

 

The “SHF’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section of the June Proxy Statement beginning on page 177 of the June Proxy Statement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety by the revised “SHF’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section included as Exhibit 99.6 hereto. A redline comparison of the revised “SHF’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section as compared to the version in the June Proxy Statement is included as Exhibit 99.7 hereto.

 

Additionally, the June Proxy Statement is further supplemented to remove all references to Paul Penney serving as the Chief Investment Officer of the post-combination company. Please see the “Other Updates” section of this Current Report on Form 8-K for more information.

 

 
 

 

Offering of Convertible Preferred Stock

 

As previously disclosed and as described in the June Proxy Statement, in order to finance a portion of the purchase price payable under the Unit Purchase Agreement, and the costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “PIPE Securities Purchase Agreement”) with certain investors (the “PIPE Investors”) concurrently with the execution of the Unit Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which such PIPE Investors committed to purchase $60 million of shares of Class A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “PIPE Shares”) and warrants (the “PIPE Warrants”) to purchase up to a number of shares of the Class A Common Stock equal to 50% of shares of the Class A Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the PIPE Shares (the “PIPE Financing”). The closing of the PIPE Financing will occur immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination.

 

Following the delay in the closing of the Business Combination, the Company and its advisors have continued to hold discussions with the PIPE Investors and are in the process of confirming the final pool of investors that will participate in the PIPE Financing. The Company will file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the SEC disclosing any changes to the terms of the PIPE Financing that result from these discussions.

 

Additional Redemption Rights

 

Although the Company is not resoliciting any votes or proxies for any of the matters previously approved at the Special Meeting, the Company will allow its public stockholders to request that the Company redeem their shares of Class A Common Stock for cash in accordance with the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

Pursuant to our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, any holders of our public shares may demand that such shares be redeemed in exchange for a pro rata share of the aggregate amount on deposit in the Trust Account, less franchise and income taxes payable, calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Business Combination. If demand is properly made and the Business Combination is consummated, these shares, immediately prior to the Business Combination, will cease to be outstanding and will represent only the right to receive a pro rata share of the aggregate amount on deposit in the Trust Account that holds the proceeds of the Company’s initial public offering (calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, less franchise and income taxes payable). For illustrative purposes, based on the fair value of investment securities held in the Trust Account of $118,458,452 as of September 19, 2022, the estimated per share redemption price would be approximately $10.30.

 

To exercise its redemption rights, a stockholder must (i) if it holds public units of the Company, separate the underlying public shares of Class A Common Stock and public warrants, and (ii) prior to 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on Friday, September 23, 2022 , (a) tender its shares of Class A Common Stock by either physically delivering its share certificate to Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, the Company’s transfer agent (the “Transfer Agent”), or electronically through DTC’s DWAC system, and (b) submit a request in writing that the Company redeem such shares for a pro rata portion of the funds held in the Trust Account to the Transfer Agent, at the following address:

 

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company

1 State Street 30th Floor

New York, New York 10004

Attention: Mark Zimkind

Email: mzimkind@continentalstock.com

 

If a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee holds the stockholder’s public units, the stockholder must instruct such nominee to separate the public units. The nominee must send written instructions by facsimile to Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, the Transfer Agent. Such written instructions must include the number of public units to be split and the nominee holding such public units. The nominee must also initiate electronically, using DTC’s DWAC system, a withdrawal of the relevant units and a deposit of an equal number of public shares and public warrants. This must be completed far enough in advance to permit the nominee to exercise the redemption rights upon the separation of the public shares from the public units. While this is typically done electronically on the same business day, stockholders should allow at least one full business day to accomplish the separation. If the public shares are not timely separated, the exercise of redemption rights may be delayed or may not occur.

 

 
 

 

Stockholders that have already requested redemption of their shares in accordance with the foregoing procedures, and whose redemption request was not reversed, need not take any further action. Redemption rights are not available with respect to the shares held by the Sponsor or by the purchasers under forward purchase agreements entered into on June 16, 2022 among the Company, the Target and Midtown East Management NL LLC (please see the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 17, 2022 for more information).

 

Please see the “Special Meeting in Lieu of the 2022 Annual Meeting of Company Stockholders – Redemption Rights” section of the June Proxy Statement on page 105 of the June Proxy Statement for additional information regarding the process to exercise redemption rights.

 

Other Updates

 

Fameree Consulting Agreement

 

Effective as of July 1, 2022, the Target and Chris Fameree, the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, entered into an independent contractor agreement (the “Independent Contractor Agreement”), whereby Mr. Fameree provides assistance with certain financial reporting, accounting, and other related services to the Target during the interim period until the closing of the Business Combination. Mr. Fameree will receive a monthly consulting fee of $23,750.00 from the Target for the term of the Independent Contractor Agreement, which the parties intend to terminate upon the consummation of the Business Combination.

 

Departure of Chief Investment Officer

 

Paul Penney’s role as a consultant to the Target will terminate effective as of September 30, 2022. The Target is currently anticipates filling his role with other internal candidates and is undertaking a search for a replacement.

 

Additional Information and Where to Find It

 

The proposed Business Combination involving the Company and the Target was submitted to the stockholders of the Company for their consideration. The Company filed the June Proxy Statement with the SEC on June 10, 2022, which was distributed to the stockholders of the Company in connection with the Company’s solicitation for proxies for the vote by the stockholders of the Company in connection with the proposed Business Combination and other matters as described in the June Proxy Statement. Before making any voting decision, the stockholders of the Company and other interested persons were advised to read the June Proxy Statement along with all other relevant documents filed with the SEC in connection with the proposed Business Combination and the Company’s solicitation of proxies for its special meeting of stockholders to be held to approve, among other things, the proposed Business Combination, because these documents contain important information about the Company, the Target, and the proposed Business Combination. The stockholders approved the Business Combination on June 28, 2022. Stockholders will be able to obtain free copies of the Amended Proxy Statement as well as other documents filed with the SEC regarding the proposed Business Combination and other documents filed with the SEC by the Company, without charge, at the SEC’s website located at www.sec.gov or by directing a request to Northern Lights Acquisition Corp., 10 East 53rd Street, Suite 3001, New York, NY, 10022, or by telephone at (615) 554-0044.

 

Participants in Solicitation

 

The Company and its directors and executive officers may be deemed participants in the solicitation of proxies from the Company’s stockholders with respect to the Business Combination. Information about those directors and executive officers and a description of their interests in the Company is contained in the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on June 2, 2021 in connection with its initial public offering, its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021 filed with the SEC on March 25, 2022, the Amended Proxy Statement, each of which was filed with the SEC and is available free of charge at the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov, or by directing a request to Northern Lights Acquisition Corp., 10 East 53rd Street, Suite 3001, New York, NY, 10022.

 

The Seller, the Seller Parent, the Target, and their respective directors, managers, and executive officers may also be deemed to be participants in the solicitation of proxies from the Company’s stockholders in connection with the Business Combination. A list of the names of such parties and information regarding their interests in the Business Combination may be obtained by reading the Amended Proxy Statement.

 

 
 

 

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

 

This Current Report on Form 8-K contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements include, but are not limited to, statements about future financial and operating results, our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions with respect to future operations, products and services; and other statements identified by words such as “will likely result,” “are expected to,” “will continue,” “is anticipated,” “estimated,” “believe,” “intend,” “plan,” “projection,” “outlook” or words of similar meaning. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements with respect to trends in the cannabis industry, including changes in U.S and state laws, rules, regulations and guidance relating to the Target’s services, the Target’s growth prospects and the Target’s market size, the Target’s projected financial and operational performance, including relative to its competitors, new product and service offerings the Target may introduce in the future, the proposed Business Combination, including the implied enterprise value, the expected post-closing ownership structure and the likelihood and ability of the parties to successfully consummate the Business Combination, the risk that the proposed Business Combination may not be completed in a timely manner or at all, which may adversely affect the price of the Company’s securities, the failure to satisfy the conditions to the consummation of the proposed Business Combination, , the effect of the announcement or pendency of the proposed Business Combination on the Company’s or the Target’s business relationships, performance, and business generally, the outcome of any legal proceedings that may be instituted against the Company or the Target related to the Unit Purchase Agreement or the proposed Business Combination, the ability to maintain the listing of the Company’s securities on the Nasdaq Capital Market, the price of the Company’s securities, including volatility resulting from changes in the competitive and highly regulated industry in which the Target plans to operate, variations in performance across competitors, changes in laws and regulations affecting the Target’s business and changes in the combined capital structure, the ability to implement business plans, forecasts, and other expectations after the completion of the proposed Business Combination, and identify and realize additional opportunities, and other statements regarding the Target’s and the Company’s expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. Such forward-looking statements are based upon the current beliefs and expectations of our management and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are difficult to predict and generally beyond our control. Actual results and the timing of events may differ materially from the results anticipated in these forward-looking statements.

 

In addition to factors previously disclosed in the Company’s reports filed with the SEC, the Amended Proxy Statement, and those identified elsewhere in this communication, the following factors, among others, could cause actual results and the timing of events to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements: (i) the risk that the transactions contemplated by the Unit Purchase Agreement may not be completed in a timely manner or at all, which may adversely affect the price of the Company’s securities; (ii) the risk that the transactions contemplated by the Unit Purchase Agreement may not be completed by the Company’s Business Combination deadline as extended and the potential failure to obtain an additional extension of the Business Combination deadline if sought by the Company; (iii) the failure to satisfy the conditions to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Unit Purchase Agreement, including the satisfaction of the minimum cash amount following redemptions by the Company’s public stockholders and the receipt of certain governmental and regulatory approvals; (iv) the lack of a third-party valuation in determining whether or not to pursue the transactions contemplated by the Unit Purchase Agreement; (v) the occurrence of any event, change or other circumstance that could give rise to the termination of the Unit Purchase Agreement prior to closing; (vi) the effect of the announcement or pendency of the transactions contemplated by the Unit Purchase Agreement on the Target’s business relationships, performance and business generally; (vii) risks that the transactions contemplated by the Unit Purchase Agreement disrupt current plans and operations of the Target; (viii) the outcome of any legal proceedings that may be instituted against the Target or the Company related to the Unit Purchase Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby; (ix) the ability to maintain the listing of the Company’s securities on Nasdaq Capital Market; (x) the price of the Company’s securities, including following the closing, may be volatile due to a variety of factors, including changes in the competitive and regulated industries in which the Target operates, variations in performance across competitors, changes in laws and regulations affecting the Target’s business and changes in the capital structure, and the dilutive impact of the shares to be issued in connection with the Business Combination, the private placement to be completed in conjunction with the Business Combination, and the terms of the Forward Purchase Agreement; (xi) the ability to implement business plans, forecasts, and other expectations after the completion of the transactions contemplated by the Unit Purchase Agreement, and identify and realize additional opportunities; (xii) the risk of downturns and the possibility of rapid change in the highly competitive industry in which the Target operates, and the risk of changes in applicable law, rules, regulations and regulatory guidance that could adversely impact the Target’s operations; (xiii) the risk that the Target and its current and future collaborators are unable to successfully develop and commercialize the Target’s products or services, or experience significant delays in doing so; (xiv) the risk that the Target may not achieve or sustain profitability; (xv) the risk that the Target will need to raise additional capital to execute its business plan, which may not be available on acceptable terms or at all; and (xvi) the risk that the Target experiences difficulties in managing its growth and expanding operations.

 

 
 

 

Actual results, performance or achievements may differ materially, and potentially adversely, from any projections and forward-looking statements and the assumptions on which those forward-looking statements are based. There can be no assurance that the data contained herein is reflective of future performance to any degree. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements as a predictor of future performance as projected financial information and other information are based on estimates and assumptions that are inherently subject to various significant risks, uncertainties and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. All information set forth herein speaks only as of the date hereof in the case of information about the Company and the Target or the date of such information in the case of information from persons other than the Company or the Target, and we disclaim any intention or obligation to update any forward-looking statements as a result of developments occurring after the date of this communication. Forecasts and estimates regarding the Target’s industry and end markets are based on sources we believe to be reliable, however there can be no assurance these forecasts and estimates will prove accurate in whole or in part. Annualized, pro forma, projected, and estimated numbers are used for illustrative purpose only, are not forecasts and may not reflect actual results.

 

No Offer or Solicitation

 

This Current Report on Form 8-K relates to a proposed business combination between the Company and the Target and does not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy any securities, or a solicitation of any vote or approval, nor shall there be any sale of securities in any jurisdiction in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such jurisdiction.

 

Item 9.01. Financial Statements and Exhibits.

 

(d) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit No.   Description
     
10.1   Amendment to Unit Purchase Agreement
     
99.1   Press Release
     
99.2   Revised Risk Factors Section of Proxy Statement
     
99.3   Redline Comparison of Risk Factors Section of Proxy Statement
     
99.4   Revised Business of Safe Harbor Financial Section of Proxy Statement
     
99.5   Redline Comparison of Business of Safe Harbor Financial Section of Proxy Statement
     
99.6   Revised SHF’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Section of Proxy Statement
     
99.7   Redline Comparison of SHF’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Section of Proxy Statement
     
104   Cover Page Interactive Data File (Embedded within the Inline XBRL document and included in Exhibit)

 

 
 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

 

  NORTHERN LIGHTS ACQUISITION CORP.
     
Date: September 19, 2022 By: /s/ John Darwin
    John Darwin
    Co-Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

AMENDMENT

TO UNIT PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This Amendment to Unit Purchase Agreement (the “Amendment”) is entered into as of September 19, 2022, with respect to that Unit Purchase Agreement dated as of February 11, 2022 (the “Purchase Agreement”) among (i) Northern Lights Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors, the “Purchaser”), (ii) 5AK, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, in the capacity as the representative from and after the Closing (as defined below) for the stockholders of the Purchaser (other than the Seller (as defined below) as of immediately prior to the Closing and its successors and assignees) in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement (the “Purchaser Representative”), (iii) SHF Holding Co, LLC, a Colorado limited liability company (the “Seller”), (iv) Partner Colorado Credit Union, a Colorado corporation (the “Seller Parent”), and (v) SHF, LLC d/b/a Safe Harbor Financial, a Colorado limited liability company (the “Company”).

 

Luminous Capital USA Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Luminous”), is entering into this Amendment solely for purposes of Section 2 hereof.

 

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Amendment have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Purchase Agreement.

 

RECITALS

 

A. The Parties desire to modify (i) the timing of payment of a portion of the Purchase Consideration to be paid in cash at Closing for the purpose of preserving additional cash for the Purchaser’s post-closing operations and (ii) provide for an extension of the Outside Date on which the Closing must occur, each on the terms and subject to the conditions as set forth in this Amendment.

 

B. The Parties also desire to provide that the Purchase Consideration be paid directly to the Seller Parent.

 

C. Pursuant to Section 9.9 of the Purchase Agreement, any provision of the Purchase Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by each of the Purchaser, the Seller, the Purchaser Representative, the Company, and the Seller Parent.

 

D. The Purchaser, the Seller, the Purchaser Representative, the Company, and the Seller Parent desire to amend the Purchase Agreement as set forth herein.

 

 

 

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and agreements contained herein and in the Purchase Agreement, the Purchaser, the Seller, the Purchaser Representative, the Company, and the Seller Parent, together with Luminous as to Section 2 hereof, each, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Amendments to the Purchase Agreement.

 

(a) Section 1.6 of the Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

“1.6 Purchase Consideration. As consideration for the Purchase, the Seller shall be entitled to receive from the Purchaser, in the aggregate, $185,000,000 consisting of (i) 11,386,139 shares of Purchaser Common Stock with an aggregate value equal to $115,000,000 (the “Share Consideration”) and (ii) $70,000,000 in cash (the “Cash Consideration,” and together with the Cash Consideration, the “Purchase Consideration”). The shares of Purchaser Common Stock constituting the Share Consideration shall be valued at the Exchange Price. The Share Consideration is subject to the withholding of the Escrow Shares deposited in the Escrow Account in accordance with Section 1.11, and after the Closing is subject to reduction for the indemnification obligations of the Indemnifying Parties set forth in Article V. The Cash Consideration shall be paid as follows: (x) $40,000,000 shall be paid at the Closing in accordance with Section 1.8 of the Purchase Agreement and (y) $30,000,000 (the “Deferred Cash Consideration”) shall be paid in six equal installments of $5,375,000, payable beginning on the first business day following January 1, 2023 and on the first business day of each of the following five fiscal quarters, for a total of $32,250,000 (which amount includes 5% interest annualized). The Deferred Cash Consideration may be prepaid by the Company, in whole or in part, at any time.”

 

(b) Section 1.8 of the Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

“1.8 Surrender of Company Securities and Disbursement of Purchase Consideration.

 

(a) Prior to the Closing, the Purchaser shall appoint its transfer agent, Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, or another agent reasonably acceptable to the Company (the “Exchange Agent”), for the purpose of exchanging 100% of the Company Membership Interests for the 11,386,139 shares of Purchaser Common Stock constituting the Share Consideration, subject to the Escrow Shares to be deposited in the Escrow Account in accordance with Section 1.11. At or prior to the Closing, (i) the Purchaser shall deposit, or cause to be deposited, with the Exchange Agent 11,386,139 shares of Purchaser Common Stock and (ii) the Seller shall deliver to the Exchange Agent an Assignment of Company Membership Interests in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F (the “Assignment of Company Membership Interests”).

 

 

 

 

(b) The Seller shall be entitled to receive the Purchase Consideration, including the right to receive the Deferred Cash Consideration as set forth in Section 1.6 above (less the Escrow Shares), upon delivery to the Exchange Agent of the Assignment of Company Membership Interests and such other documents as may be reasonably necessary to effect the transfer of the Company Membership Interests as requested by the Exchange Agent (the Assignment of Company Membership Interests and such additional documents being the “Transmittal Documents”). The Exchange Agent shall confirm, in writing, to the Seller that the Exchange Agent holds in escrow an aggregate amount equal to $70,000,000, which represents the Cash Consideration. Upon such confirmation, and upon the Exchange Agent’s confirmation of receipt of the Assignment of Company Membership Interests, (i) the Company Membership Interests shall be converted into and shall represent the right of Seller to receive the Purchase Consideration, subject to Section 1.6 as to the Deferred Cash Consideration and Section 1.11 as to the Luminous Escrowed Shares, (ii) the limited liability company membership interests of the Company shall be deemed transferred to the Purchaser and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be deemed closed, (iii) the Exchange Agent shall immediately thereafter deliver to the Seller Parent (x) $40,000,000 of the Cash Consideration and (y) the amount of Company Excess Cash (as defined in and determined pursuant to Section 1.9, each of the amounts in (x) and (y) to be sent by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated in writing by the Seller Parent, and (z) the Share Consideration, less the Escrow Shares, by deposit of the such shares of Purchaser Common Stock to an account in the Seller Parent’s name at the Exchange Agent in the Direct Registration System, and (iv) the Exchange Agent shall deliver the Deferred Cash Consideration to the Purchaser.”

 

2. Security for Payment of Deferred Cash Consideration. In consideration of the Seller’s and the Seller Parent’s agreement to defer the Deferred Cash Consideration, and to secure the Purchaser’s payment thereof, Luminous agrees that it will escrow 1,200,000 of the shares of Purchaser Common Stock (the “Luminous Escrowed Shares”) to be received by Luminous at the Closing, such escrow to be evidenced by an escrow agreement with a third-party escrow agent reasonably acceptable to the Parties and Luminous. The Parties agree that Luminous shall be entitled to vote all such Luminous Escrowed Shares and that the Luminous Escrowed Shares shall be released to Luminous upon payment in full of the Deferred Cash Consideration.

 

3. Extension of Outside Date. The Parties confirm and agree that the Outside Date for the Closing of the Business Combination shall be September 28, 2022.

 

4. No Other Changes. Except as expressly provided in this Amendment, all of the terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement remain unmodified and in full force and effect.

 

5. Other Provisions. The provisions of Article IX of the Purchase Agreement are hereby incorporated herein mutatis mutandis, as if a part hereof.

 

10. Effective Time. The amendment contemplated by this Amendment shall be effective, and this Amendment shall be deemed to have been executed and delivered by each of the Parties, at such time as counterparts hereto shall have been executed and delivered by each of them, regardless of whether they have executed the same counterpart.

 

11. Entire Agreement. This Amendment and the Purchase Agreement, as modified hereby, constitute the sole and entire agreement of the Parties with respect to the subject matter of this Amendment, and supersede all other prior and contemporaneous understandings, agreements, representations and warranties, whether express or implied, written and oral, with respect to such subject matter.

 

[Signature pages follow.]

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

  Purchaser:  
     
  NORTHERN LIGHTS ACQUISITION CORP.
     
  By: /s/ John Darwin
  Name: John Darwin
  Title: Co-Chief Executive Officer
     
  Purchaser Representative:
     
  5AK, LLC, solely in the capacity as the Purchaser Representative hereunder
     
  By: Luminous Capital Inc.,
  its Manager
     
  By: /s/ Joshua Mann
  Name: Joshua Mann
  Title: Managing Director
     
  Seller:
     
  SHF HOLDING CO, LLC
     
     
  By: /s/ Richard Bollig
  Name: Richard Bollig
  Title: Board Chair
     
  Company:  
     
  SHF, LLC D/B/A SAFE HARBOR FINANCIAL
     
  By: /s/ Sundie Seefried
  Name: Sundie Seefried
  Title: Chief Executive Officer and Board Chair
     
  Seller Parent:
     
  PARTNER COLORADO CREDIT UNION
     
  By: /s/ Linda Head
  Name: Linda Head
  Title: Board Chair
     
  Luminous (as to Section 2 only):
     
  LUMINOUS CAPITAL USA INC.
     
  By: /s/ Joshua Mann
  Name: Joshua Mann
  Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Amendment to Unit Purchase Agreement]

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.1

 

Northern Lights Acquisition Corp. Announces

Amendment of Unit Purchase Agreement

and

Supplement to Definitive Proxy Statement

 

Amendment Includes Reduced Initial Cash Payment to the Seller and Business Combination is Expected to Close by September 28, 2022 Upon Regulatory Approval

 

New York – September 19, 2022 – Northern Lights Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) (Nasdaq: NLIT), a special purpose acquisition company, announced that it has amended that certain unit purchase agreement (as amended, the “Unit Purchase Agreement”), dated February 11, 2022, by and among the Company, 5AK, LLC, the Company’s sponsor, SHF, LLC d/b/a Safe Harbor Financial, a Colorado limited liability company (“Safe Harbor”), SHF Holding Co., LLC, a Colorado limited liability company and the sole member of Safe Harbor (the “Seller”), and Partner Colorado Credit Union, a Colorado corporation and the sole member of the Seller, to (i) extend the date by which the transactions contemplated thereby (the “Business Combination”) had to be consummated from August 31, 2022 (the “Outside Date”) until September 28, 2022 and (ii) provide for the deferral of $30 million (the “Deferred Cash Consideration”) of the $70 million due to the Seller at the closing of the Business Combination. The extension of the Outside Date will provide the Company with additional time to complete the Business Combination as it awaits regulatory approval, and the deferral of the Deferred Cash Consideration will provide the Company with additional cash to support its post-closing activities.

 

The Company also announced that it has supplemented its definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A (as supplemented, the “Proxy Statement”), which Proxy Statement was initially filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on June 10, 2022 in connection with the Business Combination.

 

Although the Business Combination was approved by the Company’s stockholders at the special meeting of stockholders held on June 28, 2022, the Company has determined to voluntarily supplement the Proxy Statement with certain supplemental disclosures (the “Supplemental Disclosures”) to clarify certain aspects of the business of Safe Harbor in response to requests made by the Listing Qualifications Staff of the Nasdaq Stock Market as part of the Listing Qualifications Staff’s review of the Company’s listing application filed in connection with the Business Combination.

 

In connection with the Supplemental Disclosures, the Company will allow its public stockholders to request that the Company redeem their shares of Class A Common Stock for cash in accordance with the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the procedures set forth in the Proxy Statement and the Current Report on Form 8-K to be filed with the SEC in connection with the Supplemental Disclosures.

 

About Northern Lights Acquisition Corp.

 

Northern Lights is a blank check company formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, amalgamation, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization, or similar business combination with one or more businesses. For more information, visit https://northernlightsacquisitioncorp.com/home/default.aspx.

 

About Safe Harbor

 

Safe Harbor is one of the first service providers to offer reliable access to banking solutions for cannabis, hemp, CBD, and ancillary operators, making communities safer, driving growth in local economies, and fostering long-term partnerships. Safe Harbor, through its partners, serves the regulated cannabis industry and implements the highest standard of accountability, transparency, monitoring, reporting, and risk mitigation measures while meeting BSA obligations in line with FinCEN guidance on CRBs. Over the past seven years, Safe Harbor (including its predecessor) has assisted with the placement of over $12 billion in deposit transactions for customers with operations spanning 20 states with regulated cannabis markets. For more information, visit www.shfinancial.org.

 

 
 

 

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

 

Certain statements contained in this press release constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of federal securities laws. Forward-looking statements may include, but are not limited to, statements with respect to (i) trends in the cannabis industry, including changes in U.S and state laws, rules, regulations and guidance relating to Safe Harbor’s services; (ii) Safe Harbor’s growth prospects and Safe Harbor’s market size; (iii) Safe Harbor’s projected financial and operational performance, including relative to its competitors; (iv) new product and service offerings Safe Harbor may introduce in the future; (v) the proposed business combination, including the implied enterprise value, the expected post-closing ownership structure and the likelihood and ability of the parties to successfully consummate the potential transaction; (vi) the risk that the proposed business combination may not be completed in a timely manner or at all, whether as a result of recent volatility in the capital markets or otherwise, which may adversely affect the price of Northern Lights’ securities; (vii) the failure to satisfy the conditions to the consummation of the proposed business combination; (viii) the effect of the announcement or pendency of the proposed business combination on Northern Lights’ or Safe Harbor’s business relationships, performance, and business generally; (ix) the outcome of any legal proceedings that may be instituted against Northern Lights or Safe Harbor related to the definitive unit purchase agreement or the proposed business combination; (x) the ability to maintain the listing of Northern Lights’ securities on the Nasdaq Capital Market; (xi) the price of Northern Lights’ securities, including volatility resulting from changes in the competitive and highly regulated industry in which Safe Harbor plans to operate, variations in performance across competitors, changes in laws and regulations affecting Safe Harbor’s business and changes in the combined capital structure; (xii) the ability to implement business plans, forecasts, and other expectations after the completion of the proposed business combination, and identify and realize additional opportunities; and (xiii) other statements regarding Safe Harbor’s and Northern Lights’ expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. In addition, any statements that refer to projections, forecasts or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intends,” “outlook,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “would,” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Forward-looking statements are predictions, projections and other statements about future events that are based on current expectations and assumptions and, as a result, are subject, are subject to risks and uncertainties. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described in the “Risk Factors” section of Northern Lights’ registration statement on Form S-1, the proxy statement relating to the proposed business combination, which has been filed in preliminary form by Northern Lights with the SEC, other documents filed by Northern Lights from time to time with SEC, and any risk factors made available to you in connection with Northern Lights, Safe Harbor, and the transaction. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks and uncertainties (some of which are beyond the control of Safe Harbor and Northern Lights), and other assumptions, that may cause the actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.

 

 
 

 

Additional Information about the Business Combination and Where to Find It

 

The proposed business combination involving Northern Lights and Safe Harbor was submitted to the stockholders of Northern Lights for their consideration. Northern Lights filed the Proxy Statement with the SEC on June 10, 2022, which was distributed to the stockholders of Northern Lights in connection with Northern Lights’ solicitation for proxies for the vote by the stockholders of Northern Lights connection with the proposed business combination and other matters as described in the Proxy Statement. Before making any voting decision, the stockholders of Northern Lights and other interested persons were advised to read the Proxy Statement, along with all other relevant documents filed with the SEC in connection with the proposed business combination and Northern Lights’ solicitation of proxies for its special meeting of stockholders to be held to approve, among other things, the proposed business combination, because these documents contained important information about Northern Lights, Safe Harbor, and the proposed business combination. The stockholders approved the Business Combination on June 28, 2022. Stockholders may obtain free copies of the Proxy Statement, as well as other documents filed with the SEC regarding the proposed business combination and other documents filed with the SEC by Northern Lights, without charge, at the SEC’s website located at www.sec.gov or by directing a request to Northern Lights Acquisition Corporation, 10 East 53rd Street, Suite 3001, New York, NY, 10022, or by telephone at (615) 554-0044.

 

No Offer or Solicitation

 

This press release relates to a proposed business combination between Northern Lights and Safe Harbor and does not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy any securities, or a solicitation of any vote or approval, nor shall there be any sale of securities in any jurisdiction in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such jurisdiction.

 

Participants in the Solicitation

 

Northern Lights and Safe Harbor, and certain of their respective directors and executive officers, under the rules of the SEC, may be deemed to be participants in the solicitation of proxies from Northern Lights’ stockholders in favor of the approval of the business combination. Information about the directors and officers of Northern Lights and their ownership of Northern Lights Class B common stock can also be found in Northern Lights’ registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on June 2, 2021 in connection with its initial public offering, its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021 filed with the SEC on March 25, 2022, the Proxy Statement, and other documents subsequently filed by Northern Lights with the SEC. Information about the directors and executive officers of Safe Harbor, as well as information regarding the interests of other persons who may be deemed participants in the transaction, may be obtained by reading the Proxy Statement regarding the business combination. Free copies of this document may be obtained as described above.

 

Safe Harbor Investor Relations Contact:

 

KCSA Strategic Communications

Adam Holdsworth

safeharbor@kcsa.com

 

Safe Harbor Public Relations Contacts:

 

KCSA Strategic Communications

Joshua Greenwald / Anu Kher

safeharbor@kcsa.com

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.2

 

RISK FACTORS

 

You should carefully consider the following risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this proxy statement before deciding whether to vote or instruct your vote to be cast to approve the proposals described in this proxy statement. These risks, alone or in combination with other events or circumstances, could have a material adverse effect on (i) the ability of the Company, the Seller and SHF to complete the Business Combination, (ii) the business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations of SHF prior to the consummation of the Business Combination and the post-combination company following consummation of the Business Combination, and (iii) the trading price of the post-combination company’s securities following the Business Combination.

 

Some statements in this proxy statement, including statements in the following risk factors, constitute forward-looking statements. Our actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including the risks described below and elsewhere in this proxy statement. See “Where You Can Find More Information” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” included elsewhere in this proxy statement. Although we describe below and elsewhere in this proxy statement the risks we consider to be the most material, there may be other unknown or unpredictable economic, business, competitive, regulatory or other factors that also could have material adverse effects on our results of operations, financial condition or business in the future. In addition, past financial performance may not be a reliable indicator of future performance and historical trends should not be used to anticipate results or trends in future periods.

 

Risks Related to SHF’s Business and the Post-Combination Company

 

Substantially all of SHF’s CRB customers’ deposits are currently held at PCCU, which means that our growth will be restricted until we can enter into agreements with additional financial institutions.

 

Substantially all of the deposits of SHF’s CRB customers are currently held at PCCU, which as of the date of this proxy statement constitutes approximately 22.8% of PCCU’s total assets. Under the Amended and Restated Support Services Agreement, PCCU has agreed to maintain its ratio of CRB-related deposits to total assets to 65% or greater unless a lower ratio is required by applicable regulatory or policy requirements. There can be no assurances that PCCU will be able to maintain this ratio of CRB-related deposits to total assets, or that its total assets will grow so as to permit its CRB deposits to grow. Therefore, unless we are able to expand the number of financial institutions at which deposits onboarded and monitored by SHF are held, our growth will be limited to the extent that PCCU’s assets may grow, if at all. Although under SHF’s Amended and Restated Account Servicing Agreement with PCCU, SHF is not restricted from onboarding and monitoring deposits at other financial institutions, there can be no assurances that we will be able to expand the number of financial institutions with which we will onboard and monitor deposits or, if we are able to enter into agreements with additional financial institutions, whether the terms of those agreements will be on comparable terms. In addition, if PCCU were to terminate either or both of the Amended and Restated Support Services Agreement or the Amended and Restated Account Servicing Agreement, our operations would be materially impaired if we were not able to obtain from third parties the services SHF receives from PCCU under the Amended and Restated Support Services Agreement or if we were not able to enter into arrangements with other financial institutions to host the deposits of SHF’s customers.

 

 

 

 

SHF has only recently begun its loan program, which may make it more difficult for SHF to compete with other lenders, brokers and servicers.

 

SHF, through its predecessor entity, began offering loan services through PCCU to CRBs in 2020. As a result, SHF’s loan program may be subject to factors inherent in a start-up business, such as competing with existing entities who have been offering loans and other lending-related services for longer than SHF has, ensuring that SHF’s systems are compliant with applicable laws and regulations, and ensuring that SHF’s systems and personnel are able to handle the anticipated pipeline of loan applications. The time to fully ramp-up SHF’s lending and loan servicing operations may be more difficult for SHF to compete against lenders and brokers that have been lending to CRBs for a longer period of time.

 

SHF’s loan program is currently substantially dependent on PCCU, currently the largest funding source for SHF’s loans, which may limit the types, terms and amounts of loans that we may offer.

 

SHF’s loan program currently depends on PCCU as SHF’s largest funding source for new loans to CRBs. To date, with the exception of one $500,000 loan funded directly by SHF during April 2022, all of SHF’s loans have been funded by PCCU. Under PCCU’s loan policy for loans to CRBs, PCCU’s board has approved aggregate lending limits at the lesser of 1.3125 times PCCU’s net worth or 65% of total CRB deposits. Concentration limits for the deployment of loans are further categorized as (i) real estate secured, (ii) construction, (iii) unsecured and (iv) mixed collateral with each category limited to a percentage of PCCU’s net worth. As of March 31, 2022, PCCU’s net worth was $62.7 million and CRB-related deposits were $137.7 million. As of December 31, 2021, PCCU’s net worth was $61.9 million and CRB-related deposits were $146.3 million. In addition, loans to any one borrower or group of associated borrowers are limited by applicable NCUA regulations to the greater of $100,000 or 15% of PCCU’s net worth. As a result, our ability to expand our loan program will be limited by PCCU’s growth unless we are able to expand our capacity to make loans directly or find other financial institutions and lenders willing to make loans to CRBs. In addition, even if we are able to identify additional lenders, we may not be able to negotiate comparable terms.

 

SHF may face competition from traditional financial institutions and other lenders and service providers for its lending and other services, which may adversely affect SHF’s ability to achieve our business goals and its results of operations.

 

SHF operates in an increasingly competitive market for its lending, compliance, customer intake and management services. Our competitors for our compliance and customer-focused services include both traditional financial institutions and fintech companies. Lending competitors include both private investment funds and public REITs focused on the cannabis industry, as well as traditional financial institutions that have begun offering loans to CRBs. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. In particular, because traditional financial institutions may have a cost of funds more comparable to ours, we may face greater competition in providing loans to CRBs. There can be no assurances that we will be able to successfully compete against these competitors, which may adversely affect SHF’s ability to achieve its business goals and its results of operations.

 

 

 

 

SHF intends to focus its lending to CRBs on commercial loans, which could increase the risk in SHF’s loan portfolio, resulting in higher provisions for loan losses and adversely affecting SHF’s results of operations.

 

SHF intends to focus its lending efforts on commercial loans to CRBs, including commercial real estate loans, commercial business secured by other assets such as equipment or accounts receivable, and unsecured loans. Historically, these loans have had higher risks than other types of loans, such as loans secured by residential real estate. For example, repayment of commercial real estate loans and commercial business loans are dependent on income being generated by the rental property or business in amounts sufficient to cover operating expenses and debt service. If the borrowers of these types of loans default, the collateral may not be liquidated as easily and may involve expensive workout techniques. Commercial lending may also involve large balances of loans to single borrowers or related groups of borrowers. If these loans become nonperforming, SHF may have to increase its reserves for loan losses, which would negatively affect its results of operations.

 

In addition, loans secured by commercial real estate may deteriorate in value during the time the credit is extended. Real estate values and the real estate markets are generally affected by a variety of factors including, but not limited to, changes in economic conditions, fluctuations in interest rates, the availability of credit, changes in tax laws and other statutes, regulations, and policies, and acts of nature. Weakening of the real estate market could result in an increase loan defaults and a reduction in the value of the collateral securing those loans, which in turn could adversely affect our profitability and asset quality. If the collateral securing a loan is liquidated to satisfy the debt during a period of reduced real estate values, our earnings and capital could be adversely affected.

 

Loans to CRBs secured by properties and assets that are, and will be, subject to extensive regulations, such that if such collateral was foreclosed upon those regulations may result in significant costs and materially and adversely affect SHF’s business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

 

The loans presently funded by our financial institution clients, and the loans that are expected to be made in the future, may be secured by properties and assets that are, and will be, subject to various state and local laws and regulatory requirements, and we, our client financial institutions, or a third party would be subject to such requirements if such collateral was foreclosed upon. State and local property regulations may restrict the use of collateral or the ability to foreclose on the collateral. Among other things, these restrictions may relate to cultivation of cannabis, the use of water and the discharge of waste water, fire and safety, seismic conditions, asbestos-cleanup or hazardous material abatement requirements. Neither SHF, its financial institution clients, nor third parties engaged to assist with the liquidation or foreclosure process will take possession of cannabis inventory, cannabis paraphernalia or other cannabis-related assets, nor will they take title to real estate used in cannabis-related businesses. Applicable regulations under state law that govern CRBs generally do not permit the taking of title to real estate involved in commercial sales of cannabis, whether through foreclosure or otherwise, without prior regulatory approval. The sale of a license or other realization of the value of licenses also requires the approval of state and local regulatory authorities. While the loan agreements and related security agreements provide for foreclosure remedies, receivership remedies and/or other remedies that would permit the sale or other realization of real property collateral, the regulatory requirements and statutory prohibitions related to real property used in cannabis-related operations may cause significant delays or difficulties in realizing upon the expected value of such real property collateral. We make no assurance that existing regulatory policies will not materially and adversely affect the value of such collateral, or that additional regulations will not be adopted that would increase such potential material adverse effect. The negative affect on such collateral could have a material adverse effect on SHF’s business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

 

 

 

 

SHF is obligated to indemnify PCCU for all losses resulting from defaults of the CRB loans made by PCCU to SHF’s customers.

 

Pursuant to SHF’s Loan Servicing Agreement with PCCU, SHF has agreed to indemnify PCCU for all losses resulting from the defaults of loans made by PCCU to CRB customers. This means that SHF will be solely responsible for all costs of negotiating forbearances or refinancing the defaulted loans, loss mitigation, and collection efforts, whether conducted directly or by an affiliate or third party, including realizing the proceeds from any collateral as a result of a sale of collateral by the borrower or through a third party engaged to assist the borrower n the liquidation process. SHF’s indemnity is subordinate to PCCU’s other means of collecting on the loans including repossession of collateral, recourse against personal and/or corporate guarantors and other default remedies available in the loan agreements. Since borrowers are not parties to the agreement between SHF and PCCU, any indemnity payments do not relieve borrowers of their obligation to PCCU nor would such payments preclude PCCU’s right to future recoveries from the borrowers. As a result, we will be required to establish loan loss reserves relating to these loans, even though we are not the funding lender. Because these loans will not be an asset on our balance sheet, the loan loss reserves are anticipated to be reflected as a liability in our financial statements, versus a contra-asset.

 

If SHF’s allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses for loans held in SHF’s portfolio or for which it was otherwise responsible, SHF’s results of operations and financial condition will be negatively affected.

 

In the event loan customers do not repay their loans according to their terms and the proceeds of liquidating the collateral securing these loans is insufficient to satisfy any remaining loan balance, SHF may experience significant indemnity losses associated with these loans. Such credit risk is inherent in the lending business, and failure to adequately assess such credit risk could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. SHF will be required to establish loan loss reserves for all loans for which it is the lender, for all SHF originated loans made by PCCU to CRB customers, and in other instances where it may be contractually liable to indemnify a lender for loan losses. The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses involves a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and will require SHF to make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. Although we have agreed with PCCU in the Loan Servicing Agreement that we will maintain or have access to sufficient liquidity to satisfy our indemnity obligations to PCCU under the Loan Servicing Agreement, we cannot be certain that our loan loss reserves will be adequate over time to cover losses in PCCU-funded loans or loans funded by other funding sources in SHF’s portfolio because of unanticipated adverse changes in the economy, market conditions or events adversely affecting specific customers, industries or markets, or borrowers repaying their loans. If SHF’s loan loss reserves are not adequate, our business, financial condition, including our liquidity and capital, and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In addition, charge-offs of defaulted loans in future periods that exceed the related reserves may require us to add to our loan loss reserves, which would result in a decrease in net income and capital, and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

 

 

 

Certain assets of CRB borrowers may not be used as collateral or transferred due to applicable state laws and regulations governing the cannabis industry, and such restrictions could negatively impact our profitability.

 

Each state that has legalized cannabis in some form has adopted its own set of laws and regulations that differ from one another. In particular, laws and regulations differ among states and even localities regarding the collateralization or transferability of cannabis-related assets, such as cannabis licenses, cannabis inventory, and ownership interests in licensed cannabis companies. Some state laws and regulations where borrowers operate may prohibit the collateralization or transferability of certain cannabis-related assets. Other states may allow the collateralization or transferability of cannabis-related assets, but with restrictions, such as meeting certain eligibility requirements, utilization of state receiverships, and/or upon approval by the applicable regulatory authority. Prohibitions or restrictions on the ability to take possession of certain cannabis-related assets securing the loans of our borrowers could have a material adverse effect on SHF’s business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations. In addition, because the sales of such assets may be forced upon the borrower when time may be of the essence and available to a limited number of potential purchasers, the sales prices may be less than the prices obtained with more time in a larger market.

 

Foreclosure of security interests on loans to CRBs that are in default could result in losses.

 

In general, a foreclose procedure is required to liquidate collateral provided on loans in default. Alternatively, a borrower may be required under the terms of the loan documents to dispose of certain business assets to satisfy the loan commitments. Foreclosure processes and other liquidations of collateral are often lengthy and expensive. Results of foreclosure and liquidation processes may be uncertain, as claims may be asserted by the relevant borrower or by other creditors or investors in such borrower that interfere with the foreclosure or liquidation process, such as claims that challenge the validity or enforceability of the loan or the priority or perfection of the security interests. Borrowers may resist foreclosure actions or may refuse to comply with loan requirements by asserting numerous claims, counterclaims and defenses against our client financial institutions or us, including, without limitation, lender liability claims and defenses, even when the assertions may have no merit, in an effort to prolong the foreclosure action or delay the liquidation of collateral and seek to force us or the financial institution into a modification or buy-out of the loan for less than the amount owed. Additionally, the transfer of certain collateral to us or our financial institution clients may be limited or prohibited by applicable laws, regulations and/or public company listing standards. See “Loans to CRBs secured by properties and assets that are, and will be, subject to extensive regulations, such that if such collateral was foreclosed upon those regulations may result in significant costs and materially and adversely affect SHF’s business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.” For transferable collateral, foreclosure, or other remedies available may be subject to certain laws and regulations, including the need for regulatory disclosure and/or approval of such transfer. If federal law were to change to permit cannabis companies to seek federal bankruptcy protection, the applicable borrower could file for bankruptcy, which would have the effect of staying the foreclosure actions or liquidation processes and delaying the foreclosure or liquidation processes and potentially result in reductions or discharges of debt owed. Foreclosure or forced liquidation may create a negative public perception of the collateral property, resulting in a diminution of its value. Moreover, the liquidation proceeds upon sale of the underlying real estate may not be sufficient to repay the loan in full. Any costs or delays involved in the foreclosure or a liquidation of the underlying property will reduce the net proceeds realized and, thus, increase the potential for loss. In the event a borrower defaults on any of its loan obligations and such debt obligations are equitized, neither SHF nor its financial institution clients will hold such equity interests, which may result in additional losses on loans to such entity.

 

 

 

 

Interest rate volatility could significantly reduce our profitability, business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

 

Our earnings will depend in part on the relationship between the yield on our earning assets, primarily loans and investment securities, and the cost of funds, primarily borrowings. This net interest margin is susceptible to significant fluctuation and is affected by economic and competitive factors that influence the yields and rates for, and the volume and mix of, our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Interest rate risk is exposure to movement in interest rates that could have an adverse impact on our net interest income. Interest rate risk arises from the imbalance in the repricing, maturity and/or cash flow characteristics of assets and liabilities. Although neither the Company nor SHF currently have any borrowings from third parties, to the extent that either incur indebtedness that will be subject to interest rate risk to the degree that our interest-bearing liabilities reprice or mature more slowly or more rapidly or on a different basis than our interest earning assets. In addition, increases in interest rates could reduce the pipeline of borrowers desiring to obtain loans from us or through our loan program if these borrowers seek alternate sources of capital. As a result, fluctuations in interest rates could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

 

SHF may become subject to regulation in additional states as it expands its operations.

 

SHF is currently a credit union service organization (“CUSO”) based in Colorado and as a result of its relationship with PCCU, a Colorado-chartered credit union, SHF is subject to various Colorado and federal laws, rules and regulations. Although SHF will no longer be considered a CUSO following the closing of the Business Combination, SHF may become subject to the laws of additional states as it expands its operations by opening offices, maintaining employees or otherwise establishing a substantial footprint in additional states.

 

SHF has been dependent on PCCU for administrative services, and we will continue to rely on PCCU following the closing of the Business Combination.

 

Pursuant to the Support Services Agreement, PCCU has been providing SHF with certain administrative services, including services relating to information technology and systems, accounting and financial services, human resources and marketing. SHF may also request that certain PCCU employees be available to SHF on a shared basis to perform duties for SHF. For these services, SHF currently pays PCCU a monthly fee equal to $30.96 per CRB account in addition to reimbursement of direct expenses. Under the Support Services Agreement, PCCU is also entitled to retain 25% of all investment income derived from CRB cash and investments. Following the closing of the Business Combination, we will continue building out our team so that these operational functions will be handled internally. Although we believe the fees due to PCCU under the Support Services Agreement to be reasonable, these fees may result in higher expenses than we would otherwise incur. In addition, we may not be able to bring these functions in-house and, even if we are able to do so, we may continue to rely on third parties for all or part of these functions. Reliance on a third party, including PCCU, may result in significant expenses and operational issues over which we will not have direct control.

 

Actual or threatened public health crises, epidemics, or outbreaks, including the outbreak of COVID-19, may have a material adverse effect on SHF’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

SHF’s business operations and supply chains may be negatively impacted by regional or global public health crises, epidemics, or outbreaks. For example, in December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus, now known as COVID-19. On March 11, 2020, the International Health Regulations Emergency Committee of the World Health Organization declared the outbreak a global pandemic. The outbreak has spread rapidly throughout the world and has caused severe disruption to the global economy. The COVID-19 outbreak has led governments across the globe to impose a series of measures intended to contain its spread, including border closures, travel bans, quarantine measures, social distancing, and restrictions on business operations and large gatherings. Such measures may adversely impact SHF’s business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, a significant public health crisis, epidemic or outbreak of contagious disease in the human population may adversely affect the economies and financial markets of many countries, including those in which SHF operates, resulting in an economic downturn that could affect the supply or demand for SHF’s products and services.

 

The outbreak of COVID-19 has caused companies like SHF and its business partners to implement adjustments to work schedules and travel plans, accommodating employees to work from home and collaborate remotely. As a result, SHF may experience lower efficiency and productivity, internally and externally, which may adversely affect its service quality. Moreover, SHF’s business depends on its employees and the continued services of these individuals. If any of SHF’s employees contracts or is suspected of having contracted COVID-19, these employees will be required to be quarantined and they could pass it to other of SHF’s employees, potentially resulting in severe disruption to SHF’s business.

 

 

 

 

Furthermore, SHF’s results of operations have been severely affected by the COVID-19 outbreak, resulting in significant slowing and/or ceasing of sales and administrative support in its markets. In addition, depending on the specific jurisdiction, SHF is required to implement certain safety protocols and procedures which can materially impact its ability to service customers.

 

More broadly, the COVID-19 outbreak threatens global economies and may cause significant market volatility and declines in general economic activities. This may severely dampen investor confidence in global markets, resulting in decreases in overall trading activities and restraint in their investment decisions.

 

The extent to which COVID-19 will impact SHF’s operations depends on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted with confidence, including the duration and severity of the outbreak, actions taken by government authorities or other entities to contain the coronavirus or treat its impact, and volatility in the capital and real estate markets, among others. Given the general slowdown in economic conditions globally, we cannot assure you that SHF will be able to develop new products and services in a timely manner or that SHF can maintain the growth rate it has previously experienced or projected. Because of these uncertainties, we cannot reasonably estimate the financial impact related to the COVID-19 outbreak and the response to it at this time, but SHF’s financial condition and operating results for 2022 may be adversely affected.

 

Shelter-in-place orders and similar regulations impact our client’s ability to operate their businesses. Such events have in the past caused, and may in the future cause, a temporary closure of our clients’ businesses, either due to government mandate or voluntary preventative measures. Even if our clients are able to continue to operate their businesses during such events, many may operate with limited hours and capacity and other limitations. Any limitations on or disruptions of our clients’ businesses could adversely affect our business. Further, we may experience a decrease in new clients due to a lack of financial resources or a decline in new markets as businesses and financial markets deal with the impact of COVID-19. Further, these conditions may impact our ability to access financial markets to obtain the necessary funding to expand our business as currently contemplated, which may adversely affect our liquidity and working capital.

 

The extent of COVID-19’s effect on our operational and financial performance will depend on future developments, including the duration, spread and intensity of the pandemic, the rate of vaccinations, all of which are uncertain and difficult to predict considering the rapidly evolving landscape. As a result, it is not currently possible to ascertain the overall impact of COVID-19 on our business. However, if the pandemic continues to persist as a severe worldwide health crisis, the disease may harm our business, and may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section.

 

 

 

 

An information systems interruption or breach in security of SHF’s systems could adversely affect us.

 

SHF relies on information technology and other computer resources to perform important operational and marketing activities as well as to maintain its business and employee records and financial data. SHF’s computer systems are currently hosted by PCCU and are subject to damage or interruption from power outages, computer attacks by hackers, viruses, catastrophes, hardware and software failures and breach of data security protocols by its personnel or third-party service providers. Although SHF has implemented administrative and technical controls and taken other actions to minimize the risk of cyber incidents and otherwise protect its information technology, computer intrusion efforts are becoming increasingly sophisticated and even the controls that SHF has installed might be breached. Further, many of these computer resources are provided to SHF or are maintained on SHF’s behalf by third-party service providers pursuant to agreements that specify certain security and service level standards, but which are ultimately outside of SHF’s control. If SHF were to experience a significant period of disruption in information technology systems that involve interactions with customers or suppliers, it could result in the loss of sales and customers and significant incremental costs, which could adversely affect its business. Additionally, security breaches of information technology systems could result in the misappropriation or unauthorized disclosure of proprietary, personal and confidential information, including information related to employees, counter-parties, and customers, which could result in significant financial or reputational damage and liability under data privacy laws and regulations.

 

SHF may not be successful in integrating acquisitions, expanding into new markets or implementing its growth strategies.

 

SHF may suffer uninsured losses or suffer material losses in excess of insurance limits.

 

In addition to difficulties with respect to claim assessment and liability and reserve estimation, some types of claims may not be covered by insurance or may exceed applicable coverage limits. SHF may also be responsible for applicable self-insured retentions with respect to its insurance policies. Furthermore, any product liability or warranty claims made against SHF, whether or not they are viable, may lead to negative publicity, which could impact SHF’s reputation and future sales.

 

Because of the uncertainties inherent in litigation, we cannot provide assurance that SHF’s insurance coverage, indemnity arrangements and reserves will be adequate to cover liability for any damages, the cost of litigation, or any other related expenses surrounding the current claims to which SHF is subject or any future claims that may arise. Such damages and expenses, to the extent that they are not covered by insurance, could materially and adversely affect our consolidated financial statements and results.

 

An adverse outcome in litigation to which SHF is or becomes a party could materially and adversely affect us.

 

SHF is not aware of any pending litigation. However, in the future, it may become subject to litigation, including claims relating to its operations, breach of contract, securities offerings, relation to the cannabis industry, or otherwise in the ordinary course of business or otherwise. Some of these claims may result in significant defense costs and potentially significant judgments against SHF, some of which are not, or cannot be, insured against. We cannot be certain of the ultimate outcomes of any claims that may arise in the future. Resolution of these types of matters against SHF may result in significant fines, judgments or settlements, which, if uninsured, or if the fines, judgments and settlements exceed insured levels, could adversely impact SHF’s earnings and cash flows, thereby materially and adversely affecting us. Litigation or the resolution of litigation may affect the availability or cost of SHF’s insurance coverage, which could materially and adversely impact us.

 

 

 

 

SHF identified material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting for the year ended December 31, 2020. Such material weaknesses could adversely affect SHF’s ability to report its results of operations and financial condition accurately and in a timely manner.

 

As noted above, SHF’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. SHF’s management is likewise responsible for the evaluation of the effectiveness of its internal controls and to disclose any changes and material weaknesses identified through such evaluation of those internal controls. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

 

In connection with the audit of SHF’s financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020, two material weaknesses were identified in its internal controls over financial reporting. One material weakness was identified related to a failure to complete an analysis of the accounting impact of ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers particularly as it related to revenue recognition associated with SHF’s Safe Harbor Program revenue, and one material weakness was identified associated with SHF’s application of carve out accounting guidance and its failure to exclude certain specifically identifiable expenses from corporate allocations. SHF has implemented a plan to remediate these material weaknesses, through measures that include the following:

 

  SHF is in the process of hiring a Chief Financial Officer with public accounting and previous experience as a public company executive;

 

  SHF is utilizing third-party consultants and specialists, to supplement its internal resources; and

 

  SHF has enhanced its reconciliation and review controls including review by its parent’s chief financial officer.

 

With the implementation of this plan, the material weaknesses have been remediated for the year ended December 31, 2021. Completion of remediation does not provide assurance that our remediation or other controls will continue to operate properly. A failure to maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting could result in errors in its financial statements that could require SHF to restate past financial statements, cause SHF to fail to meet its reporting obligations and cause investors to lose confidence in SHF’s reported financial information, all of which could materially and adversely affect SHF.

 

 

 

 

Additional Risks Related to the Cannabis Industry

 

SHF provides services to financial institutions that provide banking services to businesses in or ancillary to the state licensed cannabis industry, which could expose us to additional liabilities and regulatory compliance cost and adversely impact our business, operations, financial condition, brand and reputation.

 

SHF provides deposit and lending services to financial institutions that desire to provide services to CRBs in states where cannabis is legal for medical or full adult use. Medical use cannabis, as well as recreational use businesses, are legal in numerous states and the District of Columbia. Cannabis remains a Schedule I drug under the Controlled Substances Act of 1970 (the “CSA”), however, and the federal government has the authority to enforce the CSA regardless of whether cannabis is legal under state law. In 2014, the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FinCEN”) published guidance for financial institutions servicing state legal cannabis businesses (the “FinCEN Guidance”). SHF has implemented a comprehensive control framework that includes written policies and procedures related to the on-boarding of such businesses and the monitoring and maintenance of such business accounts at PCCU or other financial institutions that comport with the FinCEN Guidance. Additionally, SHF’s policies call for due diligence review of the cannabis business before the business is on-boarded, including, as applicable, confirmation that the business is properly licensed and maintains the license in good standing in the applicable state. SHF’s services to PCCU or other financial institutions include the ongoing monitoring and of the business to determine if the business continues to meet the requirements of the depositary institution.

 

While we believe SHF’s policies and procedures will allow us to operate in compliance with the FinCEN Guidance, there can be no assurance that compliance with the FinCEN Guidance will protect us from federal or other regulatory sanctions. Federal prosecutors have significant discretion and there can be no assurance that the federal prosecutors will not choose to strictly enforce the federal laws governing cannabis. Any change in the federal government’s enforcement position could potentially subject us to criminal prosecution and other regulatory sanctions. While we also believe SHF’s BSA/AML policies and programs for the services offered by PCCU or other financial institutions to CRBs, the medical and recreational cannabis business is considered high-risk, thus increasing the risk of a regulatory action against SHF’s BSA/AML program that could expose us to liabilities and regulatory compliance costs that would have an adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition, brand and reputation.

 

Further, to the extent any law enforcement actions require us to respond to subpoenas, or undergo search warrants, for client records, PCCU or other financial institutions providing services to CRBs could elect to cease using our services. Until the U.S. federal government changes the laws with respect to cannabis, which may not occur, U.S. federal authorities could more strictly enforce current federal prohibitions and restrictions. An increase in federal enforcement against companies licensed under state cannabis laws could negatively impact the state licensed cannabis industries and, in turn, our business, operating results, financial condition, brand and reputation.

 

 

 

 

SHF, its financial institution clients and their CRB customers are subject to a variety of laws regarding financial transactions related to cannabis, which could subject their CRB customers to legal claims or otherwise adversely affect our business.

 

SHF, its financial institution clients and their CRB customers are subject to a variety of laws and regulations in the United States regarding financial transactions, including the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by Title III of the USA Patriot Act. The penalties for violation of these laws and regulations include imprisonment, substantial fines and forfeiture. In complying with these laws and regulations, SHF complies with the FinCEN Guidance. This compliance includes, among other things, extensive due diligence reviews of potential and existing CRB customers of the financial institutions. These reviews may be time-consuming and costly, potentially creating additional barriers to providing financial services and imposing additional compliance requirements on us and our CRB customers. In addition, SHF is, on behalf of its financial institution clients, required to make various filings with FinCEN and the IRS to report certain suspicious transactions or cash transactions of over $10,000. If the filings are not made accurately or promptly, substantial penalties may be imposed that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, we cannot assure that SHF’s strategies and techniques for designing our services and solutions for our clients and CRB customers will operate effectively and efficiently and not be adversely impacted by cannabis regulations. Further, a change in financial services regulations or a change in the position of the financial services industry that permits more financial institutions to directly serve businesses that grow and sell cannabis products may increase competition for us, facilitate new entrants into the industry offering services similar to those that we offer, or otherwise adversely affect our results of operations.

 

We may have difficulty using bankruptcy courts due to our involvement in the regulated cannabis industry.

 

We currently have no need or plans to seek bankruptcy protection. U.S. courts have held that debtors whose income is derived from cannabis or cannabis assets in violation of the CSA cannot seek federal bankruptcy protections. Although we are not in the business of growing or processing cannabis or selling or even possessing cannabis or cannabis products, a U.S. court could determine that our revenue is derived from cannabis or cannabis assets and prevent us from obtaining bankruptcy protections if necessary.

 

The conduct of third parties may jeopardize our business and regulatory compliance.

 

While the post-consummation company will not be a cannabis licensee or directly involved in the cannabis industry, and as such, will not subject to commercial cannabis regulations that apply to cannabis operators, we cannot guarantee that our systems, protocols, and practices associated with our onboarding and monitoring services will prevent all unauthorized or illegal activities by the CRBs receiving banking services through our financial institution clients. Our success depends in part on our financial institution clients’ ability to operate consistently with the regulatory and licensing requirements of each state, local, and regional jurisdiction in which they operate. We cannot ensure that the conduct of our financial institution clients and the CRBs that have deposits with them, who are third parties, will not expose them to legal sanctions and costs, which could in turn, adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, brand and reputation.

 

 

 

 

We may be subject to constraints on marketing our services, which could adversely impact our results of operations and our growth opportunities.

 

Certain of the states in which the post-combination company may operate have strict regulations regarding marketing and sales activities ancillary to cannabis products, which could affect our ability to market our services and the development of our business. If we are unable to effectively market our services and compete for market share, or if the costs of compliance with government legislation and regulation cannot be absorbed through increased fees for our services, this could hamper demand for our services, which could result in a loss of revenue.

 

Service providers to cannabis businesses may be subject to unfavorable U.S. tax treatment.

 

Under Section 280E of the Internal Revenue Code, no deduction or credit is allowed for any amount paid or incurred during the taxable year in carrying on business, other than costs of goods sold, if the business (or the activities which comprise the trade or business) consists of trafficking in controlled substances (within the meaning of Schedules I and II of the CSA). The IRS has applied this provision to cannabis operations, prohibiting them from deducting expenses associated with cannabis businesses and asserting assessments and penalties for additional taxes owed. While we do believe that Section 280E does not apply to our business, or ancillary service providers that work with state-licensed CRBs, if the IRS interprets the section to apply, it would significantly and materially affect our profitability and financial condition.

 

The MORE Act would remove marijuana from the CSA, which would effectively carve out state-legal cannabis businesses from Section 280E of the Code. The MORE Act would impose two new taxes on cannabis businesses: an excise tax measured by the value of certain cannabis products and an occupational tax assessed on the enterprises engaging in cannabis production and sales. Although these novel tax provisions are included in the current version of the MORE Act, which has been passed by the U.S. House of Representatives but has not yet been passed by the U.S. Senate, it is challenging to predict whether, when, and in what form the MORE Act could be enacted into law and how any such legislation would affect the activities of the post-combination company.

 

Cannabis businesses may be subject to civil asset forfeiture.

 

Property owned by participants in the cannabis industry used in the course of conducting such business, or that represents proceeds of such business or is traceable to proceeds of such business, could be subject to seizure by law enforcement and subsequent civil asset forfeiture because of the illegality of the cannabis industry under federal law. Even if the owner of the property is never charged with a crime, the property in question could still be seized and subject to an administrative proceeding by which, with minimal due process, it could be subject to forfeiture. Forfeiture of assets of our CRB customers, including if such assets are collateral for loans made or serviced by us, could adversely affect our revenues if it impedes the borrowers’ profitability or operations and our CRB customers’ ability to continue to use our services.

 

 

 

 

Because we provide services to companies that provide services to CRBs, we may have a difficult time obtaining the various insurances that are desired to operate our business, which may expose us to additional risk and financial liability.

 

Insurance that is otherwise readily available, such as general liability and directors’ and officers’ insurance, may be more difficult for us to find and could be more expensive or contains significant exclusions because our financial institution clients provide services to CRBs. There are no guarantees that we will be able to find such insurance coverage in the future or that the cost will be affordable to us. If appropriate coverage is not available, we may be prevented from entering into certain business sectors, our growth may be inhibited, and we may be exposed to additional risk and financial liabilities. If we experience an uninsured loss, it may result in loss of anticipated cash flow and could materially adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, and business.

 

There may be difficulty enforcing certain of our commercial agreements and contracts.

 

Courts may not enforce a contract deemed to involve a violation of law or public policy. Parties to contracts involving the state legal cannabis industry have at times argued that the agreements were void as illegal federally or against public policy. Some courts have accepted this argument in certain cases. While courts have enforced contracts related to activities by state-legal cannabis companies, and the trend is generally to enforce contracts with state-legal cannabis companies and their vendors, there remains some doubt that we will be able to enforce our commercial agreements with our financial institution or the CRBs to which they provide banking services in court for this reason. Therefore, we cannot be assured that we will have a remedy for breach of contract in all instances, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

Certain of our directors, officers, employees and investors who are not U.S. citizens may face constraints on cross-border travel into the United States.

 

Non-U.S. citizens employed at or investing in companies doing business in the state-legal cannabis industry could face detention, denial of entry or lifetime bans from the United States for their business associations with cannabis businesses. Entry to the United States happens at the sole discretion of the officers on duty of the U.S. Customs and Border Protection, and these officers have wide latitude to ask questions to determine the admissibility of a foreign national. Business or financial involvement in the legal cannabis industry could be grounds for U.S. border guards to deny entry.

 

Risks Related to SHF’s Organization and Structure

 

Concentration of ownership among our existing executive officers, directors and their respective affiliates may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions.

 

Upon closing of the Business Combination and assuming no redemptions, our affiliates, executive officers, directors and their respective affiliates as a group will beneficially own approximately 12.9% of our outstanding Class A Stock, as discussed elsewhere in this proxy statement. As a result, these stockholders are able to exercise a significant level of control over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, amendment of our Certificate of Incorporation and approval of significant corporate transactions. This control could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of us or changes in management and will make the approval of certain transactions difficult or impossible without the support of these stockholders.

 

 

 

 

SHF depends on key management personnel and other experienced employees.

 

SHF’s success depends to a significant degree upon the contributions of certain key management personnel including, but not limited to, those individuals listed in the “SHF Management” section included elsewhere in this proxy statement. If any of SHF’s key management personnel were to cease employment with SHF, SHF’s operating results could suffer. SHF’s ability to retain its key management personnel or to attract suitable replacements should any member(s) of its management team leave is dependent on the culture its leadership team fosters and on the competitive nature of the employment market. The loss of services from key management personnel or a limitation in their availability could materially and adversely impact SHF’s business, prospects, liquidity, financial condition and results of operations. Further, such a loss could be negatively perceived in the capital markets. SHF has not obtained key management life insurance that would provide it with proceeds in the event of death or disability of any of its key management personnel.

 

Experienced employees in the financial services and cannabis-related services industries are fundamental to SHF’s ability to generate, obtain and manage opportunities. In particular, relevant licenses and qualifications, local knowledge and relationships are critical to SHF’s ability to provide its services. Failure to attract and retain such personnel or to ensure that their experience and knowledge is not lost when they leave the business through retirement, redundancy or otherwise may adversely affect the standards of SHF’s service and may have an adverse impact on SHF’s business, prospects, liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Failure by SHF’s directors, officers or employees to comply with applicable policies, regulations and rules could materially and adversely affect us.

 

SHF has adopted an employee handbook which includes policies and guidelines for its directors, officers and employees. SHF’s adoption of these policies and guidelines is not a representation or warranty that all persons subject to such standards are or will be in complete compliance. The failure of a director, officer or employee of SHF to comply with the applicable policies and guidelines may result in liability or other legal consequences, adverse publicity and termination of the relationship, which could materially adversely affect SHF.

 

Changes in accounting rules, assumptions or judgments could materially and adversely affect SHF.

 

Accounting rules and interpretations for certain aspects of SHF’s financial reporting are highly complex and involve significant assumptions and judgment. These complexities could lead to a delay in the preparation and dissemination of SHF’s financial statements. Furthermore, changes in accounting rules and interpretations or in SHF’s accounting assumptions or judgments, such as asset impairments and contingencies are likely to significantly impact SHF’s financial statements. In some cases, SHF could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in restating financial statements from prior period(s). Any of these circumstances could have a material adverse effect on SHF’s business, prospects, liquidity, financial condition and results of operations. For additional information, see the financial statements of SHF and related footnotes included elsewhere in this proxy statement.

 

 

 

 

If SHF fails to implement and maintain an effective system of internal controls, it may not be able to accurately determine its financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, investors could lose confidence in SHF’s financial results, which could materially and adversely affect SHF.

 

Effective internal controls are necessary for SHF to provide reliable financial reports and effectively prevent fraud. SHF may in the future discover areas of its internal controls that need improvement. We cannot be certain that SHF will be successful in maintaining adequate internal control over its financial reporting and financial processes. Furthermore, as SHF grows its business, its internal controls will become more complex, and SHF will require significantly more resources to ensure its internal controls remain effective. Additionally, the existence of any material weakness or significant deficiency would require management to devote significant time and incur significant expense to remediate any such material weakness or significant deficiency and management may not be able to remediate any such material weakness or significant deficiency in a timely manner. The existence of any material weakness in SHF’s internal control over financial reporting could also result in errors in its financial statements that could require SHF to restate past financial statements, cause SHF to fail to meet its reporting obligations and cause investors to lose confidence in SHF’s reported financial information, all of which could materially and adversely affect SHF.

 

Risks Related to the Business Combination

 

Our Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders have entered into a letter agreement to vote in favor of the Business Combination and the other proposals described in this proxy statement, regardless of how our public stockholders vote.

 

Unlike many other blank check companies in which the founders agree to vote their Founder Shares in accordance with the majority of the votes cast by the public stockholders in connection with an initial business combination, our Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders are parties to a letter agreement pursuant to which they have agreed to vote any shares of Common Stock owned by them in favor of the Business Combination Proposal and the other proposals described in this proxy statement. As of June 8, 2022, our Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders own shares equal to 22.8% of our issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock. Accordingly, it is more likely that the necessary stockholder approval will be received for the Business Combination than would be the case if our Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders agreed to vote any shares of Common Stock owned by them in accordance with the majority of the votes cast by our public stockholders.

 

 
 

 

Our Sponsor, certain members of our Board and our officers may have interests in the Business Combination that are different from or are in addition to other stockholders in recommending that stockholders vote in favor of approval of the Business Combination Proposal and approval of the other proposals described in this proxy statement.

 

When considering our Board’s recommendation that our stockholders vote in favor of the approval of the Business Combination Proposal, our stockholders should be aware that our Sponsor and the directors and officers of the Company have interests in the Business Combination that may be different from, or in addition to, the interests of our stockholders. These interests include:

 

● the fact that the Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders have no right to redeem any of the Founder Shares in connection with a stockholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination;

 

● the fact that the Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders have no rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to their Founder Shares if we fail to complete an initial business combination by June 28, 2022, unless the period in which we must complete an initial business combination is extended pursuant to our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;

 

● the fact that the Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders paid an aggregate of $25,000 for 2,875,000 Founder Shares, which will have a significantly higher value at the time of the Business Combination and if unrestricted and freely tradable would be valued at approximately $29.3 million, based upon the closing trading price of the Class A Stock on June 8, 2022 (but, given the restrictions on such shares, we believe such shares have less value);

 

● the fact that Luminous Capital Inc., an affiliate of our Sponsor, is entitled to receive reimbursement of an aggregate of $52,475 only if the Business Combination closes, which amount includes $10,000 in unpaid support fees (for office space, secretarial and administrative support provided to the Company, for which Luminous Capital Inc. has already been paid $110,000) and $42,475 in audit and investor relations consulting fees paid by Luminous Capital Inc. on behalf of the Company;

 

● the fact that our Sponsor paid an aggregate of approximately $5,281,750 for their 528,175 Private Placement Units, each of which consists of one Private Placement Share and one-half of one Private Placement Warrant. Such Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless if a business combination is not consummated by June 28, 2022, unless the period in which we must complete an initial business combination is extended pursuant to our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;

 

● the continued right of our Sponsor to hold our Class A Stock and the shares of Class A Stock to be issued to our Sponsor upon exercise of its Private Placement Warrants following the Business Combination, subject to certain lock-up periods;

 

 

 

 

● the holders of the Class B Stock are entitled to certain anti-dilution rights whereby, in the case that additional shares of Class A Stock, or equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts offered in the IPO and related to the closing of the initial Business Combination, the ratio at which shares of Class B Stock shall convert into shares of Class A Stock will be adjusted so that the number of shares of Class A Stock issuable upon conversion of all shares of Class B Stock will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of the total number of all shares of common stock outstanding upon the completion of the IPO plus all shares of Class A Stock and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with the initial Business Combination (excluding any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial Business Combination);

 

● if the Trust Account is liquidated, including in the event we are unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period, our Sponsor has agreed to indemnify us to ensure that the proceeds in the Trust Account are not reduced below $10.20 per public share, or such lesser per public share amount as is in the Trust Account on the liquidation date, by the claims of prospective target businesses with which we have entered into an acquisition agreement or claims of any third party (other than our independent public accountants) for services rendered or products sold to us, but only if such a vendor or target business has not executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account;

 

● the anticipated continuation of three of our existing directors, Messrs. Darwin, Mann, and Summers as directors of the post-combination company;

 

● the continued indemnification of our existing directors and officers prior to the Business Combination and the continuation of our directors’ and officers’ liability insurance after the Business Combination;

 

● the fact that our Sponsor, officers and directors will lose their entire investment in us and will not be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses if an initial business combination is not consummated by June 28, 2022, unless the period in which we must complete an initial business combination is extended pursuant to our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; and

 

● that pursuant to the IPO Registration Rights Agreement, the Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders are entitled to registration of the shares of Class A Stock into which the Founder Shares will automatically convert at the time of the consummation of the Business Combination.

 

Our ability to consummate an initial business combination may be adversely affected by economic uncertainty and volatility in the financial markets, including as a result of the military conflict in Ukraine.

 

In late February 2022, Russian military forces invaded Ukraine. Russia’s invasion, the responses of countries and political bodies to Russia’s actions, and the potential for wider conflict may increase financial market volatility and could have adverse effects on regional and global economic markets, including the markets for certain securities and commodities. Following Russia’s actions, various countries, including the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, Germany, and France, as well as the European Union, issued broad-ranging economic sanctions against Russia. The sanctions consist of the prohibition of trading in certain Russian securities and engaging in certain private transactions, the prohibition of doing business with certain Russian corporate entities, large financial institutions, officials and persons, and the freezing of Russian assets. The sanctions include a possible commitment by certain countries and the European Union to remove selected Russian banks from the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunications, commonly called “SWIFT,” the electronic network that connects banks globally, and imposed restrictive measures to prevent the Russian Central Bank from undermining the impact of the sanctions. A number of large corporations and U.S. states have also announced plans to curtail business dealings with certain Russian businesses.

 

 

 

 

The imposition of the current sanctions (and potential imposition of further sanctions in response to continued Russian military activity) and other actions undertaken by countries and businesses may adversely impact various sectors of the Russian economy, and the military action has severe impacts on the Ukrainian economy, including its exports and food production. The duration of ongoing hostilities and corresponding sanctions and related events cannot be predicted and may result in a negative impact on the markets and thereby may negatively impact the Company’s ability to consummate a Business Combination or any other business combination.

 

We did not obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking or accounting firm, and consequently, you have no assurance from an independent source that the price we are paying in connection with the Business Combination is fair to us from a financial point of view.

 

We are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking or accounting firm that the price we are paying in connection with the Business Combination is fair to us from a financial point of view. Our Board did not obtain a third-party valuation or fairness opinion in connection with its determination to approve the Business Combination. In analyzing the Business Combination, our Board and management conducted due diligence on SHF and the industry in which SHF operates, including through the review of financial and other information provided by SHF in the course of our due diligence investigations. Based on such due diligence, our Board believes that the Business Combination with SHF is in the best interests of us and our stockholders and presents an opportunity to increase stockholder value. For more information related to the criteria and justifications of our Board for making its determination, see “The Business Combination— The Company’s Board of Directors’ Reasons for the Approval of the Business Combination.” For more information, generally, about the decision-making process of the Board and management, see “The Business Combination.” Accordingly, our stockholders will be relying solely on the business judgment of our Board regarding SHF’s value and the benefits of the Business Combination. There is no assurance that our Board properly valued SHF’s business and the Business Combination.

 

The lack of an independent third-party fairness opinion may also lead to an increased number of stockholders voting against the Business Combination or demand redemption of their shares, which could potentially impact our ability to consummate the Business Combination. For more information about the Board’s decision-making process, see “The Business Combination—The Company’s Board of Directors’ Reasons for the Approval of the Business Combination.”

 

 

 

 

Our Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders hold a significant number of shares of our common stock and they will lose their entire investment in us if a business combination is not completed.

 

Our Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders hold in the aggregate 2,875,000 Founder Shares and 528,175 Private Placement Shares, representing approximately 22.8% of the total outstanding shares upon completion of our IPO. The Founder Shares will be worthless if we do not complete a business combination by June 28, 2022, unless the period in which we must complete an initial business combination is extended pursuant to our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. In addition, our Sponsor hold an aggregate 264,088 Private Placement Warrants that will also be worthless if we do not complete a business combination by June 28, 2022, unless the period in which we must complete an initial business combination is extended pursuant to our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

If we complete a business combination that results in our shares of Class A Stock trading at a lower price, our Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders may still profit from their investment in their Founder Shares. The Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders paid an aggregate of $25,000 for the Founder Shares, or approximately $0.009 per founder share. The Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders stand to make a substantial profit even if the shares of Class A Stock decline in value following the Business Combination.

 

The Founder Shares are identical to the shares of Class A Stock included in the units, except that (a) the Founder Shares are subject to certain transfer restrictions, and (b) each of the Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders has entered into a letter agreement with us, whereby each Northern Lights Restricted Stockholder agreed to (x) convert their Founder Shares into shares of Class A Stock of the post-combination company on a one-for-one basis at the closing of the Business Combination and (y) for those Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders waive certain of their redemption rights with respect to their Class A Stock.

 

The nominal purchase price paid by the Sponsor and directors and officers of the Company for the Founder Shares may significantly dilute the implied value of the public shares in the event the parties complete an initial Business Combination. In addition, the value of the Founder Shares will be significantly greater than the amount the Sponsor and directors and officers of the Company paid to purchase such shares in the event the parties complete an initial business combination, even if the Business Combination causes the trading price of the Company’s common stock to materially decline.

 

The nominal purchase price paid by the Sponsor and directors and officers of the Company for the Founder Shares may significantly dilute the implied value of the Business Combination. In addition, the value of the Founder Shares will be significantly greater than the amount the Sponsor and directors and officers of the Company paid to purchase such shares in the event we complete the Business Combination causes the trading price of the Stock to materially decline. The Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders initially invested an aggregate of $5,306,750 in the Company comprised of $25,000 for the Founder Shares and $5,281,750 for the Private Placement Units. The amount held in our Trust Account was approximately $117.4 million as of June 8, 2022, implying a value of $10.21 per share of Class A stock held by the public stockholders. Based on these assumptions, each share of Stock would have an implied value of $8.23 per share upon completion of the Business Combination, representing a 19.3% decrease from the initial implied value of $10.21 per share of Class A stock held by the public stockholders. This does not take into account any potential dilution from the issuance of any shares upon the exercise of warrants to purchase Class A Stock that will remain outstanding immediately following the Business Combination or the PIPE Warrants, which warrants are exercisable at a price of $11.50 per share and currently considered anti-dilutive, nor does it take into account the PIPE Shares, which are initially convertible at a price of $10.00 per share.

 

 

 

 

Taking into account the additional 625,000 shares of Class A Stock that our Sponsor may be entitled to receive under the anti-dilution provisions of our current Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, each share of Class A Stock would have an implied value of $7.90 per share upon completion of the Business Combination, representing a 22.6% decrease from the initial implied value of $10.21 per share of Class A Stock held by the public stockholders. While the implied value of $8.23 per share (or $7.90 per share assuming the issuance of an additional 625,000 shares of Class A Stock under the anti-dilution provisions in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) upon completion of the Business Combination would represent a dilution to our public stockholders, this would represent a significant increase in value for the Sponsor and directors and officers of the Company relative to the price it paid for each Founder Share. At $0.009 per share, the 2,875,000 shares of the Company common stock that the Sponsor and directors and officers of the Company holding Founder Shares would own upon completion of the Business Combination would have an aggregate implied value of $23.7 million, assuming no additional shares of Class A Stock are issued to our Sponsor under the anti-dilution provisions in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Assuming the additional 625,000 shares of Class A Stock are issued, the implied value would be approximately $27.6 million. As a result, even if the trading price of the Class A Stock significantly declines, the value of the Founder Shares held by the Sponsor and directors and officers of the Company will be significantly greater than the amount the Sponsor and directors and officers of the Company paid to purchase such shares. In addition, the Sponsor and directors and officers of the Company could potentially recoup their entire investment, even if the trading price of the Stock after the initial Business Combination is as low as $1.56 per share assuming no additional shares of Class A Stock are issued to our Sponsor under the anti-dilution provisions in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or $1.32 per share if the additional 625,000 shares are issued. As a result, the Sponsor and directors and officers of The Company holding Founder Shares are likely to earn a substantial profit on their investment upon disposition of shares of the Class A Stock even if the trading price of the Class A Stock declines after the completion of the initial Business Combination. The Sponsor and directors and officers of the Company holding Founder Shares may therefore be economically incentivized to complete an initial business combination with a riskier, weaker-performing or less-established target business, or on terms less favorable to the public stockholders, rather than liquidating the Company. This dilution would increase to the extent that public stockholders seek redemptions from the Trust Account for their Class A Stock.

 

Our Sponsor, directors or officers or their affiliates may elect to purchase shares from public stockholders, which may influence a vote on a proposed Business Combination and the other proposals described in this proxy statement and reduce the public “float” of our Class A Stock, public warrants and public units.

 

Our Sponsor, directors or officers or their affiliates may purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of the Business Combination, although they are under no obligation to do so. Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgement that such stockholder, although still the record holder of our shares is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights. In the event that our Sponsor, directors, officers or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public stockholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling stockholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. The purpose of such purchases could be to vote such shares in favor of the Business Combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of the Business Combination or to satisfy closing conditions in the Purchase Agreement regarding required amounts in the Trust Account equaling or exceeding certain thresholds where it appears that such requirements would otherwise not be met. This may result in the completion of a Business Combination that may not otherwise have been possible.

 

 

 

 

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our Class A Stock, public warrants and public units and the number of beneficial holders of such securities may be reduced, possibly making it difficult to obtain or maintain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on the Nasdaq or another national securities exchange or reducing the liquidity of the trading market for our Class A Stock, public warrants and public units.

 

Our public stockholders will experience dilution as a consequence of, among other transactions, the issuance of Class A Stock as part of the consideration in the Business Combination, the issuance of Class A Stock in the PIPE and the potential issuance of Class A Stock under the Incentive Plan. Having a minority share position may reduce the influence that our current stockholders have on the management of the post-combination company.

 

Pursuant to the Business Combination, the Company will issue an aggregate of 11,386,139 shares of Class A Stock to the Seller (see the section entitled “Proposal No. 1—Approval of the Business Combination”). Furthermore, if the Incentive Plan Proposal is approved, the aggregate number of shares of common stock initially issuable under the Incentive Plan will be approximately 4,037,147 shares of common stock, which amount equals 15% of the shares of common stock to be issued and outstanding as of the closing of the Business Combination, taking into account certain assumptions detailed in the section entitled “Proposal No. 6—Approval and Adoption of the Incentive Plan.

 

It is anticipated that, upon completion of the Business Combination: (i) the Company’s public stockholders (excluding the Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders’ converted Founder Shares) will retain an ownership interest of approximately 34.9% in the post-combination company; (ii) the Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders will own approximately 12.3% of the post-combination company with respect to their converted Founder Shares; (iii) the Seller will own approximately 34.6% of the post-combination company; and (iv) the PIPE Investors will own approximately 18.2% of the post-combination company with respect to the PIPE Shares on an as-converted basis. The ownership percentage with respect to the post-combination company following the Business Combination (a) does not take into account (1) the issuance of any shares upon the exercise of warrants to purchase Class A Stock that will remain outstanding immediately following the Business Combination or the PIPE Warrants, (2) the issuance of any shares upon completion of the Business Combination under the Incentive Plan, (3) the redemption of shares of Class A Stock held by the Company’s public stockholders pursuant to our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, or (4) the conversion of the PIPE Shares at a price less than $10.00 per share pursuant to certain adjustment provisions in the PIPE Certificate of Designation or the exercise of the PIPE Warrants at a price less than $11.50 pursuant to certain adjustment provisions contained therein, but (b) does take into account (1) the conversion of 2,875,000 Founder Shares into an equivalent number of shares of Class A Stock at the closing of the Business Combination on a one-for-one basis (even though such shares of Class A Stock will be subject to transfer restrictions) and (2) the issuance of an additional 625,000 shares of Class A Stock to the Sponsor upon conversion of the Founder Shares in accordance with certain anti-dilution provisions contained in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. If the actual facts are different than these assumptions (which they are likely to be), the percentage ownership retained by the Company’s existing stockholders in the post-combination company will be different. For more information, please see the sections entitled “Summary of the Proxy Statement—Impact of the Business Combination on the Company’s Public Float” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information.”

 

 

 

 

The potential issuance of Class A Stock pursuant to the Incentive Plan may dilute the equity interests of our existing stockholders and may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our public shares and/or public warrants or the market prices for the Class A Stock, public warrants or public units of the post-combination company. If any of the Company’s public shares are redeemed in connection with the Business Combination, the percentage of the outstanding Class A Stock held by the public stockholders will decrease and the percentages of the outstanding shares of Class A Stock held immediately following the Business Combination by the Northern Lights Restricted Parties and the Seller will increase. To the extent that any of the outstanding warrants are exercised for shares of Class A Stock, or additional awards are issued under the proposed Incentive Plan, the Company’s existing stockholders may experience substantial dilution. Such dilution could, among other things, limit the ability of the Company’s existing stockholders to influence the Company’s management through the election of directors following the Business Combination.

 

The public stockholders will experience dilution as a consequence of the issuance of Class A Stock as consideration in the Business Combination and may experience dilution from several additional sources in connection with and after the Business Combination. Having a minority share position may reduce the influence that the public stockholders have on the management of the Company following the closing of the Business Combination.

 

The issuance of additional shares of Class A Stock in the Business Combination will dilute the equity interests of the public stockholders and may adversely affect prevailing market prices for the Class A Stock and Warrants. The public stockholders who do not redeem their public shares may experience dilution from several additional sources to varying degrees in connection with and after the Business Combination, including in each of the following instances:

 

  11,386,139 shares of Class A Stock to be issued to the Seller in the Business Combination, valued at $10.10 per share. This represents approximately 42.3% of the number of shares of Class A Stock that will be outstanding following the consummation of the Business Combination (assuming no public stockholders exercise redemption rights with respect to their public shares, referred to herein as the “no redemption scenario” and the Sponsor receives 625,000 in additional shares pursuant to certain anti-dilution provisions contained in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) or 34.6% of the number of shares of Class A Stock that will be outstanding following the consummation of the Business Combination assuming that the PIPE Shares are also converted at $10.00 a share. Further, the 11,386,139 shares of Class A Stock represents approximately 69.3% of the number of shares of Class A Stock that will be outstanding following the consummation of the Business Combination (assuming 9,855,735 of public shares are redeemed, referred to herein as the “maximum redemption scenario”) or 50.8% of the number of shares of Class A Stock that will be outstanding following the consummation of the Business Combination assuming that the PIPE Shares are also converted at $10.00 a share.

 

  An aggregate of 9,014,088 Warrants will be outstanding following the Business Combination. The shares of Common Stock underlying the Warrants represent approximately 21.5% or 28.7% of the fully-diluted number of shares of Class A Stock immediately following the consummation of the Business Combination (provided that the 9,014,088 shares of Common Stock underlying the Warrants are included in the number of shares of Class A Stock that may be outstanding following the consummation of the Business Combination for the purposes of calculating this percentage, consistent with the presentation in the Redemption Sensitivity Analysis below and assuming the PIPE Shares are converted at $10.00 a share), assuming the no redemption scenario and the maximum redemption scenario, respectively.

 

  The Company will reserve 15% of the number of outstanding shares of Class A Stock to be issued and outstanding as of the closing of the Business Combination (but excluding the shares of Class A Stock that may be issued upon conversion of the PIPE Shares) pursuant to the 2022 Stock Incentive Plan. The granted awards, when vested and settled or exercisable, may result in the issuance of additional shares up to the amount of the share reserve under the 2022 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

  The Company may determine, subject to the receipt of any stockholder or stock exchange approvals that may be required, to issue additional shares of Class A Stock or other equity securities of equal or senior rank in connection with privately negotiated transactions following the consummation of the Business Combination.

 

Depending on the number of public stockholders that exercise their redemption rights, the remaining public stockholders will be subject to varying levels of dilution. In each of the redemption scenarios detailed in the below sensitivity table, the residual equity value owned by non-redeeming stockholders, taking into account the respective redemption amounts, is assumed to remain the deemed value of $10.00. As a result of such redemption amounts and the assumed $10.00 per share value, the implied total equity value of the Company, assuming no dilution from any Additional Dilution Sources, would be (a) $329,143,140 in the no redemption scenario, (b) $294,643,140 in the 25% redemption scenario, (c) $265,393,140 in the 50% redemption scenario, (d) 236,643,140 in the 75% redemption scenario, and (e) $224,335,790 in the maximum redemption scenario. Additionally, the sensitivity table below sets forth the potential additional dilutive impact of each of the Additional Dilution Sources in each redemption scenario, as described further in Notes 4 through 8 below.

 

 

 

 

Redemption Sensitivity Analysis Table

 

Holders 

No Redemption

Scenario

  

% of

Total

  

25%

Redemption

Scenario

  

% of

Total

  

50%

Redemption

Scenario

  

% of

Total

  

75%

Redemption

Scenario

  

% of

Total

  

Maximum

Redemption

Scenario

  

% of

Total

 
Public Stockholders (1)   11,500,000    34.9%   8,625,000    29.3%   5,750,000    21.7%   2,875,000    12.1%   1,644,265    7.3%

Northern Lights Stockholders

including sponsor (2)

   4,028,175    12.3%   3,453,175    11.7%   3,403,175    12.8%   3,403,175    14.4%   3,403,175    15.2%
Seller   11,386,139    34.6%   11,386,139    38.6%   11,386,139    42.9%   11,386,139    48.1%   11,386,139    50.8%
PIPE Investors (3)   32,914,314    100.0%   29,464,314    100.0%   26,539,314    100.0%   23,664,314    100.0%   22,433,579    100.0%

Total Shares Outstanding

Excluding Warrants, Equity

Incentive Plans

  $329,143,140        $294,643,140        $265,393,140        $236,643,140        $224,335,790      

Total Equity Value Post

Redemption (3)

  $10.00        $10.00        $10.00        $10.00        $10.00      
Per Share value (3)   4,028,175    12.3%   3,453,175    11.7%   3,403,175    12.8%   3,403,175    14.4%   3,403,175    15.2%

 

Additional Dilution Sources (4) 

No Redemption

Scenario

  

% of

Total

  

25%

Redemption

Scenario

  

% of

Total

  

50%

Redemption

Scenario

  

% of

Total

  

75%

Redemption

Scenario

  

% of

Total

  

Maximum

Redemption

Scenario

  

% of

Total

 
New SHF Stock Options (5)   4,037,147    10.9%   3,519,647    10.7%   3,080,897    10.4%   2,649,647    10.1%   2,465,037    9.9%

Public Stockholder Warrants

(6)

   5,750,000    14.9%   5,750,000    16.3%   5,750,000    17.8%   5,750,000    19.5%   5,750,000    20.4%
Private Warrants (7)   264,088    0.8%   264,088    0.9%   264,088    1.0%   264,088    1.1%   264,088    1.2%
PIPE Warrants (8)   3,000,000    8.4%   3,000,000    9.2%   3,000,000    10.2%   3,000,000    11.3%   3,000,000    11.8%

Total Additional Dilutive

Sources

   13,051,235    28.4%   12,533,735    29.8%   12,094,985    31.3%   11,663,735    33.0%   11,479,124    33.8%

 

(1) Represents 9,855,735 in redeemed shares under the Maximum Redemption Scenario.

 

(2) Assumes 625,000 and 50,000 anti-dilution shares issued to the Sponsor under the No Redemption and 25% Redemption Scenarios, respectively.

 

(3) Assumes PIPE Shares are converted at $10.00 a share. PIPE Shares may convert at a lower price which would increase the Class A Stock outstanding. In order to calculate the implied equity value, we utilized a consistent per share value of $10.00. Per share value will vary with market conditions and we cannot guarantee or estimate a per share value at or subsequent to the Business Combination.

 

(4) The Percentage of Total with respect to each Additional Dilution Source set forth below, including the Total Additional Dilutive Sources, includes the full amount of shares issued with respect to the applicable Additional Dilution Source in both the numerator and denominator. For example, in the 25% Redemption Scenario, the Percentage of Total with respect to the New SHF Stock Options would be calculated as follows: (a) 3,519,647 shares issued pursuant to the Incentive Plan; divided by (b) (i) 29,464,314 shares (the number of shares outstanding prior to any issuance pursuant to the New SHF Stock Options) plus (ii) shares issued pursuant to the Incentive Plan.

 

 

 

 

(5) Assumes the issuance of all shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under the Inventive Plan which amount equals 15% of the shares of common stock to be issued and outstanding as of the closing of the Business Combination—excluding the PIPE Shares.

 

(6) Represents IPO warrants issued to Public Stockholders shares exercisable at $11.50 a share.

 

(7) Represents warrants issued in conjunction with the Private Placement Shares exercisable at $11.50 a share.

 

(8) Represents the impact of 3,000,000 PIPE Warrants initially exercisable at $11.50 a share, which exercise price is subject to adjustment as described elsewhere in this proxy statement.

 

The foregoing table is provided for illustrative purposes only and there can be no assurance that the Company’s Class A Stock will trade at the illustrative per share values set forth above, regardless of the levels of redemption.

 

The issuance of additional shares of the Company’s Class A Stock (or other equity securities of equal or senior rank), including through any of the foregoing, could have the following effects for holders of public shares who elect not to redeem their shares:

 

  your proportionate ownership interest in the Company will decrease;

 

  the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding share of the Class A Stock will be diminished; or

 

  the market prices of the Class A Stock and the Warrants may decline.

 

There can be no assurance that the Class A Stock that will be issued in connection with the Business Combination will be approved for listing on Nasdaq or, if approved, will continue to be so listed following the closing of the Business Combination, or that we will be able to comply with the continued listing standards of Nasdaq.

 

Our eligibility for listing may depend on, among other things, the number of our shares that are redeemed. We intend to apply for the listing of our publicly-traded common stock and warrants on Nasdaq. If Nasdaq denies our application for failure to meet the listing standards, we and our stockholders could face significant material adverse consequences including:

 

● a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;

 

● reduced liquidity for our securities;

 

● a determination that the Class A Stock of the post-combination company is a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in the Class A Stock of the post-combination company to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;

 

 

 

 

● a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and

 

● a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

 

The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” If the Class A Stock, public units and public warrants of the post-combination company are listed on Nasdaq, they will be covered securities. Although the states are preempted from regulating the sale of our securities, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. While we are not aware of a state, other than the State of Idaho, having used these powers to prohibit or restrict the sale of securities issued by blank check companies, certain state securities regulators view blank check companies unfavorably and might use these powers, or threaten to use these powers, to hinder the sale of securities of blank check companies in their states. Further, if we were not listed on Nasdaq, our securities would not be covered securities and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer our securities.

 

Resales of the shares of Class A Stock included in the Stock Consideration could depress the market price of the Class A Stock of the post-combination company.

 

There may be a large number of shares of Class A Stock of the post-combination company sold in the market following the completion of the Business Combination or shortly thereafter. The shares held by the Company’s public stockholders will be freely tradeable. Class A Stock issued to the Seller pursuant to the Business Combination will be freely tradeable following the latter of (i) expiration of the lock-up on the earlier of (A) six months following the closing of the Business Combination and (B) subsequent to the closing of the Business Combination, the earlier of (x) the date that the last sale price of the Class A Stock equals or exceeds $12.50 per share as quoted on Nasdaq (adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days following the closing of the Business Combination or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, capital stock exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of the Company’s stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of the Company for cash, securities or other property, as set forth in the Seller Lock-up Agreement and (ii) the registration of the resale thereof pursuant to a registration statement that we have agreed to promptly file after the completion of the Business Combination. Class A Stock of the post-combination company held by the Sponsor as a result of the conversion of its Class B Stock will be freely tradeable following the latter of (i) expiration of the lock-up period set forth in the letter agreement entered into by our Sponsor, directors, and officers in connection with the IPO and (ii) the registration of the resale thereof pursuant to an exercise of registration rights set forth in that certain IPO Registration Rights Agreement. Class A Stock of the post-combination company held by the Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders (other than the Sponsor) as a result of the conversion of their Class B Stock will be freely tradeable upon the registration of the resale thereof pursuant to an exercise of those certain registration rights set forth in the IPO Registration Rights Agreement.

 

 

 

 

We will have approximately 32,914,314 shares of Class A Stock of the post-combination company outstanding after the Business Combination (assuming that no shares of Class A Stock are redeemed, no outstanding warrants to purchase shares of Class A Stock are exercised, all PIPE Shares are converted to shares of Class A Stock at a price of $10.00 per share, and subject to further issuance of awards under the Incentive Plan). Such sales of shares of Class A Stock of the post-combination company or the perception of such sales may depress the market price of the Class A Stock, public warrants or public units of the post-combination company.

 

We are a blank check company, and as we have no operating history and are subject to a mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution requirement, there is a risk that we will be unable to continue as a going concern if we do not consummate an initial business combination by June 28, 2022. Unless we amend our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (which requires the affirmative vote of 65% of all then outstanding shares of Common Stock) and amend certain other agreements into which we have entered to extend the life of the Company, if we do not complete an initial business combination by June 28, 2022, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than 10 business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account including interest not previously released to the Company to pay franchise and income taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses) divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law; and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our Board, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under the DGCL to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the residual assets remaining available for distribution (including Trust Account assets) will be less than the initial public offering price per public unit in the IPO. In addition, if we fail to complete an initial business combination by June 28, 2022, there will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our public warrants or the Private Placement Warrants, which will expire worthless. While we expect to consummate the Business Combination and do not intend to take any action to extend the life of the Company beyond June 28, 2022, we reserve the right to pursue such an extension.

 

Even if we consummate the Business Combination, there is no guarantee that the public warrants will ever be in the money, and they may expire worthless and the terms of our warrants may be amended.

 

The exercise price for our warrants is $11.50 per share of Class A Stock. There is no guarantee that the public warrants will ever be in the money prior to their expiration, and as such, the warrants may expire worthless.

 

 
 

 

Our ability to successfully effect the Business Combination and the success of the post-combination company are dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, including the key personnel of SHF and the Seller.

 

Our ability to successfully effect the Business Combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, including the key personnel of SHF and the Seller. Although some of our key personnel may remain with the post-combination business in senior management or advisory positions following the Business Combination, it is possible that we will lose some key personnel, the loss of which could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business. SHF does not maintain key-man life insurance on any of its officers. We anticipate that some or all of the management of SHF will remain in place.

 

Our officers and directors may allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to consummate a business combination.

 

Our officers and directors are not required to commit their full time to our affairs, which could create a conflict of interest when allocating their time between our operations and their other commitments. Some of our officers and directors are engaged in other business endeavors and are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our affairs. If our officer’s and director’s other business affairs require them to devote more substantial amounts of time to such affairs it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs and could have a negative impact on our ability to consummate our initial business combination. We cannot assure you that these conflicts will be resolved in our favor.

 

Our Sponsor, officers and directors may have business contacts that may potentially do business with a target company, thereby causing conflicts of interest in their evaluation of which target company to acquire.

 

Our Sponsor, officers and directors have long-standing business contacts in the cannabis industry, which we believe has been of substantial benefit to us in evaluating potential targets for our initial business combination and which we believe will be beneficial to us in the future in determining growth strategies for a target’s business after completion of a business combination. These business contacts may also be potential customers of a target company, which may cause a conflict of interest in the evaluation by our Sponsor, officers and directors of which target company to acquire.

 

As described below under “Business of Safe Harbor Financial—Lending,” in connection with the closing of a $5.0 million senior secured loan made by SHF to Solar Cannabis Co. (“Solar”), Solar paid a referral fee of $50,000 to Luminous Capital Inc., an affiliate of our Sponsor. The fee was paid pursuant to a consulting agreement previously entered into between Solar and Luminous Capital Inc.

 

The Company and SHF will be subject to business uncertainties and contractual restrictions while the Business Combination is pending.

 

Uncertainty about the effect of the Business Combination on employees and third parties may have an adverse effect on the Company and SHF. These uncertainties may impair our or SHF’s ability to retain and motivate key personnel and could cause third parties that deal with any of us or them to defer entering into contracts or making other decisions or seek to change existing business relationships. If key employees depart because of uncertainty about their future roles and the potential complexities of the Business Combination, our or SHF’s businesses could be harmed.

 

 

 

 

We may waive one or more of the conditions to the Business Combination.

 

We may agree to waive, in whole or in part, one or more of the conditions to our obligations to complete the Business Combination, to the extent permitted by our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and bylaws and applicable laws. Other events pursuant to which the Company may elect to waive the conditions to complete the Business Combination include changes in the course of SHF’s businesses or a request by SHF to undertake actions that would otherwise be prohibited by the terms of the Purchase Agreement or the occurrence of other events that would have a material adverse effect on SHF’s businesses and would entitle the Company to terminate the Purchase Agreement. In any of such circumstances, it would be at the Company’s discretion, acting through its Board, to grant its consent or waive those rights. As of the date of this proxy statement, the Company does not believe there will be any changes or waivers that the Company’s Board would be likely to make after stockholder approval of the Business Combination Proposal has been obtained. We may not waive the condition that our stockholders approve the Business Combination. Please see the section entitled “Proposal No. 1—Approval of the Business Combination—The Purchase Agreement—Conditions to Closing of the Business Combination” for additional information.

 

The exercise of discretion by our directors and officers in agreeing to changes to the terms of or waivers of closing conditions in the Purchase Agreement may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether such changes to the terms of the Purchase Agreement or waivers of conditions are appropriate and in the best interests of our stockholders.

 

In the period leading up to the closing of the Business Combination, other events may occur that, pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, would require the Company to agree to amend the Purchase Agreement, to consent to certain actions or to waive rights that we are entitled to under the Purchase Agreement. Such events could arise because of changes in the course of SHF’s business, a request by the Seller to undertake actions that would otherwise be prohibited by the terms of the Purchase Agreement or the occurrence of other events that would have a material adverse effect on SHF’s business and would entitle the Company to terminate the Purchase Agreement. In any of such circumstances, it would be in the discretion of the Company, acting through the Board, to grant its consent or waive its rights. The existence of the financial and personal interests of the directors described elsewhere in this proxy statement may result in a conflict of interest on the part of one or more of the directors between what he or she may believe is best for the Company and our stockholders and what he or she may believe is best for himself or herself or his or her affiliates in determining whether or not to take the requested action. As of the date of this proxy statement, we do not believe there will be any changes or waivers that our directors and officers would be likely to make after stockholder approval of the Business Combination has been obtained. While certain changes could be made without further stockholder approval, if there is a change to the terms of the Business Combination that would have a material impact on the stockholders, we will be required to circulate a new or amended proxy statement or supplement thereto and resolicit the vote of our stockholders with respect to the Business Combination Proposal.

 

 

 

 

The ability of the Company’s stockholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of the Company’s shares may not allow the Company to complete the Business Combination or optimize its capital structure.

 

Because the Purchase Agreement requires the Company to have at least $5,000,001 in net tangible assets at Closing (after giving effect to redemptions by the Company public stockholders), the Company will need to reserve a portion of the cash in the Trust Account to meet such requirements, unless such closing condition is waived by the Seller. Above the maximum redemption scenario (please see “Impact of the Business Combination on the Company’s Public Float” above), we will not meet the $5,000,001 net tangible asset threshold. In addition, if a larger number of shares are submitted for redemption than we currently expect, the Company may need to seek to restructure the transaction to reserve a greater portion of the cash in the Trust Account. If the Business Combination is unsuccessful, you would not receive your pro rata portion of the Trust Account until the Company liquidates the Trust Account or consummates an alternative initial business combination or upon the occurrence of an Extension or certain other corporation actions as set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. If you are in need of immediate liquidity, you could attempt to sell your stock in the open market; however, at such time the Company’s stock may trade at a discount to the pro rata amount per share in the Trust Account or there may be limited market demand at such time. In either situation, you may suffer a material loss on your investment or lose the benefit of funds expected in connection with the Company’s redemption until the Company liquidates, consummates an alternative initial business combination, effectuates an Extension or takes certain other actions set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or you are able to sell your stock in the open market.

 

We and SHF will incur significant transaction and transition costs in connection with the Business Combination.

 

We and SHF have both incurred and expect to incur significant, non-recurring costs in connection with consummating the Business Combination and operating as a public company following the consummation of the Business Combination. We and SHF may also incur additional costs to retain key employees. All expenses incurred in connection with the Purchase Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby (including the Business Combination), including all legal, accounting, consulting, investment banking and other fees, expenses and costs, will be for the account of the party incurring such fees, expenses and costs or paid by the Company following the closing of the Business Combination.

 

The Company’s transaction expenses as a result of the Business Combination are currently estimated at approximately $9.8 million, including $4,025,000 in deferred underwriting commissions to the underwriter of our IPO. The amount of the deferred underwriting commissions will not be adjusted for any shares that are redeemed in connection with a business combination. The per-share amount we will distribute to stockholders who properly exercise their redemption rights will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions and after such redemptions, the per-share value of shares held by non-redeeming stockholders will reflect our obligation to pay the deferred underwriting commissions.

 

If the adjournment proposal is not approved, and an insufficient number of votes have been obtained to authorize the consummation of the Business Combination, the Board will not have the ability to adjourn the meeting to a later date in order to solicit further votes, and, therefore, the Business Combination will not be approved.

The Board is seeking approval to adjourn the meeting to a later date or dates if, at the meeting, the business combination proposal is not approved. If the adjournment proposal is not approved, the Board will not have the ability to adjourn the meeting to a later date and, therefore, the Business Combination would not be completed.

 

 

 

 

If we are unable to complete an initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.21 per share on the liquidation of the Trust Account (or less than $10.21 per share in certain circumstances where a third party brings a claim against us that our Sponsor is unable to indemnify), and our warrants will expire worthless.

 

If we are unable to complete an initial business combination by June 28, 2022, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.21 per share (based upon the value of our Trust Account as of June 8, 2022) on the liquidation of the Trust Account (or less than $10.21 per share in certain circumstances where a third-party brings a claim against us for which our Sponsor is unable to indemnify (as described herein)) and our warrants will expire worthless.

 

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.21 per share (based upon the value of our Trust Account as of June 8, 2022).

 

Our placing of funds in the Trust Account may not protect those funds from third-party claims against us. Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers (other than our independent auditors), prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any funds held in the Trust Account for the benefit of our public stockholders, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the Trust Account, including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the Trust Account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the funds held in the Trust Account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third-party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative.

 

Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason. Upon redemption of our public shares, if we are unable to complete the Business Combination within the prescribed timeframe, or upon the exercise of a redemption right in connection with the Business Combination, we will be required to provide for payment of claims of creditors that were not waived that may be brought against us within the ten years following redemption. Accordingly, the per-share redemption amount received by public stockholders could be less than the $10.21 per share held in the Trust Account as of June 8, 2022, due to claims of such creditors.

 

 

 

 

Our Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a vendor (other than our independent public accountants) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have entered into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below (i) $10.20 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account and except as to any claims under indemnity of the underwriter of our IPO against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third party claims. We have not independently verified whether our Sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and believe that our Sponsor’s only assets are securities of our Company. We have not asked our Sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our Sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. As a result, if any such claims were successfully made against the Trust Account, the funds available for our business combination and redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.21 per public share (based upon the value of our Trust Account as of June 8, 2022). In such event, we may not be able to complete our business combination, and you would receive such lesser amount per share in connection with any redemption of your public shares. None of our officers will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

 

If the funds held outside of Company’s Trust Account are insufficient to allow it to operate until at least June 28, 2022 (or up to December 28, 2022 if the Company extends the maximum time to complete an initial business combination), the Company’s ability to complete an initial business combination may be adversely affected.

 

We believe the funds available to it outside of the Trust Account will be sufficient to allow it to operate until it completes its business combination; however, we cannot assure you that its estimate is accurate. If we are required to seek additional capital, it would need to borrow funds from the Sponsor, management team or other third parties to operate or may be forced to liquidate. Neither the Sponsor, members of the Company’s management team nor any of their affiliates is under any obligation to advance funds to the Company in such circumstances. Any such advances would be repaid only from funds held outside the Trust Account or from funds released to the Company upon completion of the Company’s initial business combination. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into units identical to the Private Placement Units, at a price of $10.00 per unit at the option of the lender. As of June 8, 2022, there were no outstanding working capital loans. Prior to the completion of the Company’s initial business combination, it does not expect to seek loans from parties other than the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor as the Company does not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in the Trust Account. If the Company is unable to complete its initial business combination because it does not have sufficient funds available to it, the Company will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the Trust Account. Consequently, the Company’s public stockholders may only receive an estimated $10.21 per share (based upon the value of our Trust Account as of June 8, 2022), or possibly less, on its redemption of its public shares, and its warrants will expire worthless.

 

 

 

 

Our directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of our Sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the Trust Account available for distribution to our public stockholders.

 

In the event that the proceeds in the Trust Account are reduced below the lesser of (i) $10.21 per public share (based upon the value of our Trust Account as of June 8, 2022) or (ii) other than due to the failure to obtain a waiver to seek access to the Trust Account, such lesser amount per share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay our franchise and income tax obligations, and our Sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so if, for example, the cost of such legal action is deemed by the independent directors to be too high relative to the amount recoverable or if the independent directors determine a favorable outcome is unlikely. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations, the amount of funds in our Trust Account available for distribution to our public stockholders may be reduced below $10.21 per share (based upon the value of our Trust Account as of June 8, 2022).

 

If, before distributing the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the claims of creditors in such proceeding may have priority over the claims of our stockholders and the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our stockholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

 

If, before distributing the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the Trust Account, the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our stockholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

 

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy court may seek to recover such proceeds, and we and our Board may be exposed to claims of punitive damages.

 

 

 

 

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by stockholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover all amounts received by our stockholders. In addition, our Board may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or having acted in bad faith, thereby exposing itself and us to claims of punitive damages, by paying public stockholders from the Trust Account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. In addition, in no event will we redeem shares of our Class A Stock in an amount that would result in the Company’s failure to have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,000.

 

Following the closing of the Business Combination, our only significant asset will be our ownership interest in SHF and such ownership may not be sufficient to pay dividends or make distributions or loans to enable us to pay any dividends on our Common Stock or satisfy our other financial obligations.

 

Following the closing of the Business Combination, we will have no direct operations and no significant assets other than our ownership of SHF. We and certain investors, the Sponsor, and directors and officers of the Sponsor and its affiliates will become stockholders of the post-combination company at that time. We will depend on SHF for distributions, loans and other payments to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations, including our expenses as a publicly traded company and to pay any dividends with respect to our Common Stock. The financial condition and operating requirements of SHF may limit our ability to obtain cash from SHF. The earnings from, or other available assets of, SHF may not be sufficient to pay dividends or make distributions or loans to enable us to pay any dividends on our Common Stock or satisfy our other financial obligations.

 

Following the closing of the Business Combination, the Company may be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the applicable rules of Nasdaq and, as a result, may qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. If the Company relies on these exemptions, its stockholders will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

 

Upon the closing of the Business Combination, depending on the number of shares of Class A Stock redeemed by the Company’s public stockholders, the Seller may control a majority of the voting power of the Company’s Class A Stock, and the Company may then be a “controlled company” within the meaning of applicable rules of Nasdaq. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements:

 

  that a majority of the board consists of independent directors;

 

 

 

 

  for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees;

 

  that the controlled company has a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

 

  that the controlled company has a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibility.

 

While the Company does not intend to rely on these exemptions, the Company may use these exemptions now or in the future. As a result, the Company’s stockholders may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the Nasdaq corporate governance requirements.

 

Subsequent to our completion of the Business Combination, we may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and our stock price, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

 

Although we have conducted due diligence on SHF, we cannot assure you that this diligence will surface all material issues that may be present in SHF’s business, that it would be possible to uncover all material issues through a customary amount of due diligence, or that factors outside of SHF’s business and outside of our and SHF’s control will not later arise. As a result of these factors, we may be forced to later write down or write off assets, restructure operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in losses. Even if our due diligence successfully identifies certain risks, unexpected risks may arise and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about the post-combination company or its securities. Accordingly, any of our stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following the Business Combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

 

We have no operating or financial history and our results of operations and those of the post-combination company may differ significantly from the unaudited pro forma financial data included in this proxy statement.

 

We are a blank check company and we have no operating history and no revenues. This proxy statement includes unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements for the post-combination company. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations of the post-combination company combines the historical unaudited results of operations of the Company for the three months ended Mach 31, 2022 with the historical unaudited results of operations of SHF for the three months ended March 31, 2022, and gives pro forma effect to the Business Combination and the acquisitions of SHF by the Company as if they had been consummated on January 1, 2021. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations of the post-combination company combines the historical audited results of operations of the Company for the period ended December 31, 2021 with the historical audited results of operations of SHF for the year ended December 31, 2021, and gives pro forma effect to the Business Combination and the acquisitions of SHF by the Company as if they had been consummated on January 1, 2021.

 

 

 

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are presented for illustrative purposes only, are based on certain assumptions, address a hypothetical situation and reflect limited historical financial data. Therefore, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations and financial position that would have been achieved had the Business Combination been consummated on the date indicated above, or the future consolidated results of operations or financial position of the post-combination company. Accordingly, the post-combination company’s business, assets, cash flows, results of operations and financial condition may differ significantly from those indicated by the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements included in this document. For more information, please see the section entitled “Summary Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information.”

 

Unanticipated changes in effective tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We will be subject to income taxes in the United States, and our domestic tax liabilities will be subject to the allocation of expenses in differing jurisdictions. Our future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by a number of factors, including:

 

● changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities;

 

● expected timing and amount of the release of any tax valuation allowances;

 

● tax effects of stock-based compensation;

 

● costs related to intercompany restructurings;

 

● changes in tax laws, regulations or interpretations thereof; or

 

● lower than anticipated future earnings in jurisdictions where we have lower statutory tax rates and higher than anticipated future earnings in jurisdictions where we have higher statutory tax rates.

 

In addition, we may be subject to audits of our income, sales and other transaction taxes by U.S. federal and state authorities. Outcomes from these audits could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

 

 

 

A market for our securities may not continue, which would adversely affect the liquidity and price of our securities.

 

Following the Business Combination, the price of our securities may fluctuate significantly due to the market’s reaction to the Business Combination and general market and economic conditions. An active trading market for our securities following the Business Combination may never develop or, if developed, it may not be sustained. In addition, the price of our securities after the Business Combination can vary due to general economic conditions and forecasts, our general business condition and the release of our financial reports. Additionally, if our securities are not listed on, or become delisted from, Nasdaq for any reason, and are quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board or OTC Pink, an inter-dealer automated quotation system for equity securities that is not a national securities exchange, the liquidity and price of our securities may be more limited than if we were quoted or listed on Nasdaq or another national securities exchange. You may be unable to sell your securities unless a market can be established or sustained.

 

If the Business Combination’s benefits do not meet the expectations of investors, stockholders or financial analysts, the market price of our securities may decline.

 

If the benefits of the Business Combination do not meet the expectations of investors or securities analysts, the market price of the Company’s securities prior to the closing of the Business Combination may decline. The market values of our securities at the time of the Business Combination may vary significantly from their prices on the date the Purchase Agreement was executed, the date of this proxy statement, or the date on which our stockholders vote on the Business Combination.

 

In addition, following the Business Combination, fluctuations in the price of our securities could contribute to the loss of all or part of your investment. Immediately prior to the Business Combination, there has not been a public market for SHF stock and trading in the shares of our Class A Stock, public units and public warrants has not been active. Accordingly, the valuation ascribed to SHF and our Class A Stock, public units and public warrants in the Business Combination may not be indicative of the price of the post-combination company that will prevail in the trading market following the Business Combination. If an active market for our securities develops and continues, the trading price of our securities following the Business Combination could be volatile and subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. Any of the factors listed below could have a material adverse effect on your investment in our securities and our securities may trade at prices significantly below the price you paid for them. In such circumstances, the trading price of our securities may not recover and may experience a further decline.

 

Factors affecting the trading price of the post-combination company’s securities following the Business Combination may include:

 

● actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial results or the quarterly financial results of companies perceived to be similar to us;

 

● changes in the market’s expectations about our operating results;

 

 

 

 

● the public’s reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the SEC;

 

● speculation in the press or investment community;

 

● success of competitors;

 

● our operating results failing to meet the expectation of securities analysts or investors in a particular period;

 

● changes in financial estimates and recommendations by securities analysts concerning the post-combination company or the market in general;

 

● operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to the post-combination company;

 

● our ability to market new and enhanced products on a timely basis;

 

● changes in laws and regulations affecting our business;

 

● commencement of, or involvement in, litigation involving the post-combination company;

 

● changes in the post-combination company’s capital structure, such as future issuances of securities or the incurrence of additional debt;

 

● the volume of shares of the Class A Stock, public warrants and public units of the post-combination company available for public sale;

 

● the volume of our public units or public warrants available for public sale;

 

● any material change in our Board or management;

 

● sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock by our directors, officers or significant stockholders or the perception that such sales could occur;

 

● the realization of any of the risk factors presented in this proxy statement;

 

● additions or departures of key personnel;

 

● failure to comply with the requirements of Nasdaq;

 

● failure to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or other laws or regulations;

 

● actual, potential or perceived control, accounting or reporting problems;

 

● changes in accounting principles, policies and guidelines; and

 

● general economic and political conditions such as recessions, interest rates, fuel prices, international currency fluctuations and acts of war or terrorism.

 

 

 

 

Broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of our securities irrespective of our operating performance. The stock market in general and Nasdaq have experienced price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of the particular companies affected. The trading prices and valuations of these stocks, and of our securities, may not be predictable. A loss of investor confidence in the market for the stocks of other companies which investors perceive to be similar to the post-combination company could depress our stock price regardless of our business, prospects, financial conditions or results of operations. A decline in the market price of our securities also could adversely affect our ability to issue additional securities and our ability to obtain additional financing in the future.

 

In the past, securities class action litigation has often been initiated against companies following periods of volatility in their stock price. This type of litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources, and could also require us to make substantial payments to satisfy judgments or to settle litigation.

 

The Company’s stockholders may not realize a benefit from the Business Combination commensurate with the ownership dilution they will experience in connection with the Business Combination and the PIPE.

 

If the Company is unable to realize the full strategic and financial benefits currently anticipated from the Business Combination, the Company’s stockholders will have experienced substantial dilution of their ownership interests in their respective companies without receiving any commensurate benefit, or only receiving part of the commensurate benefit to the extent the Company is able to realize only part of the strategic and financial benefits currently anticipated from the Business Combination and the PIPE.

 

The process of taking a company public by means of a business combination with a special purpose acquisition company (a “SPAC”) is different from taking a company public through an underwritten offering and may create risks for our unaffiliated investors. You may not have the same benefits as an investor in an underwritten public offering.

 

Like other business combination transactions and spin-offs, in connection with the Business Combination, you will not receive the benefits of the diligence performed by the underwriters in an underwritten public offering. An underwritten offering involves a company engaging underwriters to purchase its shares and resell them to the public. An underwritten offering imposes statutory liability on the underwriters for material misstatements or omissions contained in the registration statement unless they are able to sustain the burden of providing that they did not know and could not reasonably have discovered such material misstatements or omissions. This is referred to as a “due diligence” defense. Due diligence entails engaging legal, financial and/or other experts to perform an investigation as to the accuracy of an issuer’s disclosure regarding, among other things, its business and financial results. Auditors of the issuer also will deliver a “comfort” letter with respect to the financial information contained in the registration statement. In making their investment decision, investors in underwritten public offerings have the benefit of such diligence. Investors in an underwritten public offering may benefit from the role of the underwriters in such an offering. Going public via a business combination with a SPAC does not involve any underwriters and does not generally necessitate the level of review required to establish a “due diligence” defense as would be customary on an underwritten offering.

 

 

 

 

In an underwritten public offering, an issuer initially sells its securities to the public market via one or more underwriters, who distribute or resell such securities to the public. Underwriters have liability under the U.S. securities laws for material misstatements or omissions in a registration statement pursuant to which an issuer sells securities.

 

Further, neither the Company nor SHF engaged a financial advisor in connection with the Business Combination. In connection with this proxy statement, no parties other than the Company and SHF have conducted an investigation of the disclosure contained herein. In addition, as an unaffiliated investor, you will not be afforded the opportunity to perform your own due diligence investigation of, or otherwise obtain information on, the Company or SHF beyond the information that is contained in this proxy statement (or is otherwise publicly available). You therefore may not have the benefit of the same level of review as an investor in an underwritten public offering, who has the benefit of the underwriters’ evaluation and due diligence investigation of the issuer.

 

In addition, going public via a business combination with a SPAC does not involve a book-building process as is the case in an underwritten public offering. In any underwritten public offering, the initial value of a company is set by investors who indicate the price at which they are prepared to purchase shares from the underwriters. In the case of a SPAC transaction, the value of the company is established by means of negotiations between the target company, the SPAC and, in some cases, other investors who agree to purchase shares at the time of the business combination. The process of establishing the value of a company in a SPAC business combination may be less effective than the book-building process in an underwritten public offering and also does not reflect events that may have occurred between the date of the business combination agreement and the closing of the transaction. In addition, underwritten public offerings are frequently oversubscribed resulting in additional potential demand for shares in the aftermarket following the underwritten public offering. There is no such book of demand built up in connection with a SPAC transaction and no underwriters with the responsibility of stabilizing the share price which may result in the share price being harder to sustain after the transaction.

 

There are risks to the Company’s stockholders who are not affiliates of the Sponsor of becoming stockholders of the Company through the Business Combination rather than acquiring securities of SHF directly in an underwritten public offering, including no independent due diligence review by an underwriter and conflicts of interest of the Sponsor.

 

Because there is no independent third-party underwriter involved in the Business Combination or the issuance of common stock and warrants in connection therewith, investors will not receive the benefit of an outside independent review of SHF’s finances and operations performed in an initial public securities offering. Underwritten public offerings of securities conducted by a licensed broker-dealer are subjected to a due diligence review by the underwriter or dealer manager to satisfy statutory duties under the Securities Act, the rules of FINRA and the national securities exchange where such securities are listed. Additionally, underwriters or dealer-managers conducting such public offerings are subject to liability for any material misstatements or omissions in a registration statement filed in connection with the public offering. As no such review will be conducted in connection with the Business Combination, our stockholders must rely on the information in this proxy statement and will not have the benefit of an independent review and investigation of the type normally performed by an independent underwriter in a public securities offering.

 

 

 

 

In addition, the Sponsor and the Company’s executive officers and directors have interests in the Business Combination that may be different from, or in addition to, the interests of the Company’s stockholders generally. Such interests may have influenced the Company’s directors in making their recommendation that you vote in favor of the Business Combination Proposal and the other proposals described in this proxy statement.

 

Past performance by the Sponsor, including our management team, may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in the Company.

 

Information regarding performance by, or businesses associated with, the Sponsor and its affiliates is presented for informational purposes only. Past performance by the Sponsor and by our management team is not a guarantee either (i) of success with respect to any business combination we may consummate or (ii) that we will be able to locate a suitable candidate for our business combination. You should not rely on the historical record of the Sponsor or our management team’s or Sponsor’s performance as indicative of the future performance of an investment in the Company or the returns the Company will, or is likely to, generate going forward.

 

The Company’s ability to be successful following the Business Combination will depend upon the efforts of the Company’s Board and key personnel and the loss of such persons could negatively impact the operations and profitability of the Company’s post-Business Combination business.

 

The Company’s ability to be successful following the Business Combination will be dependent upon the efforts of the Company’s board of directors and key personnel. We cannot assure you that the Company’s Board and key personnel will be effective or successful or remain with the Company. In addition to the other challenges they will face, such individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a public company, which could cause the Company to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements.

 

The unaudited pro forma financial information included in the section entitled Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statementsmay not be representative of the Company’s financial condition or results of operations if the Business Combination is consummated and accordingly, you will have limited financial information on which to evaluate the financial performance of the Company and your investment decision.

 

 

 

 

The Company and SHF currently operate as separate companies. The Company and SHF have had no prior history as a combined company and their respective operations have not previously been managed on a combined basis. The pro forma financial information is presented for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the financial position or results of operations that would have actually occurred had the Business Combination been completed at or as of the dates indicated, nor is it indicative of the future operating results or financial position of the Company. The pro forma statement of earnings does not reflect future nonrecurring charges resulting from the Business Combination. The unaudited pro forma financial information does not reflect future events that may occur after the Business Combination and does not consider potential impacts of current market conditions on revenues or expenses. The pro forma financial information included in the section entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements” has been derived from the Company’s and SHF’s historical financial statements and certain adjustments and assumptions have been made regarding the post-combination company after giving effect to the Business Combination. Differences between preliminary estimates in the pro forma financial information and the final acquisition accounting will occur and could have an adverse impact on the pro forma financial information and the Company’s financial position and future results of operations.

 

In addition, the assumptions used in preparing the pro forma financial information may not prove to be accurate and other factors may affect the Company’s financial condition or results of operations following the Closing. Any potential decline in the Company’s financial condition or results of operations may cause significant variations in the Company’s stock price.

 

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our Class A Stock, public warrants or public units or the Class A Stock, public warrants or public units of the post-combination company to drop significantly, even if SHF’s business is doing well.

 

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A Stock, public warrants or public units in the public market could occur at any time prior to the Business Combination and sales of a substantial number of shares of the Class A Stock, public warrants or public units of the post-combination company could occur at any time following the Business Combination. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our Class A Stock, public warrants or public units or the Class A Stock, public warrants or public units of the post-combination company, as applicable. After the Business Combination, our Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders, including our Sponsor, will hold approximately 12.3% of the Class A Stock of the post-combination company with respect to their converted Founder Shares and the Private Placement Shares and assuming the issuance of an additional 625,000 shares of Class A Stock to the Sponsor upon conversion of the Founder Shares in accordance with certain anti-dilution provisions contained in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Pursuant to the IPO Registration Rights Agreement, the Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders are entitled to registration of the shares of Class A Stock into which the Founder Shares will automatically convert at the time of the consummation of the Business Combination. In addition, holders of our Private Placement Warrants and their permitted transferees can demand that we register the Private Placement Warrants and the shares of Class A Stock issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants and holders of warrants that may be issued upon conversion of the Working Capital Loan may demand that we register such warrants or the Class A Stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants. The holders of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that the Company register such securities. These holders also have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the consummation of the initial business combination.

 

 

 

 

The Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders entered into letter agreements pursuant to which, they agreed that, with certain limited exceptions, the Founder Shares (which will be converted into shares of Class A Stock of the post-combination company at the closing of the Business Combination) may not be transferred until 150 days after the closing of the Business Combination. We will also enter into the Lock-Up Agreement at the closing of the Business Combination, with each of the Seller and PCCU, substantially in the form attached as Annex C. In addition, given that the lock-up period on the Founder Shares is potentially shorter than most other blank check companies, these shares may become registered and available for sale sooner than Founder Shares in such other companies.

 

The terms of our proposed PIPE financing to be completed in conjunction with our proposed business combination could have an adverse impact of the trading prices of the Class A Stock.

 

Concurrently with entering into the Purchase Agreement, the Company entered into the PIPE Securities Purchase Agreements with the PIPE Investors, pursuant to which, among other things, the PIPE Investors agreed to subscribe for and purchase, and the Company agreed to issue and sell to the PIPE Investors, the PIPE Shares and the PIPE Warrants. The terms of the PIPE Shares provide for an initial conversion price of $10.00 per share of Class A Stock, which conversion price is subject to downward adjustment on each of the dates that are 10 days, 55 days, 100 days, 145 days and 190 days after the effectiveness of a registration statement registering the shares of Class A Stock issuable upon conversion of the PIPE Shares to the lower of the conversion price and the greater of (i) 80% of the volume weighted average price of the Class A Stock for the prior five trading days and (ii) $2.00; provided that, so long as the PIPE Investor continues to hold any PIPE Shares, such PIPE Investor will be entitled to receive the aggregate shares of Class A Stock that would be issuable based upon its initial purchase of PIPE Shares at the adjusted conversion price. In addition, until the date that is the later of (a) the ninetieth (90th) day following the date that is one hundred ninety (190) days following the effective date of a registration statement filed pursuant to that certain registration rights agreement to be entered into by the Company with the PIPE Investors or (b) solely if as of the date that is one hundred ninety (190) days following the effective date of a registration statement filed pursuant to that certain registration rights agreement to be entered into by the Company with the PIPE Investors all the conversion shares issuable upon conversion of the preferred stock outstanding as of such date (without regard to any limitations on conversion set forth herein) are either not (i) registered pursuant to an effective registration statement filed pursuant to that certain registration rights agreement to be entered into by the Company with the PIPE Investors or (ii) available to be freely resold by the holders of preferred stock (to the extent any such holder is not an affiliate of the Company) pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act (as applicable, a “Commencement Date Free Trading Failure”), the ninetieth (90th) day following the date of the Company’s subsequent cure of such Commencement Date Free Trading Failure, the conversion price is subject to adjustment for certain issuances of Class A Stock at a price per share less than the conversion price such that the conversion price will be adjusted to equal the price at which the new shares are issued. The conversion price is also subject to other customary adjustments for stock dividends, stock splits and similar corporate actions.

 

 

 

 

The PIPE Warrants will have an exercise price of $11.50 per share of Class A Stock to be paid in cash (except if the shares underlying the warrants are not covered by an effective registration statement after the six-month anniversary of the closing date, in which case cashless exercise is permitted), subject to adjustment to a price equal to the greater of (i) 125% of the conversion price if at any time there is an adjustment to the conversion price and the exercise price after such adjustment is greater than 125% of the conversion price as adjusted and (ii) $5.00. The PIPE Warrants are also subject to adjustment for other customary adjustments for stock dividends, stock splits and similar corporate actions. The PIPE Warrants will be exercisable for a period of five years following the closing of the Business Combination. After exercise of a PIPE Warrant, the Company may be required to pay certain penalties if it fails to deliver the Class A Stock within a specified period of time.

 

The effect of the adjustments to the conversion price and the exercise price of the PIPE Warrants could have an adverse effect on the market trading price of our Class A Stock.

 

The grant of registration rights to PCCU and the Seller in connection with the proposed business combination pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, and to the PIPE Investors in connection with the PIPE Securities Purchase Agreements, may adversely affect the market price of our Class A Stock.

 

In connection with the closing of the Business Combination contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with PCCU and the Seller in which we will agree to file a registration statement to register the resale of the Class A Stock to be issued to the Seller. In addition, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the PIPE Investors, pursuant to which, among other things, we are obligated to file a registration statement to register the resale of the shares of Class A Stock issuable upon conversion of the PIPE Shares and the shares of Class A Stock issuable upon exercise of the PIPE Warrants. The existence of these shares available for resale pursuant to one or more registration statements could also have an adverse impact on the market prices of our Class A Stock.

 

The underwriters of the Company’s initial public offering may waive or release parties to the lock-up agreements entered into in connection with this Business Combination, which could adversely affect the price of the Company’s securities, including its common stock.

 

The Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements pursuant to which they will be subject to certain restrictions with respect to the sale or other disposition of the Company’s common stock for a period begin at Closing and end the earliest of: (i) the six-month anniversary of the Closing, (ii) on the date on which the closing stock price for the Company’s common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the Closing, and (iii) such date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, stock exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of the Company’s stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of the Company’s common stock for cash, securities or other property. The underwriters, at any time and without notice, may release all or any portion of the common stock subject to the foregoing lock-up agreements. If the restrictions under the lock-up agreements are waived, then the common stock, subject to compliance with the Securities Act or exceptions therefrom, will be available for sale into the public markets, which could cause the market price of the Class A stock to decline and impair the Company’s ability to raise capital. Sales of a substantial number of shares upon expiration of the lock-up and market stand-off agreements, the perception that such sales may occur, or early release of these agreements, could cause the market price of Class A stock to fall or make it more difficult for you to sell your common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate.

 

 

 

 

The Company may issue additional shares of common or preferred stock under the Equity Incentive Plan or otherwise after completion of the Business Combination, any one of which would dilute the interest of the Company’s stockholders and likely present other risks.

 

The Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation authorizes the issuance of up to 125,000,000 shares of Class A Stock, 12,500,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, and 1,250,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. There are currently 112,971,825 authorized but unissued shares of Class A Stock available for issuance, which amount does not take into account shares reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding warrants. There are currently 9,625,000 authorized but unissued shares of Class B common stock available for issuance. There are currently no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding. The Company may issue additional shares of common or preferred stock to under the Equity Incentive Plan or as needed after completion of the Business Combination for working capital or other purposes.

The issuance of additional shares of common or preferred stock:

 

  may significantly dilute the equity interest of existing investors;
     
  may subordinate the rights of holders of common stock if preferred stock is issued with rights senior to those afforded the Company’s common stock;
     
  could cause a change in control if a substantial number of common stock is issued, which may affect, among other things, the Company’s ability to use its net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of the Company’s present officers and directors; and
     
  may adversely affect prevailing market prices for the Company’s Units, Class A Stock and/or Warrants.

 

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly and could fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors due to seasonality and other factors, some of which are beyond our control, resulting in a decline in our stock price.

 

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly because of several factors, including:

 

● labor availability and costs for hourly and management personnel;

 

 

 

 

● profitability of our services, especially in new markets and due to seasonal fluctuations;

 

● changes in interest rates;

 

● impairment of long-lived assets;

 

● macroeconomic conditions, both nationally and locally;

 

● negative publicity relating to products we serve;

 

● changes in consumer preferences and competitive conditions;

 

● expansion to new markets; and

 

● fluctuations in commodity prices.

 

If, following the Business Combination, securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about the post-combination company, its business, or its market, or if they change their recommendations regarding the Class A Stock of the post-combination company adversely, then the price and trading volume of the Class A Stock of the post-combination company could decline.

 

The trading market for our Class A Stock, public warrants or public units will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market, or our competitors. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on the Company or the post-combination company. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of the post-combination company, the stock price and trading volume of the Class A Stock, public warrants and public units of the post-combination company would likely be negatively impacted. If any of the analysts who may cover the post-combination company change their recommendation regarding our stock adversely, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, the price of the Class A Stock, public warrants and public units of the post-combination company would likely decline. If any analyst who may cover the Company were to cease coverage of the post-combination company or fail to regularly publish reports on it, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause the stock price or trading volume of the Class A Stock, public warrants and public units of the post-combination company to decline.

 

We may be unable to obtain additional financing to fund the operations and growth of the post-combination company.

 

We may require additional financing to fund the operations or growth of the post-combination company. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the post-combination company. None of our officers, directors or stockholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after the Business Combination.

 

 

 

 

Changes in laws, regulations or rules, or a failure to comply with any laws, regulations or rules, may adversely affect our business, investments and results of operations.

 

We are subject to laws, regulations and rules enacted by national, regional and local governments and Nasdaq. In particular, we are required to comply with certain SEC, Nasdaq and other legal or regulatory requirements of businesses providing financial services. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws, regulations and rules may be difficult, time consuming and costly. These laws, regulations, and rules include, without limitation, the following:

 

  As a commercial lender making loans to CRBs, we will be subject to various state laws relating to usury that govern or limit interest rates and other fees charged on loans, permitted contractual loan terms, collection practices and creditor remedies.
     
  As an employer, we will be subject to state and federal laws relating to employment practices, health and safety of employees, employee benefits and other employment-related matters.
     
  As a company whose common stock is listed for trading on Nasdaq, we are subject to Nasdaq’s continued listing requirements, which include requirements relating corporate governance matters, the size of the public float of our shares, and the minimum bid price of our shares. We are also required to notify Nasdaq of various corporate actions, including the intention to complete the Business Combination.
     
  We are an SEC reporting company and therefore we are required to comply with the various rules and regulations of the SEC that relate to, among other things, the timing and content of annual, quarterly and current reports, the process to register additional shares for sale to the public or for resale by existing investors, and disclosures in connection with meetings of our stockholders. Changes in these rules and regulations can have a significant impact on us, such as the rules proposed by the SEC on March 30, 2022 regarding the disclosure requirements in connection with business combination transactions involving SPACs. These rules, if adopted as proposed, would, among other things, limit the use of projections in SEC filings in connection with proposed business combination transactions by amending the scope of a safe harbor for the use of financial projections; increasing the potential liability of certain participants in proposed business combination transactions. While the public comment period for these rules is still ongoing, if adopted, these rules may materially adversely affect our ability to complete the Business Combination and may increase the costs and our potential liability related thereto.

 

As our business expands to additional states, we will be required to review and comply with those states’ laws that apply to our services and business activities. We will also be required to determine whether we will become subject to additional areas of regulation if we expand the types of activities in which we engage. For example, because we do not hold customer deposits or offer loans for consumer or personal purposes, we are not currently required have a financial institution charter or lending license in the states in which we currently provide services or loans. If we do not identify activities that would require a regulatory application, license or other approval, or if the interpretation and application of the laws to which we are currently subject change, those additional laws, rules, and regulations or changes therein could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations. A failure to comply with any applicable laws, regulations or rules, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

 

 

 

We have not registered the shares of Class A Stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time, and such registration may not be in place when an investor desires to exercise warrants, thus precluding such investor from being able to exercise its warrants except on a cashless basis and potentially causing such warrants to expire worthless.

 

We have not registered the shares of Class A Stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time. While under the terms of the warrant agreement we have agreed to use our best efforts to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such shares and maintain a current prospectus relating to the Class A Stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, until the expiration of the warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement, we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so. For example, if any facts or events arise which represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in such registration statement or prospectus, the financial statements contained or incorporated by reference therein are not current or correct or the SEC issues a stop order, such registration will likely not be available. If the shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants are not registered under the Securities Act, holders have the right to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis for unregistered shares of Class A Stock in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption. However, no such warrant will be exercisable and we will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder or an exemption from state registration is available. Notwithstanding the above, if our Class A Stock is at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but we will be required to use our best efforts to register the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available. We will not be required to settle any warrant in cash or issue securities or other compensation in exchange for the warrants if we are unable to register or qualify the shares underlying the warrants under applicable state securities laws and there is no exemption available. If the issuance of the shares upon exercise of the warrants is not so registered or qualified or exempt from registration or qualification, the holder of such warrant shall not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In such event, holders who acquired their warrants as part of a purchase of units will have paid the full unit purchase price solely for the shares of Class A Stock included in the units. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying shares of Class A Stock for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

 

 
 

 

We may seek warrant holder approval to amend the terms of the warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders. As a result, the exercise price of your warrants could be increased, the exercise period could be shortened and the number of shares of our Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of a warrant could be decreased, all without your approval.

 

Our public warrants were issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of at least 65% of the then-outstanding public warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders. Accordingly, we may amend the terms of the warrants in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least 65% of the then-outstanding public warrants approve of such amendment. Although our ability to amend the terms of the warrants with the consent of at least 65% of the then-outstanding public warrants is unlimited, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the warrants, shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of shares of Class A Stock purchasable upon exercise of a warrant.

 

We may redeem unexpired warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to warrant holders, thereby making their warrants worthless.

 

We have the ability to redeem outstanding warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.01 per warrant, provided that the last reported sales price of our Class A Stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalization and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading-day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which we give proper notice of such redemption to the warrant holders and provided certain other conditions are met. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. Redemption of the outstanding warrants could force the warrant holders (i) to exercise their warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for them to do so, (ii) to sell their warrants at the then-current market price when they might otherwise wish to hold their warrants or (iii) to accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding warrants are called for redemption, is likely to be substantially less than the market value of their warrants. None of the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by us so long as they are held by our Sponsor or its permitted transferees.

 

Warrants will become exercisable for Class A Stock, which would increase the number of shares eligible for future resale in the public market and result in dilution to our stockholders.

 

We issued warrants to purchase 5,750,000 shares of Class A Stock as part of our IPO and, on the IPO closing date, we issued Private Placement Warrants to our Sponsor to purchase 264,088 shares of Class A Stock at $11.50 per share. In addition, prior to consummating an initial business combination, nothing prevents us from issuing additional securities in a private placement so long as they do not participate in any manner in the Trust Account or vote as a class with the Common Stock on a business combination. The shares of Class A Stock issued upon exercise of our warrants will result in dilution to the then existing holders of Class A Stock and increase the number of shares eligible for resale in the public market. Sales of substantial numbers of such shares in the public market could adversely affect the market price of our Class A Stock, public warrants or public units or the Class A Stock, public units or public warrants of the post-combination company.

 

 

 

 

The Private Placement Warrants are identical to the warrants sold as part of the units issued in our IPO except that, so long as they are held by our Sponsor or its permitted transferees, (i) they will not be redeemable by us, (ii) they (including the Class A Stock issuable upon exercise of these warrants) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by our Sponsor until 30 days after the completion of an initial business combination, (iii) they may be exercised by the holders on a cashless basis and (iv) are subject to registration rights.

 

Anti-takeover provisions contained in our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could impair a takeover attempt, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for our common stock.

 

Assuming the passage of Proposal Nos. 1, 3, and 4 of this proxy statement, the post-combination company’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will contain provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that stockholders may consider to be in their best interests. We are also subject to anti-takeover provisions under Delaware law, which could delay or prevent a change of control. Together, these provisions may make more difficult the removal of management and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities. These provisions will include:

 

● a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;

 

● a denial of the right of stockholders to call a special meeting;

 

● a vote of 66 2/3% required to approve certain amendments to the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the bylaws; and

 

● the designation of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain disputes.

 

Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for certain stockholder litigation matters, which could limit our stockholder’s ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or stockholders.

 

Assuming the passage of Proposal Nos. 1, 3, and 4 of this proxy statement, the post-combination company’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will provide, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that internal corporate claims may be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have, or declines to accept, jurisdiction, another state court or a federal court located within the State of Delaware). In addition, our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will provide that the federal district courts of the United States will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. This forum selection provision will not apply to claims brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in our stock shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provision in our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

 

 

 

This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers, other employees or stockholders, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition. For example, under the Securities Act, federal courts have concurrent jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act, and investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Accordingly, there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such a forum selection provision as written in connection with claims arising under the Securities Act.

 

The JOBS Act permits “emerging growth companies” like us to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, which we refer to as the “JOBS Act.” As such, we take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, including (i) the exemption from the auditor attestation requirements with respect to internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“SOX”), (ii) the exemptions from say-on-pay, say-on-frequency and say-on-golden parachute voting requirements and (iii) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they deem important. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following July 28, 2026, the fifth anniversary of our IPO, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Class A Stock, public warrants and public units that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our prior second fiscal quarter, and (ii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of any choices to reduce future disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and the price of our common stock may be more volatile. SHF had total revenues during calendar year 2021 of approximately $7.0 million. If the post-combination company continues to expand its business through acquisitions and/or continues to grow revenues organically post-Business Combination, we may cease to be an emerging growth company prior to December 31, 2026.

 

 

 

 

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the exemption from complying with new or revised accounting standards provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act as long as we are an emerging growth company. An emerging growth company can therefore delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies, but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected to avail ourselves of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company that is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company that has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

 

We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A Stock, public warrants or public units or the Class A Stock, public warrants or public units of the post-combination company less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A Stock, public warrants or public units or the Class A Stock of the post-combination company less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A Stock, public warrants or public units or the Class A Stock, public warrants or public units of the post-combination company and more stock price volatility.

 

Our internal controls over financial reporting may not be effective and our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to certify as to their effectiveness, which could have a significant and adverse effect on our business and reputation.

 

As a public company, we are required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Sections 302 and 404 of SOX, which require management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. To comply with the requirements of being a public company, and we may need to undertake various actions, such as implementing additional internal controls and procedures and hiring additional accounting or internal audit staff. The standards required for a public company under Section 404 of SOX are significantly more stringent than those required of SHF as a privately-held company. Further, as an emerging growth company, our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the date we are no longer an emerging growth company. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event that it is not satisfied with the level at which the controls of the post-combination company are documented, designed or operating.

 

Testing and maintaining these controls can divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to the operation of our business. If we identify material weaknesses in the internal control over financial reporting of the post-combination company or are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 or assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting when we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

 

 

 

 

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. This material weakness could continue to adversely affect our ability to report our results of operations and financial condition accurately and in a timely manner.

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. Our management is likewise required, on a quarterly basis, to evaluate the effectiveness of our internal controls and to disclose any changes and material weaknesses identified through such evaluation in those internal controls. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

 

As described elsewhere in this proxy statement, we identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting related to the accounting for our public shares. As a result of this material weakness, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of September 30, 2021. We restated our June 28, 2021 audited balance sheet included in the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2021 and June 30, 2021 Financial Statements on Form 10-Q filed on August 13, 2021 to reclassify 11,500,000 shares of Class A Stock in temporary equity.

 

To respond to this material weakness, we have devoted, and plan to continue to devote, significant effort and resources to the remediation and improvement of our internal control over financial reporting. While we have processes to identify and appropriately apply applicable accounting requirements, we plan to enhance these processes to better evaluate our research and understanding of the nuances of the complex accounting standards that apply to our financial statements. Our plans at this time include providing enhanced access to accounting literature, research materials and documents and increased communication among our personnel and third-party professionals with whom we consult regarding complex accounting applications. The elements of our remediation plan can only be accomplished over time, and we can offer no assurance that these initiatives will ultimately have the intended effects.

 

As required by Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based upon their evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2021 or March 31, 2022 due to the material weakness in accounting for complex financial instruments.

 

 

 

 

Any failure to maintain such internal control could adversely impact our ability to report our financial position and results from operations on a timely and accurate basis, which could result a material adverse effect on our business. If our financial statements are not accurate, investors may not have a complete understanding of our operations. Likewise, if our financial statements are not filed on a timely basis, we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the stock exchange on which our ordinary shares are listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities. In addition, we would likely incur additional accounting, legal and other costs in connection with any remediation steps. Failure to timely file will cause us to be ineligible to utilize short form registration statements on Form S-3 in the future, which may impair our ability to obtain capital in a timely fashion to execute our business strategies or issue shares to effect an acquisition. Ineffective internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our stock.

 

We can give no assurance that the measures we have taken and plan to take in the future will remediate the material weakness identified or that any additional material weaknesses or restatements of financial results will not arise in the future due to a failure to implement and maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting or circumvention of these controls. In addition, even if we are successful in strengthening our controls and procedures, in the future those controls and procedures may not be adequate to prevent or identify irregularities or errors or to facilitate the fair presentation of our financial statements.

 

Risks Related to the Redemption

 

We do not have a specified maximum redemption threshold. The absence of such a redemption threshold may make it possible for us to complete a Business Combination with which a substantial majority of our stockholders do not agree.

 

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation does not provide a specified maximum redemption threshold, except that we will not redeem our public shares in an amount that would result in the Company’s failure to have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,000 (such that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules); provided, however, pursuant to the PIPE Securities Purchase Agreements, the PIPE Financing will not be consummated if more than 90% of the stockholders of the Company elect to effect a redemption of their shares of Class A Stock in connection with the Business Combination. As of the date of this proxy statement, no agreements with respect to the private purchase of public shares by the Company or the persons described above have been entered into with any such investor or holder. We will file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the SEC to disclose private arrangements entered into or significant private purchases made by any of the aforementioned persons that would affect the vote on the Business Combination Proposal or other proposals (as described in this proxy statement) at the Special Meeting.

 

In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all shares of Class A Stock that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement exceeds the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we may not complete the Business Combination or redeem any shares, all shares of Class A Stock submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof, and we instead may search for an alternate business combination.

 

 

 

 

Based on the amount of $117,322,625 in our Trust Account as of March 31, 2022, assuming a per share redemption price of $10.20, approximately 9,855,735 shares of Class A Stock may be redeemed and still enable us to have sufficient cash to satisfy the cash closing conditions in the Purchase Agreement, assuming there are no unpaid Parent Transaction Costs and Company Transaction Costs. We refer to this as the maximum redemption scenario.

 

If you or a “group” of stockholders of which you are a part are deemed to hold an aggregate of more than fifteen percent (15%) of our Class A Stock issued in the IPO, you (or, if a member of such a group, all of the members of such group in the aggregate) will lose the ability to redeem all such shares in excess of 15% of our Class A Stock issued in the IPO.

 

A public stockholder, together with any of his, her or its affiliates or any other person with whom it is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming in the aggregate his, her or its shares or, if part of such a group, the group’s shares, in excess of 15% of the shares of Class A Stock included in the units sold in our IPO. In order to determine whether a stockholder is acting in concert or as a group with another stockholder, the Company will require each public stockholder seeking to exercise redemption rights to certify to the Company whether such stockholder is acting in concert or as a group with any other stockholder. Such certifications, together with other public information relating to stock ownership available to the Company at that time, such as Section 13D, Section 13G and Section 16 filings under the Exchange Act, will be the sole basis on which the Company makes the above-referenced determination. Your inability to redeem any such excess shares will reduce your influence over our ability to consummate the Business Combination and you could suffer a material loss on your investment in us if you sell such excess shares in open market transactions. Additionally, you will not receive redemption distributions with respect to such excess shares if we consummate the Business Combination. As a result, you will continue to hold that number of shares aggregating to more than 15% of the shares sold in our IPO and, in order to dispose of such excess shares, would be required to sell your stock in open market transactions, potentially at a loss. We cannot assure you that the value of such excess shares will appreciate over time following the Business Combination or that the market price of our Class A Stock will exceed the per-share redemption price. Notwithstanding the foregoing, stockholders may challenge the Company’s determination as to whether a stockholder is acting in concert or as a group with another stockholder in a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

However, our stockholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including such excess shares) for or against the Business Combination is not restricted by this limitation on redemption.

 

 
 

 

There is no guarantee that a stockholder’s decision whether to redeem its shares for a pro rata portion of the Trust Account will put the stockholder in a better future economic position.

 

We can give no assurance as to the price at which a stockholder may be able to sell its public shares in the future following the completion of the Business Combination or any alternative business combination. Certain events following the consummation of any initial business combination, including the Business Combination, may cause an increase in our share price, and may result in a lower value realized now than a stockholder of the Company might realize in the future had the stockholder not redeemed its shares. Similarly, if a stockholder does not redeem its shares, the stockholder will bear the risk of ownership of the public shares after the consummation of any initial business combination, and there can be no assurance that a stockholder can sell its shares in the future for a greater amount than the redemption price set forth in this proxy statement. A stockholder should consult the stockholder’s own tax and/or financial advisor for assistance on how this may affect his, her or its individual situation.

 

Stockholders of the Company who wish to redeem their shares for a pro rata portion of the Trust Account must comply with specific requirements for redemption that may make it more difficult for them to exercise their redemption rights prior to the deadline. If stockholders fail to comply with the redemption requirements specified in this proxy statement, they will not be entitled to redeem their shares of our Class A Stock for a pro rata portion of the funds held in our Trust Account.

 

Public stockholders who wish to redeem their shares for a pro rata portion of the Trust Account must, among other things (i) submit a request in writing and (ii) tender their certificates to our Transfer Agent or deliver their shares to the Transfer Agent electronically through the DWAC system at least two business days prior to the Special Meeting. In order to obtain a physical stock certificate, a stockholder’s broker and/or clearing broker, DTC and our Transfer Agent will need to act to facilitate this request. It is our understanding that stockholders should generally allot at least two weeks to obtain physical certificates from the Transfer Agent. However, because we do not have any control over this process or over the brokers, which we refer to as “DTC,” it may take significantly longer than two weeks to obtain a physical stock certificate. If it takes longer than anticipated to obtain a physical certificate, stockholders who wish to redeem their shares may be unable to obtain physical certificates by the deadline for exercising their redemption rights and thus will be unable to redeem their shares.

 

Stockholders electing to redeem their shares will receive their pro rata portion of the Trust Account less franchise and income taxes payable, calculated as of two business days prior to the anticipated consummation of the Business Combination. Please see the section entitled “Special Meeting in Lieu of the 2022 Annual Meeting of Company Stockholders—Redemption Rights” for additional information on how to exercise your redemption rights.

 

If a stockholder fails to receive notice of our offer to redeem our public shares in connection with the Business Combination, or fails to comply with the procedures for tendering its shares, such shares may not be redeemed.

 

If, despite our compliance with the proxy rules, a stockholder fails to receive our proxy materials, such stockholder may not become aware of the opportunity to redeem its shares. In addition, the proxy materials that we are furnishing to holders of our public shares in connection with the Business Combination describes the various procedures that must be complied with in order to validly redeem public shares. In the event that a stockholder fails to comply with these procedures, its shares may not be redeemed.

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.3

 

RISK FACTORS

 

You should carefully consider the following risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this proxy statement before deciding whether to vote or instruct your vote to be cast to approve the proposals described in this proxy statement. These risks, alone or in combination with other events or circumstances, could have a material adverse effect on (i) the ability of the Company, the Seller and SHF to complete the Business Combination, (ii) the business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations of SHF prior to the consummation of the Business Combination and the post-combination company following consummation of the Business Combination, and (iii) the trading price of the post-combination company’s securities following the Business Combination.

 

Some statements in this proxy statement, including statements in the following risk factors, constitute forward-looking statements. Our actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including the risks described below and elsewhere in this proxy statement. See “Where You Can Find More Information” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” included elsewhere in this proxy statement. Although we describe below and elsewhere in this proxy statement the risks we consider to be the most material, there may be other unknown or unpredictable economic, business, competitive, regulatory or other factors that also could have material adverse effects on our results of operations, financial condition or business in the future. In addition, past financial performance may not be a reliable indicator of future performance and historical trends should not be used to anticipate results or trends in future periods.

 

Risks Related to SHF’s Business and the Post-Combination Company

 

All Substantially all of SHF’s CRB customers’ deposits are currently held at PCCU, which means that our growth will be restricted until we can enter into agreements with additional financial institutions.

 

All Substantially all of the deposits of SHF’s CRB customers are currently held at PCCU, which as of the date of this proxy statement constitutes approximately 22.8% of PCCU’s total assets. Under the Amended and Restated Support Services Agreement, PCCU has agreed to maintain its ratio of CRB-related deposits to total assets to 65% or greater unless a lower ratio is required by applicable regulatory or policy requirements. There can be no assurances that PCCU will be able to maintain this ratio of CRB-related deposits to total assets, or that its total assets will grow so as to permit its CRB deposits to grow. Therefore, unless we are able to expand the number of financial institutions at which our customers’ deposits onboarded and monitored by SHF are held, our growth will be limited to the extent that PCCU’s assets may grow, if at all. Although under SHF’s Amended and Restated Account Servicing Agreement with PCCU, SHF is not restricted from placing onboarding and monitoring deposits at other financial institutions, there can be no assurances that we will be able to expand the number of financial institutions with which we will place onboard and monitor deposits or, if we are able to enter into agreements with additional financial institutions, whether the terms of those agreements will be on comparable terms. In addition, if PCCU were to terminate either or both of the Amended and Restated Support Services Agreement or the Amended and Restated Account Servicing Agreement, our operations would be materially impaired if we were not able to obtain from third parties the services SHF receives from PCCU under the Amended and Restated Support Services Agreement or if we were not able to enter into arrangements with other financial institutions to host the deposits of SHF’s customers.

 

 

 

 

SHF has only recently begun its loan program, which may make it more difficult for SHF to compete with other lenders, brokers and servicers.

 

SHF, through its predecessor entity, began offering loan services through PCCU to CRBs in 2020. As a result, SHF’s loan program may be subject to factors inherent in a start-up business, such as competing with existing entities who have been offering loans and other lending-related services for longer than SHF has, ensuring that SHF’s systems are compliant with applicable laws and regulations, and ensuring that SHF’s systems and personnel are able to handle the anticipated pipeline of loan applications. The time to fully ramp-up SHF’s lending and loan servicing operations may be more difficult for SHF to compete against lenders and brokers that have been lending to CRBs for a longer period of time.

 

SHF’s loan program is currently substantially dependent on PCCU, currently the largest funding source for SHF’s loans, which may limit the types, terms and amounts of loans that we may offer.

 

SHF’s loan program currently depends on PCCU as SHF’s largest funding source for new loans to CRBs. To date, with the exception of one $500,000 loan funded directly by SHF during April 2022, all of SHF’s loans have been funded by PCCU. Under PCCU’s loan policy for loans to CRBs, PCCU’s board has approved aggregate lending limits at the lesser of 1.3125 times PCCU’s net worth or 65% of total CRB deposits. Concentration limits for the deployment of loans are further categorized as (i) real estate secured, (ii) construction, (iii) unsecured and (iv) mixed collateral with each category limited to a percentage of PCCU’s net worth. As of March 31, 2022, PCCU’s net worth was $62.7 million and CRB-related deposits were $137.7 million. As of December 31, 2021, PCCU’s net worth was $61.9 million and CRB-related deposits were $146.3 million. In addition, loans to any one borrower or group of associated borrowers are limited by applicable NCUA regulations to the greater of $100,000 or 15% of PCCU’s net worth. As a result, our ability to expand our loan program will be limited by PCCU’s growth unless we are able to expand our capacity to make loans directly or find other financial institutions and lenders willing to make loans to CRBs. In addition, even if we are able to identify additional lenders, we may not be able to negotiate comparable terms.

 

SHF may face competition from traditional financial institutions and other lenders and service providers for its lending and other services, which may adversely affect SHF’s ability to achieve our business goals and its results of operations.

 

SHF operates in an increasingly competitive market for its lending, compliance, customer intake and management services. Our competitors for our compliance and customer-focused services include both traditional financial institutions and fintech companies. Lending competitors include both private investment funds and public REITS REITs focused on the cannabis industry, as well as traditional financial institutions that have begun offering loans to CRBs. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. In particular, because traditional financial institutions may have a cost of funds more comparable to ours, we may face greater competition in providing loans to CRBs. There can be no assurances that we will be able to successfully compete against these competitors, which may adversely affect SHF’s ability to achieve its business goals and its results of operations.

 

 

 

 

SHF intends to focus its lending to CRBs on commercial loans, which could increase the risk in SHF’s loan portfolio, resulting in higher provisions for loan losses and adversely affecting SHF’s results of operations.

 

SHF intends to focus its lending efforts on commercial loans to CRBs, including commercial real estate loans, commercial business secured by other assets such as equipment or accounts receivable, and unsecured loans. Historically, these loans have had higher risks than other types of loans, such as loans secured by residential real estate. For example, repayment of commercial real estate loans and commercial business loans are dependent on income being generated by the rental property or business in amounts sufficient to cover operating expenses and debt service. If the borrowers of these types of loans default, the collateral may not be liquidated as easily and may involve expensive workout techniques. Commercial lending may also involve large balances of loans to single borrowers or related groups of borrowers. If these loans become nonperforming, SHF may have to increase its reserves for loan losses, which would negatively affect its results of operations.

 

In addition, loans secured by commercial real estate may deteriorate in value during the time the credit is extended. Real estate values and the real estate markets are generally affected by a variety of factors including, but not limited to, changes in economic conditions, fluctuations in interest rates, the availability of credit, changes in tax laws and other statutes, regulations, and policies, and acts of nature. Weakening of the real estate market could result in an increase loan defaults and a reduction in the value of the collateral securing those loans, which in turn could adversely affect our profitability and asset quality. If we were required to liquidate the collateral securing a loan is liquidated to satisfy the debt during a period of reduced real estate values, our earnings and capital could be adversely affected.

 

Loans to CRBs secured by properties and assets that are, and will be, subject to extensive regulations, such that if such collateral was foreclosed upon those regulations may result in significant costs and materially and adversely affect SHF’s business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

 

The loans presently funded by our financial institution clients, and the loans that are expected to be made in the future, may be secured by properties and assets that are, and will be, subject to various state and local laws and regulatory requirements, and we, our client financial institutions, or a third party would be subject to such requirements if such collateral was foreclosed upon. State and local property regulations may restrict the use of collateral or the ability to foreclose on the collateral. Among other things, these restrictions may relate to cultivation of cannabis, the use of water and the discharge of waste water, fire and safety, seismic conditions, asbestos-cleanup or hazardous material abatement requirements. Neither SHF, its financial institution clients, nor third parties engaged to assist with the liquidation or foreclosure process will take possession of cannabis inventory, cannabis paraphernalia or other cannabis-related assets, nor will they take title to real estate used in cannabis-related businesses. Applicable regulations under state law that govern CRBs generally do not permit the taking of title to real estate involved in commercial sales of cannabis, whether through foreclosure or otherwise, without prior regulatory approval. The sale of a license or other realization of the value of licenses also requires the approval of state and local regulatory authorities. While the loan agreements and related security agreements provide for foreclosure remedies, receivership remedies and/or other remedies that would permit the sale or other realization of real property collateral, the regulatory requirements and statutory prohibitions related to real property used in cannabis-related operations may cause significant delays or difficulties in realizing upon the expected value of such real property collateral. We make no assurance that existing regulatory policies will not materially and adversely affect the value of such collateral, or that additional regulations will not be adopted that would increase such potential material adverse effect. The negative affect on such collateral could have a material adverse effect on SHF’s business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

 

 

 

 

SHF is obligated to indemnify PCCU for all losses resulting from defaults of the CRB loans made by PCCU to SHF’s customers.

 

Pursuant to SHF’s Loan Servicing Agreement with PCCU, SHF has agreed to indemnify PCCU for all losses resulting from the defaults of loans made by PCCU to SHF’s CRB customers. This means that SHF will be solely responsible for all costs of negotiating forbearances or refinancing the defaulted loans, loss mitigation, and collection efforts, whether conducted directly or by an affiliate or third party, including realizing on any collateralthe proceeds from any collateral as a result of a sale of collateral by the borrower or through a third party engaged to assist the borrower n the liquidation process. SHF’s indemnity is subordinate to PCCU’s other means of collecting on the loans including repossession of collateral, recourse against personal and/or corporate guarantors and other default remedies available in the loan agreements. Since borrowers are not parties to the agreement between SHF and PCCU, any indemnity payments do not relieve borrowers of their obligation to PCCU nor would such payments preclude PCCU’s right to future recoveries from the borrowers. As a result, we will be required to establish loan loss reserves relating to these loans, even though we are not the funding lender. Because these loans will not be an asset on our balance sheet, the loan loss reserves are anticipated to be reflected as a liability in our financial statements, versus a contra-asset.

 

If SHF’s allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses for loans held in SHF’s portfolio or for which it was otherwise responsible, SHF’s results of operations and financial condition will be negatively affected.

 

In the event loan customers do not repay their loans according to their terms and the proceeds of liquidating the collateral security for the payments of securing these loans is insufficient to satisfy any remaining loan balance, SHF may experience significant loan indemnity losses associated with these loans. Such credit risk is inherent in the lending business, and failure to adequately assess such credit risk could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. SHF will be required to establish loan loss reserves for all loans for which it is the lender, for all SHF originated loans made by PCCU to SHF’s CRB customers, and in other instances where it may be contractually liable to indemnify a lender for loan losses. The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses involves a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and will require SHF to make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. Although we have agreed with PCCU in the Loan Servicing Agreement that we will maintain or have access to sufficient liquidity to satisfy our indemnity obligations to PCCU under the Loan Servicing Agreement, we cannot be certain that our loan loss reserves will be adequate over time to cover losses in PCCU-originated PCCU-funded loans or loans originated by others funded by other funding sources in SHF’s portfolio because of unanticipated adverse changes in the economy, market conditions or events adversely affecting specific customers, industries or markets, or borrowers repaying their loans. If SHF’s loan loss reserves are not adequate, our business, financial condition, including our liquidity and capital, and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In addition, charge-offs of defaulted loans in future periods that exceed the related reserves may require us to add to our loan loss reserves, which would result in a decrease in net income and capital, and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

 

 

 

Certain assets of CRB borrowers may not be used as collateral or transferred due to applicable state laws and regulations governing the cannabis industry, and such restrictions could negatively impact our profitability.

 

Each state that has legalized cannabis in some form has adopted its own set of laws and regulations that differ from one another. In particular, laws and regulations differ among states and even localities regarding the collateralization or transferability of cannabis-related assets, such as cannabis licenses, cannabis inventory, and ownership interests in licensed cannabis companies. Some state laws and regulations where borrowers operate may prohibit the collateralization or transferability of certain cannabis-related assets. Other states may allow the collateralization or transferability of cannabis-related assets, but with restrictions, such as meeting certain eligibility requirements, utilization of state receiverships, and/or upon approval by the applicable regulatory authority. Prohibitions or restrictions on the ability to take possession of certain cannabis-related assets securing the loans of our borrowers could have a material adverse effect on SHF’s business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations. In addition, because the sales of such assets may be forced upon the borrower when time may be of the essence and available to a limited number of potential purchasers, the sales prices may be less than the prices obtained with more time in a larger market.

 

Foreclosure of security interests on loans to CRBs that are in default could result in losses.

 

In general, a foreclose procedure is required to liquidate collateral provided on loans in default. Alternatively, a borrower may be required under the terms of the loan documents to dispose of certain business assets to satisfy the loan commitments. Foreclosure processes and other liquidations of collateral are often lengthy and expensive. Results of foreclosure and liquidation processes may be uncertain, as claims may be asserted by the relevant borrower or by other creditors or investors in such borrower that interfere with the foreclosure or liquidation process, such as claims that challenge the validity or enforceability of the loan or the priority or perfection of the security interests. Borrowers may resist foreclosure actions or may refuse to comply with loan requirements by asserting numerous claims, counterclaims and defenses against our client financial institutions or us, including, without limitation, lender liability claims and defenses, even when the assertions may have no merit, in an effort to prolong the foreclosure action or delay the liquidation of collateral and seek to force us or the financial institution into a modification or buy-out of the loan for less than the amount owed. Additionally, the transfer of certain collateral to us or our financial institution clients may be limited or prohibited by applicable laws, regulations and/or public company listing standards. See “Loans to CRBs secured by properties and assets that are, and will be, subject to extensive regulations, such that if such collateral was foreclosed upon those regulations may result in significant costs and materially and adversely affect SHF’s business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.” For transferable collateral, foreclosure, or other remedies available may be subject to certain laws and regulations, including the need for regulatory disclosure and/or approval of such transfer. If federal law were to change to permit cannabis companies to seek federal bankruptcy protection, the applicable borrower could file for bankruptcy, which would have the effect of staying the foreclosure actions or liquidation processes and delaying the foreclosure or liquidation processes and potentially result in reductions or discharges of debt owed. Foreclosure or forced liquidation may create a negative public perception of the collateral property, resulting in a diminution of its value. Moreover, the liquidation proceeds upon sale of the underlying real estate may not be sufficient to repay the loan in full. Any costs or delays involved in the foreclosure or a liquidation of the underlying property will reduce the net proceeds realized and, thus, increase the potential for loss. In the event a borrower defaults on any of its loan obligations and such debt obligations are equitized, neither SHF nor its financial institution clients will hold such equity interests, which may result in additional losses on loans to such entity.

 

 

 

 

Interest rate volatility could significantly reduce our profitability, business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

 

Our earnings will depend in part on the relationship between the yield on our earning assets, primarily loans and investment securities, and the cost of funds, primarily borrowings. This net interest margin is susceptible to significant fluctuation and is affected by economic and competitive factors that influence the yields and rates for, and the volume and mix of, our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Interest rate risk is exposure to movement in interest rates that could have an adverse impact on our net interest income. Interest rate risk arises from the imbalance in the repricing, maturity and/or cash flow characteristics of assets and liabilities. Although neither the Company nor SHF currently have any borrowings from third parties, to the extent that either incur indebtedness that will be subject to interest rate risk to the degree that our interest-bearing liabilities reprice or mature more slowly or more rapidly or on a different basis than our interest earning assets. In addition, increases in interest rates could reduce the pipeline of borrowers desiring to obtain loans from us or through our loan program if these borrowers seek alternate sources of capital. As a result, fluctuations in interest rates could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

 

SHF may become subject to regulation in additional states as it expands its operations.

 

As SHF is currently a credit union service organization (“CUSO”) based in Colorado and as a result of its relationship with PCCU, a Colorado-chartered credit union, SHF is subject to various Colorado and federal laws, rules and regulations. Although SHF will no longer be considered a CUSO following the closing of the Business Combination, SHF may become subject to the laws of additional states as it expands its operations by opening offices, maintaining employees or otherwise establishing a substantial footprint in additional states.

 

SHF has been dependent on PCCU for administrative services, and we will continue to rely on PCCU following the closing of the Business Combination.

 

Pursuant to the Support Services Agreement, PCCU has been providing SHF with certain administrative services, including services relating to information technology and systems, accounting and financial services, human resources and marketing. SHF may also request that certain PCCU employees be available to SHF on a shared basis to perform duties for SHF. For these services, SHF currently pays PCCU a monthly fee equal to $30.96 per CRB account in addition to reimbursement of direct expenses. Under the Support Services Agreement, PCCU is also entitled to retain 25% of all investment income derived from CRB cash and investments. Following the closing of the Business Combination, we will continue building out our team so that these operational functions will be handled internally. Although we believe the fees due to PCCU under the Support Services Agreement to be reasonable, these fees may result in higher expenses than we would otherwise incur. In addition, we may not be able to bring these functions in-house and, even if we are able to do so, we may continue to rely on third parties for all or part of these functions. Reliance on a third party, including PCCU, may result in significant expenses and operational issues over which we will not have direct control.

 

Actual or threatened public health crises, epidemics, or outbreaks, including the outbreak of COVID-19, may have a material adverse effect on SHF’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

SHF’s business operations and supply chains may be negatively impacted by regional or global public health crises, epidemics, or outbreaks. For example, in December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus, now known as COVID-19. On March 11, 2020, the International Health Regulations Emergency Committee of the World Health Organization declared the outbreak a global pandemic. The outbreak has spread rapidly throughout the world and has caused severe disruption to the global economy. The COVID-19 outbreak has led governments across the globe to impose a series of measures intended to contain its spread, including border closures, travel bans, quarantine measures, social distancing, and restrictions on business operations and large gatherings. Such measures may adversely impact SHF’s business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, a significant public health crisis, epidemic or outbreak of contagious disease in the human population may adversely affect the economies and financial markets of many countries, including those in which SHF operates, resulting in an economic downturn that could affect the supply or demand for SHF’s products and services.

 

 

 

 

The outbreak of COVID-19 has caused companies like SHF and its business partners to implement adjustments to work schedules and travel plans, accommodating employees to work from home and collaborate remotely. As a result, SHF may experience lower efficiency and productivity, internally and externally, which may adversely affect its service quality. Moreover, SHF’s business depends on its employees and the continued services of these individuals. If any of SHF’s employees contracts or is suspected of having contracted COVID-19, these employees will be required to be quarantined and they could pass it to other of SHF’s employees, potentially resulting in severe disruption to SHF’s business.

 

Furthermore, SHF’s results of operations have been severely affected by the COVID-19 outbreak, resulting in significant slowing and/or ceasing of sales and administrative support in its markets. In addition, depending on the specific jurisdiction, SHF is required to implement certain safety protocols and procedures which can materially impact its ability to service customers.

 

More broadly, the COVID-19 outbreak threatens global economies and may cause significant market volatility and declines in general economic activities. This may severely dampen investor confidence in global markets, resulting in decreases in overall trading activities and restraint in their investment decisions.

 

The extent to which COVID-19 will impact SHF’s operations depends on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted with confidence, including the duration and severity of the outbreak, actions taken by government authorities or other entities to contain the coronavirus or treat its impact, and volatility in the capital and real estate markets, among others. Given the general slowdown in economic conditions globally, we cannot assure you that SHF will be able to develop new products and services in a timely manner or that SHF can maintain the growth rate it has previously experienced or projected. Because of these uncertainties, we cannot reasonably estimate the financial impact related to the COVID-19 outbreak and the response to it at this time, but SHF’s financial condition and operating results for 2022 may be adversely affected.

 

Shelter-in-place orders and similar regulations impact our client’s ability to operate their businesses. Such events have in the past caused, and may in the future cause, a temporary closure of our clients’ businesses, either due to government mandate or voluntary preventative measures. Even if our clients are able to continue to operate their businesses during such events, many may operate with limited hours and capacity and other limitations. Any limitations on or disruptions of our clients’ businesses could adversely affect our business. Further, we may experience a decrease in new clients due to a lack of financial resources or a decline in new markets as businesses and financial markets deal with the impact of COVID-19. Further, these conditions may impact our ability to access financial markets to obtain the necessary funding to expand our business as currently contemplated, which may adversely affect our liquidity and working capital.

 

The extent of COVID-19’s effect on our operational and financial performance will depend on future developments, including the duration, spread and intensity of the pandemic, the rate of vaccinations, all of which are uncertain and difficult to predict considering the rapidly evolving landscape. As a result, it is not currently possible to ascertain the overall impact of COVID-19 on our business. However, if the pandemic continues to persist as a severe worldwide health crisis, the disease may harm our business, and may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section.

 

 

 

 

An information systems interruption or breach in security of SHF’s systems could adversely affect us.

 

SHF relies on information technology and other computer resources to perform important operational and marketing activities as well as to maintain its business and employee records and financial data. SHF’s computer systems are currently hosted by PCCU and are subject to damage or interruption from power outages, computer attacks by hackers, viruses, catastrophes, hardware and software failures and breach of data security protocols by its personnel or third-party service providers. Although SHF has implemented administrative and technical controls and taken other actions to minimize the risk of cyber incidents and otherwise protect its information technology, computer intrusion efforts are becoming increasingly sophisticated and even the controls that SHF has installed might be breached. Further, many of these computer resources are provided to SHF or are maintained on SHF’s behalf by third-party service providers pursuant to agreements that specify certain security and service level standards, but which are ultimately outside of SHF’s control. If SHF were to experience a significant period of disruption in information technology systems that involve interactions with customers or suppliers, it could result in the loss of sales and customers and significant incremental costs, which could adversely affect its business. Additionally, security breaches of information technology systems could result in the misappropriation or unauthorized disclosure of proprietary, personal and confidential information, including information related to employees, counter-parties, and customers, which could result in significant financial or reputational damage and liability under data privacy laws and regulations.

 

SHF may not be successful in integrating acquisitions, expanding into new markets or implementing its growth strategies.

 

SHF may suffer uninsured losses or suffer material losses in excess of insurance limits.

 

In addition to difficulties with respect to claim assessment and liability and reserve estimation, some types of claims may not be covered by insurance or may exceed applicable coverage limits. SHF may also be responsible for applicable self-insured retentions with respect to its insurance policies. Furthermore, any product liability or warranty claims made against SHF, whether or not they are viable, may lead to negative publicity, which could impact SHF’s reputation and future sales.

 

Because of the uncertainties inherent in litigation, we cannot provide assurance that SHF’s insurance coverage, indemnity arrangements and reserves will be adequate to cover liability for any damages, the cost of litigation, or any other related expenses surrounding the current claims to which SHF is subject or any future claims that may arise. Such damages and expenses, to the extent that they are not covered by insurance, could materially and adversely affect our consolidated financial statements and results.

 

An adverse outcome in litigation to which SHF is or becomes a party could materially and adversely affect us.

 

SHF is not aware of any pending litigation. However, in the future, it may become subject to litigation, including claims relating to its operations, breach of contract, securities offerings, relation to the cannabis industry, or otherwise in the ordinary course of business or otherwise. Some of these claims may result in significant defense costs and potentially significant judgments against SHF, some of which are not, or cannot be, insured against. We cannot be certain of the ultimate outcomes of any claims that may arise in the future. Resolution of these types of matters against SHF may result in significant fines, judgments or settlements, which, if uninsured, or if the fines, judgments and settlements exceed insured levels, could adversely impact SHF’s earnings and cash flows, thereby materially and adversely affecting us. Litigation or the resolution of litigation may affect the availability or cost of SHF’s insurance coverage, which could materially and adversely impact us.

 

 

 

 

SHF identified material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting for the year ended December 31, 2020. Such material weaknesses could adversely affect SHF’s ability to report its results of operations and financial condition accurately and in a timely manner.

 

As noted above, SHF’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. SHF’s management is likewise responsible for the evaluation of the effectiveness of its internal controls and to disclose any changes and material weaknesses identified through such evaluation of those internal controls. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

 

In connection with the audit of SHF’s financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020, two material weaknesses were identified in its internal controls over financial reporting. One material weakness was identified related to a failure to complete an analysis of the accounting impact of ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers particularly as it related to revenue recognition associated with SHF’s Safe Harbor Program revenue, and one material weakness was identified associated with SHF’s application of carve out accounting guidance and its failure to exclude certain specifically identifiable expenses from corporate allocations. SHF has implemented a plan to remediate these material weaknesses, through measures that include the following:

 

  SHF is in the process of hiring a Chief Financial Officer with public accounting and previous experience as a public company executive;
     
  SHF is utilizing third-party consultants and specialists, to supplement its internal resources; and
     
  SHF has enhanced its reconciliation and review controls including review by its parent’s chief financial officer.

 

With the implementation of this plan, the material weaknesses have been remediated for the year ended December 31, 2021. Completion of remediation does not provide assurance that our remediation or other controls will continue to operate properly. A failure to maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting could result in errors in its financial statements that could require SHF to restate past financial statements, cause SHF to fail to meet its reporting obligations and cause investors to lose confidence in SHF’s reported financial information, all of which could materially and adversely affect SHF.

 

 

 

 

Additional Risks Related to the Cannabis Industry

 

SHF provides services to financial institutions that provide banking services to businesses in or ancillary to the state licensed cannabis industry, which could expose us to additional liabilities and regulatory compliance cost and adversely impact our business, operations, financial condition, brand and reputation.

 

SHF provides access to deposit and lending services to financial institutions and directly that desire to provide services to CRBs in states where cannabis is legal for medical or full adult use. Medical use cannabis, as well as recreational use businesses, are legal in numerous states and the District of Columbia. Cannabis remains a Schedule I drug under the Controlled Substances Act of 1970 (the “CSA”), however, and the federal government has the authority to enforce the CSA regardless of whether cannabis is legal under state law. In 2014, the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FinCEN”) published guidelines guidance for financial institutions servicing state legal cannabis businesses (the “FinCEN GuidelinesGuidance”). SHF has implemented a comprehensive control framework that includes written policies and procedures related to the on-boarding of such businesses and the monitoring and maintenance of such business accounts that comports at PCCU or other financial institutions that comport with the FinCEN Guidance. Additionally, SHF’s policies call for due diligence review of the cannabis business before the business is on-boarded, including, as applicable, confirmation that the business is properly licensed and maintains the license in good standing in the applicable state. SHF’s services to PCCU or other financial institutions include the ongoing monitoring and of the business to determine if the business continues to meet the requirements of the depositary institution.

 

While we believe SHF’s policies and procedures will allow us to operate in compliance with the FinCEN GuidelinesGuidance, there can be no assurance that compliance with the FinCEN Guidelines Guidance will protect us from federal or other regulatory sanctions. Federal prosecutors have significant discretion and there can be no assurance that the federal prosecutors will not choose to strictly enforce the federal laws governing cannabis. Any change in the federal government’s enforcement position could potentially subject us to criminal prosecution and other regulatory sanctions. While we also believe SHF’s BSA/AML policies and programs for the services offered by PCCU or other financial institutions to CRBs, the medical and recreational cannabis business is considered high-risk, thus increasing the risk of a regulatory action against SHF’s BSA/AML program that could expose us to liabilities and regulatory compliance costs that would have an adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition, brand and reputation.

 

Further, to the extent any law enforcement actions require us to respond to subpoenas, or undergo search warrants, for client records, PCCU or other financial institutions providing services to CRBs could elect to cease using our services. Until the U.S. federal government changes the laws with respect to cannabis, which may not occur, U.S. federal authorities could more strictly enforce current federal prohibitions and restrictions. An increase in federal enforcement against companies licensed under state cannabis laws could negatively impact the state licensed cannabis industries and, in turn, our business, operating results, financial condition, brand and reputation.

 

 

 

 

SHF, its financial institution clients and their CRB customers are subject to a variety of laws regarding financial transactions related to cannabis, which could subject their CRB customers to legal claims or otherwise adversely affect our business.

 

SHF, its financial institution clients and their CRB customers are subject to a variety of laws and regulations in the United States regarding financial transactions, including the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by Title III of the USA Patriot Act. The penalties for violation of these laws and regulations include imprisonment, substantial fines and forfeiture. In complying with these laws and regulations, SHF complies with the FinCEN Guidance. This compliance includes, among other things, extensive due diligence reviews of potential and existing CRB customers of the financial institutions. These reviews may be time-consuming and costly, potentially creating additional barriers to providing financial services and imposing additional compliance requirements on us and our CRB customers. In addition, we are SHF is, on behalf of its financial institution clients, required to make various filings with FinCEN and the IRS to report certain suspicious transactions or cash transactions of over $10,000. If the filings are not made accurately or promptly, substantial penalties may be imposed that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, we cannot assure that SHF’s strategies and techniques for designing our services and solutions for our clients and CRB customers will operate effectively and efficiently and not be adversely impacted by cannabis regulations. Further, a change in financial services regulations or a change in the position of the financial services industry that permits more financial institutions to directly serve businesses that grow and sell cannabis products may increase competition for us, facilitate new entrants into the industry offering services similar to those that we offer, or otherwise adversely affect our results of operations.

 

We may have difficulty using bankruptcy courts due to our involvement in the regulated cannabis industry.

 

We currently have no need or plans to seek bankruptcy protection. U.S. courts have held that debtors whose income is derived from cannabis or cannabis assets in violation of the CSA cannot seek federal bankruptcy protections. Although we are not in the business of growing or processing cannabis or selling or even possessing cannabis or cannabis products, a U.S. court could determine that our revenue is derived from cannabis or cannabis assets and prevent us from obtaining bankruptcy protections if necessary.

 

The conduct of third parties may jeopardize our business and regulatory compliance.

 

While the post-consummation company will not be a cannabis licensee or directly involved in the cannabis industry, and as such, will not subject to commercial cannabis regulations that apply to cannabis operators, we cannot guarantee that our systems, protocols, and practices associated with our onboarding and monitoring services will prevent all unauthorized or illegal activities by our CRB customersthe CRBs receiving banking services through our financial institution clients. Our success depends in part on our customersfinancial institution clients’ ability to operate consistently with the regulatory and licensing requirements of each state, local, and regional jurisdiction in which they operate. We cannot ensure that the conduct of our customersfinancial institution clients and the CRBs that have deposits with them, who are third parties, will not expose them to legal sanctions and costs, which could in turn, adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, brand and reputation.

 

 

 

 

We may be subject to constraints on marketing our services, which could adversely impact our results of operations and our growth opportunities.

 

Certain of the states in which the post-combination company may operate have strict regulations regarding marketing and sales activities on ancillary to cannabis products, which could affect our ability to market our services and the development of our business. If we are unable to effectively market our services and compete for market share, or if the costs of compliance with government legislation and regulation cannot be absorbed through increased fees for our services, this could hamper demand for our services, which could result in a loss of revenue.

 

Service providers to cannabis businesses may be subject to unfavorable U.S. tax treatment.

 

Under Section 280E of the Internal Revenue Code, no deduction or credit is allowed for any amount paid or incurred during the taxable year in carrying on business, other than costs of goods sold, if the business (or the activities which comprise the trade or business) consists of trafficking in controlled substances (within the meaning of Schedules I and II of the CSA). The IRS has applied this provision to cannabis operations, prohibiting them from deducting expenses associated with cannabis businesses and asserting assessments and penalties for additional taxes owed. While we do believe that Section 280E does not apply to our business, or ancillary service providers that work with state-licensed CRBs, if the IRS interprets the section to apply, it would significantly and materially affect our profitability and financial condition.

 

The MORE Act would remove marijuana from the CSA, which would effectively carve out state-legal cannabis businesses from Section 280E of the Code. The MORE Act would impose two new taxes on cannabis businesses: an excise tax measured by the value of certain cannabis products and an occupational tax assessed on the enterprises engaging in cannabis production and sales. Although these novel tax provisions are included in the current version of the MORE Act, which has been passed by the U.S. House of Representatives but has not yet been passed by the U.S. Senate, it is challenging to predict whether, when, and in what form the MORE Act could be enacted into law and how any such legislation would affect the activities of the post-combination company.

 

Cannabis businesses may be subject to civil asset forfeiture.

 

Property owned by participants in the cannabis industry used in the course of conducting such business, or that represents proceeds of such business or is traceable to proceeds of such business, could be subject to seizure by law enforcement and subsequent civil asset forfeiture because of the illegality of the cannabis industry under federal law. Even if the owner of the property is never charged with a crime, the property in question could still be seized and subject to an administrative proceeding by which, with minimal due process, it could be subject to forfeiture. Forfeiture of assets of our CRB customers, including if such assets are collateral for loans made or serviced by us, could adversely affect our revenues if it impedes the borrowers’ profitability or operations and our CRB customers’ ability to continue to use our services.

 

 

 

 

Because we provide services to companies that are involved in, or that in turn provide services to CRBs, we may have a difficult time obtaining the various insurances that are desired to operate our business, which may expose us to additional risk and financial liability.

 

Insurance that is otherwise readily available, such as general liability and directors’ and officers’ insurance, may be more difficult for us to find and could be more expensive or contains significant exclusions because our financial institution clients are cannabis industry participantsprovide services to CRBs. There are no guarantees that we will be able to find such insurance coverage in the future or that the cost will be affordable to us. If appropriate coverage is not available, we may be prevented from entering into certain business sectors, our growth may be inhibited, and we may be exposed to additional risk and financial liabilities. If we experience an uninsured loss, it may result in loss of anticipated cash flow and could materially adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, and business.

 

There may be difficulty enforcing certain of our commercial agreements and contracts.

 

Courts may not enforce a contract deemed to involve a violation of law or public policy. Parties to contracts involving the state legal cannabis industry have at times argued that the agreements were void as illegal federally or against public policy. Some courts have accepted this argument in certain cases. While courts have enforced contracts related to activities by state-legal cannabis companies, and the trend is generally to enforce contracts with state-legal cannabis companies and their vendors, there remains some doubt that we will be able to enforce our commercial agreements with our clients or our CRB customers financial institution or the CRBs to which they provide banking services in court for this reason. Therefore, we cannot be assured that we will have a remedy for breach of contract in all instances, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

Certain of our directors, officers, employees and investors who are not U.S. citizens may face constraints on cross-border travel into the United States.

 

Non-U.S. citizens employed at or investing in companies doing business in the state-legal cannabis industry could face detention, denial of entry or lifetime bans from the United States for their business associations with cannabis businesses. Entry to the United States happens at the sole discretion of the officers on duty of the U.S. Customs and Border Protection, and these officers have wide latitude to ask questions to determine the admissibility of a foreign national. Business or financial involvement in the legal cannabis industry could be grounds for U.S. border guards to deny entry.

 

 

 

 

Risks Related to SHF’s Organization and Structure

 

Concentration of ownership among our existing executive officers, directors and their respective affiliates may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions.

 

Upon closing of the Business Combination and assuming no redemptions, our affiliates, executive officers, directors and their respective affiliates as a group will beneficially own approximately 12.9% of our outstanding Class A Stock, as discussed elsewhere in this proxy statement. As a result, these stockholders are able to exercise a significant level of control over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, amendment of our Certificate of Incorporation and approval of significant corporate transactions. This control could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of us or changes in management and will make the approval of certain transactions difficult or impossible without the support of these stockholders.

 

SHF depends on key management personnel and other experienced employees.

 

SHF’s success depends to a significant degree upon the contributions of certain key management personnel including, but not limited to, those individuals listed in the “SHF Management” section included elsewhere in this proxy statement. If any of SHF’s key management personnel were to cease employment with SHF, SHF’s operating results could suffer. SHF’s ability to retain its key management personnel or to attract suitable replacements should any member(s) of its management team leave is dependent on the culture its leadership team fosters and on the competitive nature of the employment market. The loss of services from key management personnel or a limitation in their availability could materially and adversely impact SHF’s business, prospects, liquidity, financial condition and results of operations. Further, such a loss could be negatively perceived in the capital markets. SHF has not obtained key management life insurance that would provide it with proceeds in the event of death or disability of any of its key management personnel.

 

Experienced employees in the financial services and cannabis-related services industries are fundamental to SHF’s ability to generate, obtain and manage opportunities. In particular, relevant licenses and qualifications, local knowledge and relationships are critical to SHF’s ability to provide its services to its customers. Failure to attract and retain such personnel or to ensure that their experience and knowledge is not lost when they leave the business through retirement, redundancy or otherwise may adversely affect the standards of SHF’s service and may have an adverse impact on SHF’s business, prospects, liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Failure by SHF’s directors, officers or employees to comply with applicable policies, regulations and rules could materially and adversely affect us.

 

SHF has adopted an employee handbook which includes policies and guidelines for its directors, officers and employees. SHF’s adoption of these policies and guidelines is not a representation or warranty that all persons subject to such standards are or will be in complete compliance. The failure of a director, officer or employee of SHF to comply with the applicable policies and guidelines may result in liability or other legal consequences, adverse publicity and termination of the relationship, which could materially adversely affect SHF.

 

 

 

 

Changes in accounting rules, assumptions or judgments could materially and adversely affect SHF.

 

Accounting rules and interpretations for certain aspects of SHF’s financial reporting are highly complex and involve significant assumptions and judgment. These complexities could lead to a delay in the preparation and dissemination of SHF’s financial statements. Furthermore, changes in accounting rules and interpretations or in SHF’s accounting assumptions or judgments, such as asset impairments and contingencies are likely to significantly impact SHF’s financial statements. In some cases, SHF could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in restating financial statements from prior period(s). Any of these circumstances could have a material adverse effect on SHF’s business, prospects, liquidity, financial condition and results of operations. For additional information, see the financial statements of SHF and related footnotes included elsewhere in this proxy statement.

 

If SHF fails to implement and maintain an effective system of internal controls, it may not be able to accurately determine its financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, investors could lose confidence in SHF’s financial results, which could materially and adversely affect SHF.

 

Effective internal controls are necessary for SHF to provide reliable financial reports and effectively prevent fraud. SHF may in the future discover areas of its internal controls that need improvement. We cannot be certain that SHF will be successful in maintaining adequate internal control over its financial reporting and financial processes. Furthermore, as SHF grows its business, its internal controls will become more complex, and SHF will require significantly more resources to ensure its internal controls remain effective. Additionally, the existence of any material weakness or significant deficiency would require management to devote significant time and incur significant expense to remediate any such material weakness or significant deficiency and management may not be able to remediate any such material weakness or significant deficiency in a timely manner. The existence of any material weakness in SHF’s internal control over financial reporting could also result in errors in its financial statements that could require SHF to restate past financial statements, cause SHF to fail to meet its reporting obligations and cause investors to lose confidence in SHF’s reported financial information, all of which could materially and adversely affect SHF.

 

Risks Related to the Business Combination

 

Our Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders have entered into a letter agreement to vote in favor of the Business Combination and the other proposals described in this proxy statement, regardless of how our public stockholders vote.

 

Unlike many other blank check companies in which the founders agree to vote their Founder Shares in accordance with the majority of the votes cast by the public stockholders in connection with an initial business combination, our Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders are parties to a letter agreement pursuant to which they have agreed to vote any shares of Common Stock owned by them in favor of the Business Combination Proposal and the other proposals described in this proxy statement. As of June 8, 2022, our Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders own shares equal to 22.8% of our issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock. Accordingly, it is more likely that the necessary stockholder approval will be received for the Business Combination than would be the case if our Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders agreed to vote any shares of Common Stock owned by them in accordance with the majority of the votes cast by our public stockholders.

 

 

 

 

Our Sponsor, certain members of our Board and our officers may have interests in the Business Combination that are different from or are in addition to other stockholders in recommending that stockholders vote in favor of approval of the Business Combination Proposal and approval of the other proposals described in this proxy statement.

 

When considering our Board’s recommendation that our stockholders vote in favor of the approval of the Business Combination Proposal, our stockholders should be aware that our Sponsor and the directors and officers of the Company have interests in the Business Combination that may be different from, or in addition to, the interests of our stockholders. These interests include:

 

● the fact that the Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders have no right to redeem any of the Founder Shares in connection with a stockholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination;

 

● the fact that the Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders have no rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to their Founder Shares if we fail to complete an initial business combination by June 28, 2022, unless the period in which we must complete an initial business combination is extended pursuant to our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;

 

● the fact that the Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders paid an aggregate of $25,000 for 2,875,000 Founder Shares, which will have a significantly higher value at the time of the Business Combination and if unrestricted and freely tradable would be valued at approximately $29.3 million, based upon the closing trading price of the Class A Stock on June 8, 2022 (but, given the restrictions on such shares, we believe such shares have less value);

 

● the fact that Luminous Capital Inc., an affiliate of our Sponsor, is entitled to receive reimbursement of an aggregate of $52,475 only if the Business Combination closes, which amount includes $10,000 in unpaid support fees (for office space, secretarial and administrative support provided to the Company, for which Luminous Capital Inc. has already been paid $110,000) and $42,475 in audit and investor relations consulting fees paid by Luminous Capital Inc. on behalf of the Company;

 

● the fact that our Sponsor paid an aggregate of approximately $5,281,750 for their 528,175 Private Placement Units, each of which consists of one Private Placement Share and one-half of one Private Placement Warrant. Such Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless if a business combination is not consummated by June 28, 2022, unless the period in which we must complete an initial business combination is extended pursuant to our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;

 

● the continued right of our Sponsor to hold our Class A Stock and the shares of Class A Stock to be issued to our Sponsor upon exercise of its Private Placement Warrants following the Business Combination, subject to certain lock-up periods;

 

 

 

 

● the holders of the Class B Stock are entitled to certain anti-dilution rights whereby, in the case that additional shares of Class A Stock, or equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts offered in the IPO and related to the closing of the initial Business Combination, the ratio at which shares of Class B Stock shall convert into shares of Class A Stock will be adjusted so that the number of shares of Class A Stock issuable upon conversion of all shares of Class B Stock will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of the total number of all shares of common stock outstanding upon the completion of the IPO plus all shares of Class A Stock and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with the initial Business Combination (excluding any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial Business Combination);

 

● if the Trust Account is liquidated, including in the event we are unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period, our Sponsor has agreed to indemnify us to ensure that the proceeds in the Trust Account are not reduced below $10.20 per public share, or such lesser per public share amount as is in the Trust Account on the liquidation date, by the claims of prospective target businesses with which we have entered into an acquisition agreement or claims of any third party (other than our independent public accountants) for services rendered or products sold to us, but only if such a vendor or target business has not executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account;

 

● the anticipated continuation of three of our existing directors, Messrs. Darwin, Mann, and Summers as directors of the post-combination company;

 

● the continued indemnification of our existing directors and officers prior to the Business Combination and the continuation of our directors’ and officers’ liability insurance after the Business Combination;

 

● the fact that our Sponsor, officers and directors will lose their entire investment in us and will not be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses if an initial business combination is not consummated by June 28, 2022, unless the period in which we must complete an initial business combination is extended pursuant to our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; and

 

● that pursuant to the IPO Registration Rights Agreement, the Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders are entitled to registration of the shares of Class A Stock into which the Founder Shares will automatically convert at the time of the consummation of the Business Combination.

 

Our ability to consummate an initial business combination may be adversely affected by economic uncertainty and volatility in the financial markets, including as a result of the military conflict in Ukraine.

 

In late February 2022, Russian military forces invaded Ukraine. Russia’s invasion, the responses of countries and political bodies to Russia’s actions, and the potential for wider conflict may increase financial market volatility and could have adverse effects on regional and global economic markets, including the markets for certain securities and commodities. Following Russia’s actions, various countries, including the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, Germany, and France, as well as the European Union, issued broad-ranging economic sanctions against Russia. The sanctions consist of the prohibition of trading in certain Russian securities and engaging in certain private transactions, the prohibition of doing business with certain Russian corporate entities, large financial institutions, officials and persons, and the freezing of Russian assets. The sanctions include a possible commitment by certain countries and the European Union to remove selected Russian banks from the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunications, commonly called “SWIFT,” the electronic network that connects banks globally, and imposed restrictive measures to prevent the Russian Central Bank from undermining the impact of the sanctions. A number of large corporations and U.S. states have also announced plans to curtail business dealings with certain Russian businesses.

 

 

 

 

The imposition of the current sanctions (and potential imposition of further sanctions in response to continued Russian military activity) and other actions undertaken by countries and businesses may adversely impact various sectors of the Russian economy, and the military action has severe impacts on the Ukrainian economy, including its exports and food production. The duration of ongoing hostilities and corresponding sanctions and related events cannot be predicted and may result in a negative impact on the markets and thereby may negatively impact the Company’s ability to consummate a Business Combination or any other business combination.

 

We did not obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking or accounting firm, and consequently, you have no assurance from an independent source that the price we are paying in connection with the Business Combination is fair to us from a financial point of view.

 

We are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking or accounting firm that the price we are paying in connection with the Business Combination is fair to us from a financial point of view. Our Board did not obtain a third-party valuation or fairness opinion in connection with its determination to approve the Business Combination. In analyzing the Business Combination, our Board and management conducted due diligence on SHF and the industry in which SHF operates, including through the review of financial and other information provided by SHF in the course of our due diligence investigations. Based on such due diligence, our Board believes that the Business Combination with SHF is in the best interests of us and our stockholders and presents an opportunity to increase stockholder value. For more information related to the criteria and justifications of our Board for making its determination, see “The Business Combination— The Company’s Board of Directors’ Reasons for the Approval of the Business Combination.” For more information, generally, about the decision-making process of the Board and management, see “The Business Combination.” Accordingly, our stockholders will be relying solely on the business judgment of our Board regarding SHF’s value and the benefits of the Business Combination. There is no assurance that our Board properly valued SHF’s business and the Business Combination.

 

The lack of an independent third-party fairness opinion may also lead to an increased number of stockholders voting against the Business Combination or demand redemption of their shares, which could potentially impact our ability to consummate the Business Combination. For more information about the Board’s decision-making process, see “The Business Combination—The Company’s Board of Directors’ Reasons for the Approval of the Business Combination.”

 

 

 

 

Our Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders hold a significant number of shares of our common stock and they will lose their entire investment in us if a business combination is not completed.

 

Our Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders hold in the aggregate 2,875,000 Founder Shares and 528,175 Private Placement Shares, representing approximately 22.8% of the total outstanding shares upon completion of our IPO. The Founder Shares will be worthless if we do not complete a business combination by June 28, 2022, unless the period in which we must complete an initial business combination is extended pursuant to our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. In addition, our Sponsor hold an aggregate 264,088 Private Placement Warrants that will also be worthless if we do not complete a business combination by June 28, 2022, unless the period in which we must complete an initial business combination is extended pursuant to our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

If we complete a business combination that results in our shares of Class A Stock trading at a lower price, our Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders may still profit from their investment in their Founder Shares. The Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders paid an aggregate of $25,000 for the Founder Shares, or approximately $0.009 per founder share. The Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders stand to make a substantial profit even if the shares of Class A Stock decline in value following the Business Combination.

 

The Founder Shares are identical to the shares of Class A Stock included in the units, except that (a) the Founder Shares are subject to certain transfer restrictions, and (b) each of the Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders has entered into a letter agreement with us, whereby each Northern Lights Restricted Stockholder agreed to (x) convert their Founder Shares into shares of Class A Stock of the post-combination company on a one-for-one basis at the closing of the Business Combination and (y) for those Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders waive certain of their redemption rights with respect to their Class A Stock.

 

The nominal purchase price paid by the Sponsor and directors and officers of the Company for the Founder Shares may significantly dilute the implied value of the public shares in the event the parties complete an initial Business Combination. In addition, the value of the Founder Shares will be significantly greater than the amount the Sponsor and directors and officers of the Company paid to purchase such shares in the event the parties complete an initial business combination, even if the Business Combination causes the trading price of the Company’s common stock to materially decline.

 

The nominal purchase price paid by the Sponsor and directors and officers of the Company for the Founder Shares may significantly dilute the implied value of the Business Combination. In addition, the value of the Founder Shares will be significantly greater than the amount the Sponsor and directors and officers of the Company paid to purchase such shares in the event we complete the Business Combination causes the trading price of the Stock to materially decline. The Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders initially invested an aggregate of $5,306,750 in the Company comprised of $25,000 for the Founder Shares and $5,281,750 for the Private Placement Units. The amount held in our Trust Account was approximately $117.4 million as of June 8, 2022, implying a value of $10.21 per share of Class A stock held by the public stockholders. Based on these assumptions, each share of Stock would have an implied value of $8.23 per share upon completion of the Business Combination, representing a 19.3% decrease from the initial implied value of $10.21 per share of Class A stock held by the public stockholders. This does not take into account any potential dilution from the issuance of any shares upon the exercise of warrants to purchase Class A Stock that will remain outstanding immediately following the Business Combination or the PIPE Warrants, which warrants are exercisable at a price of $11.50 per share and currently considered anti-dilutive, nor does it take into account the PIPE Shares, which are initially convertible at a price of $10.00 per share.

 

 

 

 

Taking into account the additional 625,000 shares of Class A Stock that our Sponsor may be entitled to receive under the anti-dilution provisions of our current Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, each share of Class A Stock would have an implied value of $7.90 per share upon completion of the Business Combination, representing a 22.6% decrease from the initial implied value of $10.21 per share of Class A Stock held by the public stockholders. While the implied value of $8.23 per share (or $7.90 per share assuming the issuance of an additional 625,000 shares of Class A Stock under the anti-dilution provisions in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) upon completion of the Business Combination would represent a dilution to our public stockholders, this would represent a significant increase in value for the Sponsor and directors and officers of the Company relative to the price it paid for each Founder Share. At $0.009 per share, the 2,875,000 shares of the Company common stock that the Sponsor and directors and officers of the Company holding Founder Shares would own upon completion of the Business Combination would have an aggregate implied value of $23.7 million, assuming no additional shares of Class A Stock are issued to our Sponsor under the anti-dilution provisions in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Assuming the additional 625,000 shares of Class A Stock are issued, the implied value would be approximately $27.6 million. As a result, even if the trading price of the Class A Stock significantly declines, the value of the Founder Shares held by the Sponsor and directors and officers of the Company will be significantly greater than the amount the Sponsor and directors and officers of the Company paid to purchase such shares. In addition, the Sponsor and directors and officers of the Company could potentially recoup their entire investment, even if the trading price of the Stock after the initial Business Combination is as low as $1.56 per share assuming no additional shares of Class A Stock are issued to our Sponsor under the anti-dilution provisions in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or $1.32 per share if the additional 625,000 shares are issued. As a result, the Sponsor and directors and officers of The Company holding Founder Shares are likely to earn a substantial profit on their investment upon disposition of shares of the Class A Stock even if the trading price of the Class A Stock declines after the completion of the initial Business Combination. The Sponsor and directors and officers of the Company holding Founder Shares may therefore be economically incentivized to complete an initial business combination with a riskier, weaker-performing or less-established target business, or on terms less favorable to the public stockholders, rather than liquidating the Company. This dilution would increase to the extent that public stockholders seek redemptions from the Trust Account for their Class A Stock.

 

 

 

 

Our Sponsor, directors or officers or their affiliates may elect to purchase shares from public stockholders, which may influence a vote on a proposed Business Combination and the other proposals described in this proxy statement and reduce the public “float” of our Class A Stock, public warrants and public units.

 

Our Sponsor, directors or officers or their affiliates may purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of the Business Combination, although they are under no obligation to do so. Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgement that such stockholder, although still the record holder of our shares is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights. In the event that our Sponsor, directors, officers or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public stockholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling stockholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. The purpose of such purchases could be to vote such shares in favor of the Business Combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of the Business Combination or to satisfy closing conditions in the Purchase Agreement regarding required amounts in the Trust Account equaling or exceeding certain thresholds where it appears that such requirements would otherwise not be met. This may result in the completion of a Business Combination that may not otherwise have been possible.

 

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our Class A Stock, public warrants and public units and the number of beneficial holders of such securities may be reduced, possibly making it difficult to obtain or maintain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on the Nasdaq or another national securities exchange or reducing the liquidity of the trading market for our Class A Stock, public warrants and public units.

 

Our public stockholders will experience dilution as a consequence of, among other transactions, the issuance of Class A Stock as part of the consideration in the Business Combination, the issuance of Class A Stock in the PIPE and the potential issuance of Class A Stock under the Incentive Plan. Having a minority share position may reduce the influence that our current stockholders have on the management of the post-combination company.

 

Pursuant to the Business Combination, the Company will issue an aggregate of 11,386,139 shares of Class A Stock to the Seller (see the section entitled “Proposal No. 1—Approval of the Business Combination”). Furthermore, if the Incentive Plan Proposal is approved, the aggregate number of shares of common stock initially issuable under the Incentive Plan will be approximately 4,037,147 shares of common stock, which amount equals 15% of the shares of common stock to be issued and outstanding as of the closing of the Business Combination, taking into account certain assumptions detailed in the section entitled “Proposal No. 6—Approval and Adoption of the Incentive Plan.

 

It is anticipated that, upon completion of the Business Combination: (i) the Company’s public stockholders (excluding the Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders’ converted Founder Shares) will retain an ownership interest of approximately 34.9% in the post-combination company; (ii) the Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders will own approximately 12.3% of the post-combination company with respect to their converted Founder Shares; (iii) the Seller will own approximately 34.6% of the post-combination company; and (iv) the PIPE Investors will own approximately 18.2% of the post-combination company with respect to the PIPE Shares on an as-converted basis. The ownership percentage with respect to the post-combination company following the Business Combination (a) does not take into account (1) the issuance of any shares upon the exercise of warrants to purchase Class A Stock that will remain outstanding immediately following the Business Combination or the PIPE Warrants, (2) the issuance of any shares upon completion of the Business Combination under the Incentive Plan, (3) the redemption of shares of Class A Stock held by the Company’s public stockholders pursuant to our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, or (4) the conversion of the PIPE Shares at a price less than $10.00 per share pursuant to certain adjustment provisions in the PIPE Certificate of Designation or the exercise of the PIPE Warrants at a price less than $11.50 pursuant to certain adjustment provisions contained therein, but (b) does take into account (1) the conversion of 2,875,000 Founder Shares into an equivalent number of shares of Class A Stock at the closing of the Business Combination on a one-for-one basis (even though such shares of Class A Stock will be subject to transfer restrictions) and (2) the issuance of an additional 625,000 shares of Class A Stock to the Sponsor upon conversion of the Founder Shares in accordance with certain anti-dilution provisions contained in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. If the actual facts are different than these assumptions (which they are likely to be), the percentage ownership retained by the Company’s existing stockholders in the post-combination company will be different. For more information, please see the sections entitled “Summary of the Proxy Statement—Impact of the Business Combination on the Company’s Public Float” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information.”

 

 

 

 

The potential issuance of Class A Stock pursuant to the Incentive Plan may dilute the equity interests of our existing stockholders and may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our public shares and/or public warrants or the market prices for the Class A Stock, public warrants or public units of the post-combination company. If any of the Company’s public shares are redeemed in connection with the Business Combination, the percentage of the outstanding Class A Stock held by the public stockholders will decrease and the percentages of the outstanding shares of Class A Stock held immediately following the Business Combination by the Northern Lights Restricted Parties and the Seller will increase. To the extent that any of the outstanding warrants are exercised for shares of Class A Stock, or additional awards are issued under the proposed Incentive Plan, the Company’s existing stockholders may experience substantial dilution. Such dilution could, among other things, limit the ability of the Company’s existing stockholders to influence the Company’s management through the election of directors following the Business Combination.

 

The public stockholders will experience dilution as a consequence of the issuance of Class A Stock as consideration in the Business Combination and may experience dilution from several additional sources in connection with and after the Business Combination. Having a minority share position may reduce the influence that the public stockholders have on the management of the Company following the closing of the Business Combination.

 

The issuance of additional shares of Class A Stock in the Business Combination will dilute the equity interests of the public stockholders and may adversely affect prevailing market prices for the Class A Stock and Warrants. The public stockholders who do not redeem their public shares may experience dilution from several additional sources to varying degrees in connection with and after the Business Combination, including in each of the following instances:

 

  11,386,139 shares of Class A Stock to be issued to the Seller in the Business Combination, valued at $10.10 per share. This represents approximately 42.3% of the number of shares of Class A Stock that will be outstanding following the consummation of the Business Combination (assuming no public stockholders exercise redemption rights with respect to their public shares, referred to herein as the “no redemption scenario” and the Sponsor receives 625,000 in additional shares pursuant to certain anti-dilution provisions contained in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) or 34.6% of the number of shares of Class A Stock that will be outstanding following the consummation of the Business Combination assuming that the PIPE Shares are also converted at $10.00 a share. Further, the 11,386,139 shares of Class A Stock represents approximately 69.3% of the number of shares of Class A Stock that will be outstanding following the consummation of the Business Combination (assuming 9,855,735 of public shares are redeemed, referred to herein as the “maximum redemption scenario”) or 50.8% of the number of shares of Class A Stock that will be outstanding following the consummation of the Business Combination assuming that the PIPE Shares are also converted at $10.00 a share.
     
  An aggregate of 9,014,088 Warrants will be outstanding following the Business Combination. The shares of Common Stock underlying the Warrants represent approximately 21.5% or 28.7% of the fully-diluted number of shares of Class A Stock immediately following the consummation of the Business Combination (provided that the 9,014,088 shares of Common Stock underlying the Warrants are included in the number of shares of Class A Stock that may be outstanding following the consummation of the Business Combination for the purposes of calculating this percentage, consistent with the presentation in the Redemption Sensitivity Analysis below and assuming the PIPE Shares are converted at $10.00 a share), assuming the no redemption scenario and the maximum redemption scenario, respectively.
     
  The Company will reserve 15% of the number of outstanding shares of Class A Stock to be issued and outstanding as of the closing of the Business Combination (but excluding the shares of Class A Stock that may be issued upon conversion of the PIPE Shares) pursuant to the 2022 Stock Incentive Plan. The granted awards, when vested and settled or exercisable, may result in the issuance of additional shares up to the amount of the share reserve under the 2022 Stock Incentive Plan.
     
  The Company may determine, subject to the receipt of any stockholder or stock exchange approvals that may be required, to issue additional shares of Class A Stock or other equity securities of equal or senior rank in connection with privately negotiated transactions following the consummation of the Business Combination.

 

 

 

 

Depending on the number of public stockholders that exercise their redemption rights, the remaining public stockholders will be subject to varying levels of dilution. In each of the redemption scenarios detailed in the below sensitivity table, the residual equity value owned by non-redeeming stockholders, taking into account the respective redemption amounts, is assumed to remain the deemed value of $10.00. As a result of such redemption amounts and the assumed $10.00 per share value, the implied total equity value of the Company, assuming no dilution from any Additional Dilution Sources, would be (a) $329,143,140 in the no redemption scenario, (b) $294,643,140 in the 25% redemption scenario, (c) $265,393,140 in the 50% redemption scenario, (d) 236,643,140 in the 75% redemption scenario, and (e) $224,335,790 in the maximum redemption scenario. Additionally, the sensitivity table below sets forth the potential additional dilutive impact of each of the Additional Dilution Sources in each redemption scenario, as described further in Notes 4 through 8 below.

 

Redemption Sensitivity Analysis Table

 

Holders 

No Redemption

Scenario

  

% of

Total

  

25%

Redemption

Scenario

  

% of

Total

  

50%

Redemption

Scenario

  

% of

Total

  

75%

Redemption

Scenario

  

% of

Total

  

Maximum

Redemption

Scenario

  

% of

Total

 
Public Stockholders (1)   11,500,000    34.9%   8,625,000    29.3%   5,750,000    21.7%   2,875,000    12.1%   1,644,265    7.3%

Northern Lights Stockholders

including sponsor (2)

   4,028,175    12.3%   3,453,175    11.7%   3,403,175    12.8%   3,403,175    14.4%   3,403,175    15.2%
Seller   11,386,139    34.6%   11,386,139    38.6%   11,386,139    42.9%   11,386,139    48.1%   11,386,139    50.8%
PIPE Investors (3)   32,914,314    100.0%   29,464,314    100.0%   26,539,314    100.0%   23,664,314    100.0%   22,433,579    100.0%

Total Shares Outstanding

Excluding Warrants, Equity

Incentive Plans

  $329,143,140        $294,643,140        $265,393,140        $236,643,140        $224,335,790      

Total Equity Value Post

Redemption (3)

  $10.00        $10.00        $10.00        $10.00        $10.00      
Per Share value (3)   4,028,175    12.3%   3,453,175    11.7%   3,403,175    12.8%   3,403,175    14.4%   3,403,175    15.2%

 

Additional Dilution Sources (4)   

No Redemption

Scenario

    

% of

Total

    

25%

Redemption

Scenario

    

% of

Total

    

50%

Redemption

Scenario

    

% of

Total

    

75%

Redemption

Scenario

    

% of

Total

    

Maximum

Redemption

Scenario

    

% of

Total

 
New SHF Stock Options (5)   4,037,147    10.9%   3,519,647    10.7%   3,080,897    10.4%   2,649,647    10.1%   2,465,037    9.9%

Public Stockholder Warrants

(6)

   5,750,000    14.9%   5,750,000    16.3%   5,750,000    17.8%   5,750,000    19.5%   5,750,000    20.4%
Private Warrants (7)   264,088    0.8%   264,088    0.9%   264,088    1.0%   264,088    1.1%   264,088    1.2%
PIPE Warrants (8)   3,000,000    8.4%   3,000,000    9.2%   3,000,000    10.2%   3,000,000    11.3%   3,000,000    11.8%

Total Additional Dilutive

Sources

   13,051,235    28.4%   12,533,735    29.8%   12,094,985    31.3%   11,663,735    33.0%   11,479,124    33.8%

 

(1) Represents 9,855,735 in redeemed shares under the Maximum Redemption Scenario.

 

(2) Assumes 625,000 and 50,000 anti-dilution shares issued to the Sponsor under the No Redemption and 25% Redemption Scenarios, respectively.

 

(3) Assumes PIPE Shares are converted at $10.00 a share. PIPE Shares may convert at a lower price which would increase the Class A Stock outstanding. In order to calculate the implied equity value, we utilized a consistent per share value of $10.00. Per share value will vary with market conditions and we cannot guarantee or estimate a per share value at or subsequent to the Business Combination.

 

 

 

 

(4) The Percentage of Total with respect to each Additional Dilution Source set forth below, including the Total Additional Dilutive Sources, includes the full amount of shares issued with respect to the applicable Additional Dilution Source in both the numerator and denominator. For example, in the 25% Redemption Scenario, the Percentage of Total with respect to the New SHF Stock Options would be calculated as follows: (a) 3,519,647 shares issued pursuant to the Incentive Plan; divided by (b) (i) 29,464,314 shares (the number of shares outstanding prior to any issuance pursuant to the New SHF Stock Options) plus (ii) shares issued pursuant to the Incentive Plan.

 

(5) Assumes the issuance of all shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under the Inventive Plan which amount equals 15% of the shares of common stock to be issued and outstanding as of the closing of the Business Combination—excluding the PIPE Shares.

 

(6) Represents IPO warrants issued to Public Stockholders shares exercisable at $11.50 a share.

 

(7) Represents warrants issued in conjunction with the Private Placement Shares exercisable at $11.50 a share.

 

(8) Represents the impact of 3,000,000 PIPE Warrants initially exercisable at $11.50 a share, which exercise price is subject to adjustment as described elsewhere in this proxy statement.

 

The foregoing table is provided for illustrative purposes only and there can be no assurance that the Company’s Class A Stock will trade at the illustrative per share values set forth above, regardless of the levels of redemption.

 

The issuance of additional shares of the Company’s Class A Stock (or other equity securities of equal or senior rank), including through any of the foregoing, could have the following effects for holders of public shares who elect not to redeem their shares:

 

  your proportionate ownership interest in the Company will decrease;
     
  the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding share of the Class A Stock will be diminished; or
     
  the market prices of the Class A Stock and the Warrants may decline.

 

There can be no assurance that the Class A Stock that will be issued in connection with the Business Combination will be approved for listing on Nasdaq or, if approved, will continue to be so listed following the closing of the Business Combination, or that we will be able to comply with the continued listing standards of Nasdaq.

 

Our eligibility for listing may depend on, among other things, the number of our shares that are redeemed. We intend to apply for the listing of our publicly-traded common stock and warrants on Nasdaq. If Nasdaq denies our application for failure to meet the listing standards, we and our stockholders could face significant material adverse consequences including:

 

● a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;

 

 

 

 

● reduced liquidity for our securities;

 

● a determination that the Class A Stock of the post-combination company is a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in the Class A Stock of the post-combination company to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;

 

● a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and

 

● a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

 

The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” If the Class A Stock, public units and public warrants of the post-combination company are listed on Nasdaq, they will be covered securities. Although the states are preempted from regulating the sale of our securities, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. While we are not aware of a state, other than the State of Idaho, having used these powers to prohibit or restrict the sale of securities issued by blank check companies, certain state securities regulators view blank check companies unfavorably and might use these powers, or threaten to use these powers, to hinder the sale of securities of blank check companies in their states. Further, if we were not listed on Nasdaq, our securities would not be covered securities and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer our securities.

 

Resales of the shares of Class A Stock included in the Stock Consideration could depress the market price of the Class A Stock of the post-combination company.

 

There may be a large number of shares of Class A Stock of the post-combination company sold in the market following the completion of the Business Combination or shortly thereafter. The shares held by the Company’s public stockholders will be freely tradeable. Class A Stock issued to the Seller pursuant to the Business Combination will be freely tradeable following the latter of (i) expiration of the lock-up on the earlier of (A) six months following the closing of the Business Combination and (B) subsequent to the closing of the Business Combination, the earlier of (x) the date that the last sale price of the Class A Stock equals or exceeds $12.50 per share as quoted on Nasdaq (adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days following the closing of the Business Combination or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, capital stock exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of the Company’s stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of the Company for cash, securities or other property, as set forth in the Seller Lock-up Agreement and (ii) the registration of the resale thereof pursuant to a registration statement that we have agreed to promptly file after the completion of the Business Combination. Class A Stock of the post-combination company held by the Sponsor as a result of the conversion of its Class B Stock will be freely tradeable following the latter of (i) expiration of the lock-up period set forth in the letter agreement entered into by our Sponsor, directors, and officers in connection with the IPO and (ii) the registration of the resale thereof pursuant to an exercise of registration rights set forth in that certain IPO Registration Rights Agreement. Class A Stock of the post-combination company held by the Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders (other than the Sponsor) as a result of the conversion of their Class B Stock will be freely tradeable upon the registration of the resale thereof pursuant to an exercise of those certain registration rights set forth in the IPO Registration Rights Agreement.

 

 

 

 

We will have approximately 32,914,314 shares of Class A Stock of the post-combination company outstanding after the Business Combination (assuming that no shares of Class A Stock are redeemed, no outstanding warrants to purchase shares of Class A Stock are exercised, all PIPE Shares are converted to shares of Class A Stock at a price of $10.00 per share, and subject to further issuance of awards under the Incentive Plan). Such sales of shares of Class A Stock of the post-combination company or the perception of such sales may depress the market price of the Class A Stock, public warrants or public units of the post-combination company.

 

We are a blank check company, and as we have no operating history and are subject to a mandatory liquidation and subsequent dissolution requirement, there is a risk that we will be unable to continue as a going concern if we do not consummate an initial business combination by June 28, 2022. Unless we amend our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (which requires the affirmative vote of 65% of all then outstanding shares of Common Stock) and amend certain other agreements into which we have entered to extend the life of the Company, if we do not complete an initial business combination by June 28, 2022, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than 10 business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account including interest not previously released to the Company to pay franchise and income taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses) divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law; and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our Board, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under the DGCL to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the residual assets remaining available for distribution (including Trust Account assets) will be less than the initial public offering price per public unit in the IPO. In addition, if we fail to complete an initial business combination by June 28, 2022, there will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our public warrants or the Private Placement Warrants, which will expire worthless. While we expect to consummate the Business Combination and do not intend to take any action to extend the life of the Company beyond June 28, 2022, we reserve the right to pursue such an extension.

 

 

 

 

Even if we consummate the Business Combination, there is no guarantee that the public warrants will ever be in the money, and they may expire worthless and the terms of our warrants may be amended.

 

The exercise price for our warrants is $11.50 per share of Class A Stock. There is no guarantee that the public warrants will ever be in the money prior to their expiration, and as such, the warrants may expire worthless.

 

Our ability to successfully effect the Business Combination and the success of the post-combination company are dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, including the key personnel of SHF and the Seller.

 

Our ability to successfully effect the Business Combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, including the key personnel of SHF and the Seller. Although some of our key personnel may remain with the post-combination business in senior management or advisory positions following the Business Combination, it is possible that we will lose some key personnel, the loss of which could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business. SHF does not maintain key-man life insurance on any of its officers. We anticipate that some or all of the management of SHF will remain in place.

 

Our officers and directors may allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to consummate a business combination.

 

Our officers and directors are not required to commit their full time to our affairs, which could create a conflict of interest when allocating their time between our operations and their other commitments. Some of our officers and directors are engaged in other business endeavors and are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our affairs. If our officer’s and director’s other business affairs require them to devote more substantial amounts of time to such affairs it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs and could have a negative impact on our ability to consummate our initial business combination. We cannot assure you that these conflicts will be resolved in our favor.

 

Our Sponsor, officers and directors may have business contacts that may potentially do business with a target company, thereby causing conflicts of interest in their evaluation of which target company to acquire.

 

Our Sponsor, officers and directors have long-standing business contacts in the cannabis industry, which we believe has been of substantial benefit to us in evaluating potential targets for our initial business combination and which we believe will be beneficial to us in the future in determining growth strategies for a target’s business after completion of a business combination. These business contacts may also be potential customers of a target company, which may cause a conflict of interest in the evaluation by our Sponsor, officers and directors of which target company to acquire.

 

As described below under “Business of Safe Harbor Financial—Lending,” in connection with the closing of a $5.0 million senior secured loan made by SHF to Solar Cannabis Co. (“Solar”), Solar paid a referral fee of $50,000 to Luminous Capital Inc., an affiliate of our Sponsor. The fee was paid pursuant to a consulting agreement previously entered into between Solar and Luminous Capital Inc.

 

 

 

 

The Company and SHF will be subject to business uncertainties and contractual restrictions while the Business Combination is pending.

 

Uncertainty about the effect of the Business Combination on employees and third parties may have an adverse effect on the Company and SHF. These uncertainties may impair our or SHF’s ability to retain and motivate key personnel and could cause third parties that deal with any of us or them to defer entering into contracts or making other decisions or seek to change existing business relationships. If key employees depart because of uncertainty about their future roles and the potential complexities of the Business Combination, our or SHF’s businesses could be harmed.

 

We may waive one or more of the conditions to the Business Combination.

 

We may agree to waive, in whole or in part, one or more of the conditions to our obligations to complete the Business Combination, to the extent permitted by our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and bylaws and applicable laws. Other events pursuant to which the Company may elect to waive the conditions to complete the Business Combination include changes in the course of SHF’s businesses or a request by SHF to undertake actions that would otherwise be prohibited by the terms of the Purchase Agreement or the occurrence of other events that would have a material adverse effect on SHF’s businesses and would entitle the Company to terminate the Purchase Agreement. In any of such circumstances, it would be at the Company’s discretion, acting through its Board, to grant its consent or waive those rights. As of the date of this proxy statement, the Company does not believe there will be any changes or waivers that the Company’s Board would be likely to make after stockholder approval of the Business Combination Proposal has been obtained. We may not waive the condition that our stockholders approve the Business Combination. Please see the section entitled “Proposal No. 1—Approval of the Business Combination—The Purchase Agreement—Conditions to Closing of the Business Combination” for additional information.

 

The exercise of discretion by our directors and officers in agreeing to changes to the terms of or waivers of closing conditions in the Purchase Agreement may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether such changes to the terms of the Purchase Agreement or waivers of conditions are appropriate and in the best interests of our stockholders.

 

In the period leading up to the closing of the Business Combination, other events may occur that, pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, would require the Company to agree to amend the Purchase Agreement, to consent to certain actions or to waive rights that we are entitled to under the Purchase Agreement. Such events could arise because of changes in the course of SHF’s business, a request by the Seller to undertake actions that would otherwise be prohibited by the terms of the Purchase Agreement or the occurrence of other events that would have a material adverse effect on SHF’s business and would entitle the Company to terminate the Purchase Agreement. In any of such circumstances, it would be in the discretion of the Company, acting through the Board, to grant its consent or waive its rights. The existence of the financial and personal interests of the directors described elsewhere in this proxy statement may result in a conflict of interest on the part of one or more of the directors between what he or she may believe is best for the Company and our stockholders and what he or she may believe is best for himself or herself or his or her affiliates in determining whether or not to take the requested action. As of the date of this proxy statement, we do not believe there will be any changes or waivers that our directors and officers would be likely to make after stockholder approval of the Business Combination has been obtained. While certain changes could be made without further stockholder approval, if there is a change to the terms of the Business Combination that would have a material impact on the stockholders, we will be required to circulate a new or amended proxy statement or supplement thereto and resolicit the vote of our stockholders with respect to the Business Combination Proposal.

 

 

 

 

The ability of the Company’s stockholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of the Company’s shares may not allow the Company to complete the Business Combination or optimize its capital structure.

 

Because the Purchase Agreement requires the Company to have at least $5,000,001 in net tangible assets at Closing (after giving effect to redemptions by the Company public stockholders), the Company will need to reserve a portion of the cash in the Trust Account to meet such requirements, unless such closing condition is waived by the Seller. Above the maximum redemption scenario (please see “Impact of the Business Combination on the Company’s Public Float” above), we will not meet the $5,000,001 net tangible asset threshold. In addition, if a larger number of shares are submitted for redemption than we currently expect, the Company may need to seek to restructure the transaction to reserve a greater portion of the cash in the Trust Account. If the Business Combination is unsuccessful, you would not receive your pro rata portion of the Trust Account until the Company liquidates the Trust Account or consummates an alternative initial business combination or upon the occurrence of an Extension or certain other corporation actions as set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. If you are in need of immediate liquidity, you could attempt to sell your stock in the open market; however, at such time the Company’s stock may trade at a discount to the pro rata amount per share in the Trust Account or there may be limited market demand at such time. In either situation, you may suffer a material loss on your investment or lose the benefit of funds expected in connection with the Company’s redemption until the Company liquidates, consummates an alternative initial business combination, effectuates an Extension or takes certain other actions set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or you are able to sell your stock in the open market.

 

We and SHF will incur significant transaction and transition costs in connection with the Business Combination.

 

We and SHF have both incurred and expect to incur significant, non-recurring costs in connection with consummating the Business Combination and operating as a public company following the consummation of the Business Combination. We and SHF may also incur additional costs to retain key employees. All expenses incurred in connection with the Purchase Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby (including the Business Combination), including all legal, accounting, consulting, investment banking and other fees, expenses and costs, will be for the account of the party incurring such fees, expenses and costs or paid by the Company following the closing of the Business Combination.

 

 

 

 

The Company’s transaction expenses as a result of the Business Combination are currently estimated at approximately $9.8 million, including $4,025,000 in deferred underwriting commissions to the underwriter of our IPO. The amount of the deferred underwriting commissions will not be adjusted for any shares that are redeemed in connection with a business combination. The per-share amount we will distribute to stockholders who properly exercise their redemption rights will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions and after such redemptions, the per-share value of shares held by non-redeeming stockholders will reflect our obligation to pay the deferred underwriting commissions.

 

If the adjournment proposal is not approved, and an insufficient number of votes have been obtained to authorize the consummation of the Business Combination, the Board will not have the ability to adjourn the meeting to a later date in order to solicit further votes, and, therefore, the Business Combination will not be approved.

 

The Board is seeking approval to adjourn the meeting to a later date or dates if, at the meeting, the business combination proposal is not approved. If the adjournment proposal is not approved, the Board will not have the ability to adjourn the meeting to a later date and, therefore, the Business Combination would not be completed.

 

If we are unable to complete an initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.21 per share on the liquidation of the Trust Account (or less than $10.21 per share in certain circumstances where a third party brings a claim against us that our Sponsor is unable to indemnify), and our warrants will expire worthless.

 

If we are unable to complete an initial business combination by June 28, 2022, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.21 per share (based upon the value of our Trust Account as of June 8, 2022) on the liquidation of the Trust Account (or less than $10.21 per share in certain circumstances where a third-party brings a claim against us for which our Sponsor is unable to indemnify (as described herein)) and our warrants will expire worthless.

 

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.21 per share (based upon the value of our Trust Account as of June 8, 2022).

 

Our placing of funds in the Trust Account may not protect those funds from third-party claims against us. Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers (other than our independent auditors), prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any funds held in the Trust Account for the benefit of our public stockholders, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the Trust Account, including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the Trust Account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the funds held in the Trust Account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third-party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative.

 

 

 

 

Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason. Upon redemption of our public shares, if we are unable to complete the Business Combination within the prescribed timeframe, or upon the exercise of a redemption right in connection with the Business Combination, we will be required to provide for payment of claims of creditors that were not waived that may be brought against us within the ten years following redemption. Accordingly, the per-share redemption amount received by public stockholders could be less than the $10.21 per share held in the Trust Account as of June 8, 2022, due to claims of such creditors.

 

Our Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a vendor (other than our independent public accountants) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have entered into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below (i) $10.20 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account and except as to any claims under indemnity of the underwriter of our IPO against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third party claims. We have not independently verified whether our Sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and believe that our Sponsor’s only assets are securities of our Company. We have not asked our Sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our Sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. As a result, if any such claims were successfully made against the Trust Account, the funds available for our business combination and redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.21 per public share (based upon the value of our Trust Account as of June 8, 2022). In such event, we may not be able to complete our business combination, and you would receive such lesser amount per share in connection with any redemption of your public shares. None of our officers will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

 

 

 

 

If the funds held outside of Company’s Trust Account are insufficient to allow it to operate until at least June 28, 2022 (or up to December 28, 2022 if the Company extends the maximum time to complete an initial business combination), the Company’s ability to complete an initial business combination may be adversely affected.

 

We believe the funds available to it outside of the Trust Account will be sufficient to allow it to operate until it completes its business combination; however, we cannot assure you that its estimate is accurate. If we are required to seek additional capital, it would need to borrow funds from the Sponsor, management team or other third parties to operate or may be forced to liquidate. Neither the Sponsor, members of the Company’s management team nor any of their affiliates is under any obligation to advance funds to the Company in such circumstances. Any such advances would be repaid only from funds held outside the Trust Account or from funds released to the Company upon completion of the Company’s initial business combination. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into units identical to the Private Placement Units, at a price of $10.00 per unit at the option of the lender. As of June 8, 2022, there were no outstanding working capital loans. Prior to the completion of the Company’s initial business combination, it does not expect to seek loans from parties other than the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor as the Company does not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in the Trust Account. If the Company is unable to complete its initial business combination because it does not have sufficient funds available to it, the Company will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the Trust Account. Consequently, the Company’s public stockholders may only receive an estimated $10.21 per share (based upon the value of our Trust Account as of June 8, 2022), or possibly less, on its redemption of its public shares, and its warrants will expire worthless.

 

Our directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of our Sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the Trust Account available for distribution to our public stockholders.

 

In the event that the proceeds in the Trust Account are reduced below the lesser of (i) $10.21 per public share (based upon the value of our Trust Account as of June 8, 2022) or (ii) other than due to the failure to obtain a waiver to seek access to the Trust Account, such lesser amount per share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay our franchise and income tax obligations, and our Sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so if, for example, the cost of such legal action is deemed by the independent directors to be too high relative to the amount recoverable or if the independent directors determine a favorable outcome is unlikely. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations, the amount of funds in our Trust Account available for distribution to our public stockholders may be reduced below $10.21 per share (based upon the value of our Trust Account as of June 8, 2022).

 

 

 

 

If, before distributing the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the claims of creditors in such proceeding may have priority over the claims of our stockholders and the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our stockholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

 

If, before distributing the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the Trust Account, the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our stockholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

 

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy court may seek to recover such proceeds, and we and our Board may be exposed to claims of punitive damages.

 

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by stockholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover all amounts received by our stockholders. In addition, our Board may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or having acted in bad faith, thereby exposing itself and us to claims of punitive damages, by paying public stockholders from the Trust Account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. In addition, in no event will we redeem shares of our Class A Stock in an amount that would result in the Company’s failure to have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,000.

 

Following the closing of the Business Combination, our only significant asset will be our ownership interest in SHF and such ownership may not be sufficient to pay dividends or make distributions or loans to enable us to pay any dividends on our Common Stock or satisfy our other financial obligations.

 

Following the closing of the Business Combination, we will have no direct operations and no significant assets other than our ownership of SHF. We and certain investors, the Sponsor, and directors and officers of the Sponsor and its affiliates will become stockholders of the post-combination company at that time. We will depend on SHF for distributions, loans and other payments to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations, including our expenses as a publicly traded company and to pay any dividends with respect to our Common Stock. The financial condition and operating requirements of SHF may limit our ability to obtain cash from SHF. The earnings from, or other available assets of, SHF may not be sufficient to pay dividends or make distributions or loans to enable us to pay any dividends on our Common Stock or satisfy our other financial obligations.

 

 

 

 

Following the closing of the Business Combination, the Company may be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the applicable rules of Nasdaq and, as a result, may qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. If the Company relies on these exemptions, its stockholders will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

 

Upon the closing of the Business Combination, depending on the number of shares of Class A Stock redeemed by the Company’s public stockholders, the Seller may control a majority of the voting power of the Company’s Class A Stock, and the Company may then be a “controlled company” within the meaning of applicable rules of Nasdaq. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements:

 

  that a majority of the board consists of independent directors;
     
  for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees;
     
  that the controlled company has a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and
     
  that the controlled company has a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibility.

 

While the Company does not intend to rely on these exemptions, the Company may use these exemptions now or in the future. As a result, the Company’s stockholders may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the Nasdaq corporate governance requirements.

 

Subsequent to our completion of the Business Combination, we may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and our stock price, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

 

Although we have conducted due diligence on SHF, we cannot assure you that this diligence will surface all material issues that may be present in SHF’s business, that it would be possible to uncover all material issues through a customary amount of due diligence, or that factors outside of SHF’s business and outside of our and SHF’s control will not later arise. As a result of these factors, we may be forced to later write down or write off assets, restructure operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in losses. Even if our due diligence successfully identifies certain risks, unexpected risks may arise and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about the post-combination company or its securities. Accordingly, any of our stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following the Business Combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

 

 

 

 

We have no operating or financial history and our results of operations and those of the post-combination company may differ significantly from the unaudited pro forma financial data included in this proxy statement.

 

We are a blank check company and we have no operating history and no revenues. This proxy statement includes unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements for the post-combination company. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations of the post-combination company combines the historical unaudited results of operations of the Company for the three months ended Mach 31, 2022 with the historical unaudited results of operations of SHF for the three months ended March 31, 2022, and gives pro forma effect to the Business Combination and the acquisitions of SHF by the Company as if they had been consummated on January 1, 2021. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations of the post-combination company combines the historical audited results of operations of the Company for the period ended December 31, 2021 with the historical audited results of operations of SHF for the year ended December 31, 2021, and gives pro forma effect to the Business Combination and the acquisitions of SHF by the Company as if they had been consummated on January 1, 2021.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are presented for illustrative purposes only, are based on certain assumptions, address a hypothetical situation and reflect limited historical financial data. Therefore, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations and financial position that would have been achieved had the Business Combination been consummated on the date indicated above, or the future consolidated results of operations or financial position of the post-combination company. Accordingly, the post-combination company’s business, assets, cash flows, results of operations and financial condition may differ significantly from those indicated by the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements included in this document. For more information, please see the section entitled “Summary Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information.”

 

Unanticipated changes in effective tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We will be subject to income taxes in the United States, and our domestic tax liabilities will be subject to the allocation of expenses in differing jurisdictions. Our future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by a number of factors, including:

 

● changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities;

 

● expected timing and amount of the release of any tax valuation allowances;

 

● tax effects of stock-based compensation;

 

● costs related to intercompany restructurings;

 

 

 

 

● changes in tax laws, regulations or interpretations thereof; or

 

● lower than anticipated future earnings in jurisdictions where we have lower statutory tax rates and higher than anticipated future earnings in jurisdictions where we have higher statutory tax rates.

 

In addition, we may be subject to audits of our income, sales and other transaction taxes by U.S. federal and state authorities. Outcomes from these audits could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

A market for our securities may not continue, which would adversely affect the liquidity and price of our securities.

 

Following the Business Combination, the price of our securities may fluctuate significantly due to the market’s reaction to the Business Combination and general market and economic conditions. An active trading market for our securities following the Business Combination may never develop or, if developed, it may not be sustained. In addition, the price of our securities after the Business Combination can vary due to general economic conditions and forecasts, our general business condition and the release of our financial reports. Additionally, if our securities are not listed on, or become delisted from, Nasdaq for any reason, and are quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board or OTC Pink, an inter-dealer automated quotation system for equity securities that is not a national securities exchange, the liquidity and price of our securities may be more limited than if we were quoted or listed on Nasdaq or another national securities exchange. You may be unable to sell your securities unless a market can be established or sustained.

 

If the Business Combination’s benefits do not meet the expectations of investors, stockholders or financial analysts, the market price of our securities may decline.

 

If the benefits of the Business Combination do not meet the expectations of investors or securities analysts, the market price of the Company’s securities prior to the closing of the Business Combination may decline. The market values of our securities at the time of the Business Combination may vary significantly from their prices on the date the Purchase Agreement was executed, the date of this proxy statement, or the date on which our stockholders vote on the Business Combination.

 

In addition, following the Business Combination, fluctuations in the price of our securities could contribute to the loss of all or part of your investment. Immediately prior to the Business Combination, there has not been a public market for SHF stock and trading in the shares of our Class A Stock, public units and public warrants has not been active. Accordingly, the valuation ascribed to SHF and our Class A Stock, public units and public warrants in the Business Combination may not be indicative of the price of the post-combination company that will prevail in the trading market following the Business Combination. If an active market for our securities develops and continues, the trading price of our securities following the Business Combination could be volatile and subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. Any of the factors listed below could have a material adverse effect on your investment in our securities and our securities may trade at prices significantly below the price you paid for them. In such circumstances, the trading price of our securities may not recover and may experience a further decline.

 

 

 

 

Factors affecting the trading price of the post-combination company’s securities following the Business Combination may include:

 

● actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial results or the quarterly financial results of companies perceived to be similar to us;

 

● changes in the market’s expectations about our operating results;

 

● the public’s reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the SEC;

 

● speculation in the press or investment community;

 

● success of competitors;

 

● our operating results failing to meet the expectation of securities analysts or investors in a particular period;

 

● changes in financial estimates and recommendations by securities analysts concerning the post-combination company or the market in general;

 

● operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to the post-combination company;

 

● our ability to market new and enhanced products on a timely basis;

 

● changes in laws and regulations affecting our business;

 

● commencement of, or involvement in, litigation involving the post-combination company;

 

● changes in the post-combination company’s capital structure, such as future issuances of securities or the incurrence of additional debt;

 

● the volume of shares of the Class A Stock, public warrants and public units of the post-combination company available for public sale;

 

● the volume of our public units or public warrants available for public sale;

 

● any material change in our Board or management;

 

● sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock by our directors, officers or significant stockholders or the perception that such sales could occur;

 

 

 

 

● the realization of any of the risk factors presented in this proxy statement;

 

● additions or departures of key personnel;

 

● failure to comply with the requirements of Nasdaq;

 

● failure to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or other laws or regulations;

 

● actual, potential or perceived control, accounting or reporting problems;

 

● changes in accounting principles, policies and guidelines; and

 

● general economic and political conditions such as recessions, interest rates, fuel prices, international currency fluctuations and acts of war or terrorism.

 

Broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of our securities irrespective of our operating performance. The stock market in general and Nasdaq have experienced price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of the particular companies affected. The trading prices and valuations of these stocks, and of our securities, may not be predictable. A loss of investor confidence in the market for the stocks of other companies which investors perceive to be similar to the post-combination company could depress our stock price regardless of our business, prospects, financial conditions or results of operations. A decline in the market price of our securities also could adversely affect our ability to issue additional securities and our ability to obtain additional financing in the future.

 

In the past, securities class action litigation has often been initiated against companies following periods of volatility in their stock price. This type of litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources, and could also require us to make substantial payments to satisfy judgments or to settle litigation.

 

The Company’s stockholders may not realize a benefit from the Business Combination commensurate with the ownership dilution they will experience in connection with the Business Combination and the PIPE.

 

If the Company is unable to realize the full strategic and financial benefits currently anticipated from the Business Combination, the Company’s stockholders will have experienced substantial dilution of their ownership interests in their respective companies without receiving any commensurate benefit, or only receiving part of the commensurate benefit to the extent the Company is able to realize only part of the strategic and financial benefits currently anticipated from the Business Combination and the PIPE.

 

 

 

 

The process of taking a company public by means of a business combination with a special purpose acquisition company (a “SPAC”) is different from taking a company public through an underwritten offering and may create risks for our unaffiliated investors. You may not have the same benefits as an investor in an underwritten public offering.

 

Like other business combination transactions and spin-offs, in connection with the Business Combination, you will not receive the benefits of the diligence performed by the underwriters in an underwritten public offering. An underwritten offering involves a company engaging underwriters to purchase its shares and resell them to the public. An underwritten offering imposes statutory liability on the underwriters for material misstatements or omissions contained in the registration statement unless they are able to sustain the burden of providing that they did not know and could not reasonably have discovered such material misstatements or omissions. This is referred to as a “due diligence” defense. Due diligence entails engaging legal, financial and/or other experts to perform an investigation as to the accuracy of an issuer’s disclosure regarding, among other things, its business and financial results. Auditors of the issuer also will deliver a “comfort” letter with respect to the financial information contained in the registration statement. In making their investment decision, investors in underwritten public offerings have the benefit of such diligence. Investors in an underwritten public offering may benefit from the role of the underwriters in such an offering. Going public via a business combination with a SPAC does not involve any underwriters and does not generally necessitate the level of review required to establish a “due diligence” defense as would be customary on an underwritten offering.

 

In an underwritten public offering, an issuer initially sells its securities to the public market via one or more underwriters, who distribute or resell such securities to the public. Underwriters have liability under the U.S. securities laws for material misstatements or omissions in a registration statement pursuant to which an issuer sells securities.

 

Further, neither the Company nor SHF engaged a financial advisor in connection with the Business Combination. In connection with this proxy statement, no parties other than the Company and SHF have conducted an investigation of the disclosure contained herein. In addition, as an unaffiliated investor, you will not be afforded the opportunity to perform your own due diligence investigation of, or otherwise obtain information on, the Company or SHF beyond the information that is contained in this proxy statement (or is otherwise publicly available). You therefore may not have the benefit of the same level of review as an investor in an underwritten public offering, who has the benefit of the underwriters’ evaluation and due diligence investigation of the issuer.

 

In addition, going public via a business combination with a SPAC does not involve a book-building process as is the case in an underwritten public offering. In any underwritten public offering, the initial value of a company is set by investors who indicate the price at which they are prepared to purchase shares from the underwriters. In the case of a SPAC transaction, the value of the company is established by means of negotiations between the target company, the SPAC and, in some cases, other investors who agree to purchase shares at the time of the business combination. The process of establishing the value of a company in a SPAC business combination may be less effective than the book-building process in an underwritten public offering and also does not reflect events that may have occurred between the date of the business combination agreement and the closing of the transaction. In addition, underwritten public offerings are frequently oversubscribed resulting in additional potential demand for shares in the aftermarket following the underwritten public offering. There is no such book of demand built up in connection with a SPAC transaction and no underwriters with the responsibility of stabilizing the share price which may result in the share price being harder to sustain after the transaction.

 

 

 

 

There are risks to the Company’s stockholders who are not affiliates of the Sponsor of becoming stockholders of the Company through the Business Combination rather than acquiring securities of SHF directly in an underwritten public offering, including no independent due diligence review by an underwriter and conflicts of interest of the Sponsor.

 

Because there is no independent third-party underwriter involved in the Business Combination or the issuance of common stock and warrants in connection therewith, investors will not receive the benefit of an outside independent review of SHF’s finances and operations performed in an initial public securities offering. Underwritten public offerings of securities conducted by a licensed broker-dealer are subjected to a due diligence review by the underwriter or dealer manager to satisfy statutory duties under the Securities Act, the rules of FINRA and the national securities exchange where such securities are listed. Additionally, underwriters or dealer-managers conducting such public offerings are subject to liability for any material misstatements or omissions in a registration statement filed in connection with the public offering. As no such review will be conducted in connection with the Business Combination, our stockholders must rely on the information in this proxy statement and will not have the benefit of an independent review and investigation of the type normally performed by an independent underwriter in a public securities offering.

 

In addition, the Sponsor and the Company’s executive officers and directors have interests in the Business Combination that may be different from, or in addition to, the interests of the Company’s stockholders generally. Such interests may have influenced the Company’s directors in making their recommendation that you vote in favor of the Business Combination Proposal and the other proposals described in this proxy statement.

 

Past performance by the Sponsor, including our management team, may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in the Company.

 

Information regarding performance by, or businesses associated with, the Sponsor and its affiliates is presented for informational purposes only. Past performance by the Sponsor and by our management team is not a guarantee either (i) of success with respect to any business combination we may consummate or (ii) that we will be able to locate a suitable candidate for our business combination. You should not rely on the historical record of the Sponsor or our management team’s or Sponsor’s performance as indicative of the future performance of an investment in the Company or the returns the Company will, or is likely to, generate going forward.

 

The Company’s ability to be successful following the Business Combination will depend upon the efforts of the Company’s Board and key personnel and the loss of such persons could negatively impact the operations and profitability of the Company’s post-Business Combination business.

 

The Company’s ability to be successful following the Business Combination will be dependent upon the efforts of the Company’s board of directors and key personnel. We cannot assure you that the Company’s Board and key personnel will be effective or successful or remain with the Company. In addition to the other challenges they will face, such individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a public company, which could cause the Company to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements.

 

 

 

 

The unaudited pro forma financial information included in the section entitled Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statementsmay not be representative of the Company’s financial condition or results of operations if the Business Combination is consummated and accordingly, you will have limited financial information on which to evaluate the financial performance of the Company and your investment decision.

 

The Company and SHF currently operate as separate companies. The Company and SHF have had no prior history as a combined company and their respective operations have not previously been managed on a combined basis. The pro forma financial information is presented for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the financial position or results of operations that would have actually occurred had the Business Combination been completed at or as of the dates indicated, nor is it indicative of the future operating results or financial position of the Company. The pro forma statement of earnings does not reflect future nonrecurring charges resulting from the Business Combination. The unaudited pro forma financial information does not reflect future events that may occur after the Business Combination and does not consider potential impacts of current market conditions on revenues or expenses. The pro forma financial information included in the section entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements” has been derived from the Company’s and SHF’s historical financial statements and certain adjustments and assumptions have been made regarding the post-combination company after giving effect to the Business Combination. Differences between preliminary estimates in the pro forma financial information and the final acquisition accounting will occur and could have an adverse impact on the pro forma financial information and the Company’s financial position and future results of operations.

 

In addition, the assumptions used in preparing the pro forma financial information may not prove to be accurate and other factors may affect the Company’s financial condition or results of operations following the Closing. Any potential decline in the Company’s financial condition or results of operations may cause significant variations in the Company’s stock price.

 

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our Class A Stock, public warrants or public units or the Class A Stock, public warrants or public units of the post-combination company to drop significantly, even if SHF’s business is doing well.

 

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A Stock, public warrants or public units in the public market could occur at any time prior to the Business Combination and sales of a substantial number of shares of the Class A Stock, public warrants or public units of the post-combination company could occur at any time following the Business Combination. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our Class A Stock, public warrants or public units or the Class A Stock, public warrants or public units of the post-combination company, as applicable. After the Business Combination, our Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders, including our Sponsor, will hold approximately 12.3% of the Class A Stock of the post-combination company with respect to their converted Founder Shares and the Private Placement Shares and assuming the issuance of an additional 625,000 shares of Class A Stock to the Sponsor upon conversion of the Founder Shares in accordance with certain anti-dilution provisions contained in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Pursuant to the IPO Registration Rights Agreement, the Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders are entitled to registration of the shares of Class A Stock into which the Founder Shares will automatically convert at the time of the consummation of the Business Combination. In addition, holders of our Private Placement Warrants and their permitted transferees can demand that we register the Private Placement Warrants and the shares of Class A Stock issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants and holders of warrants that may be issued upon conversion of the Working Capital Loan may demand that we register such warrants or the Class A Stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants. The holders of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that the Company register such securities. These holders also have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the consummation of the initial business combination.

 

 

 

 

The Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders entered into letter agreements pursuant to which, they agreed that, with certain limited exceptions, the Founder Shares (which will be converted into shares of Class A Stock of the post-combination company at the closing of the Business Combination) may not be transferred until 150 days after the closing of the Business Combination. We will also enter into the Lock-Up Agreement at the closing of the Business Combination, with each of the Seller and PCCU, substantially in the form attached as Annex C. In addition, given that the lock-up period on the Founder Shares is potentially shorter than most other blank check companies, these shares may become registered and available for sale sooner than Founder Shares in such other companies.

 

The terms of our proposed PIPE financing to be completed in conjunction with our proposed business combination could have an adverse impact of the trading prices of the Class A Stock.

 

Concurrently with entering into the Purchase Agreement, the Company entered into the PIPE Securities Purchase Agreements with the PIPE Investors, pursuant to which, among other things, the PIPE Investors agreed to subscribe for and purchase, and the Company agreed to issue and sell to the PIPE Investors, the PIPE Shares and the PIPE Warrants. The terms of the PIPE Shares provide for an initial conversion price of $10.00 per share of Class A Stock, which conversion price is subject to downward adjustment on each of the dates that are 10 days, 55 days, 100 days, 145 days and 190 days after the effectiveness of a registration statement registering the shares of Class A Stock issuable upon conversion of the PIPE Shares to the lower of the conversion price and the greater of (i) 80% of the volume weighted average price of the Class A Stock for the prior five trading days and (ii) $2.00; provided that, so long as the PIPE Investor continues to hold any PIPE Shares, such PIPE Investor will be entitled to receive the aggregate shares of Class A Stock that would be issuable based upon its initial purchase of PIPE Shares at the adjusted conversion price. In addition, until the date that is the later of (a) the ninetieth (90th) day following the date that is one hundred ninety (190) days following the effective date of a registration statement filed pursuant to that certain registration rights agreement to be entered into by the Company with the PIPE Investors or (b) solely if as of the date that is one hundred ninety (190) days following the effective date of a registration statement filed pursuant to that certain registration rights agreement to be entered into by the Company with the PIPE Investors all the conversion shares issuable upon conversion of the preferred stock outstanding as of such date (without regard to any limitations on conversion set forth herein) are either not (i) registered pursuant to an effective registration statement filed pursuant to that certain registration rights agreement to be entered into by the Company with the PIPE Investors or (ii) available to be freely resold by the holders of preferred stock (to the extent any such holder is not an affiliate of the Company) pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act (as applicable, a “Commencement Date Free Trading Failure”), the ninetieth (90th) day following the date of the Company’s subsequent cure of such Commencement Date Free Trading Failure, the conversion price is subject to adjustment for certain issuances of Class A Stock at a price per share less than the conversion price such that the conversion price will be adjusted to equal the price at which the new shares are issued. The conversion price is also subject to other customary adjustments for stock dividends, stock splits and similar corporate actions.

 

 

 

 

The PIPE Warrants will have an exercise price of $11.50 per share of Class A Stock to be paid in cash (except if the shares underlying the warrants are not covered by an effective registration statement after the six-month anniversary of the closing date, in which case cashless exercise is permitted), subject to adjustment to a price equal to the greater of (i) 125% of the conversion price if at any time there is an adjustment to the conversion price and the exercise price after such adjustment is greater than 125% of the conversion price as adjusted and (ii) $5.00. The PIPE Warrants are also subject to adjustment for other customary adjustments for stock dividends, stock splits and similar corporate actions. The PIPE Warrants will be exercisable for a period of five years following the closing of the Business Combination. After exercise of a PIPE Warrant, the Company may be required to pay certain penalties if it fails to deliver the Class A Stock within a specified period of time.

 

The effect of the adjustments to the conversion price and the exercise price of the PIPE Warrants could have an adverse effect on the market trading price of our Class A Stock.

 

The grant of registration rights to PCCU and the Seller in connection with the proposed business combination pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, and to the PIPE Investors in connection with the PIPE Securities Purchase Agreements, may adversely affect the market price of our Class A Stock.

 

In connection with the closing of the Business Combination contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with PCCU and the Seller in which we will agree to file a registration statement to register the resale of the Class A Stock to be issued to the Seller. In addition, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the PIPE Investors, pursuant to which, among other things, we are obligated to file a registration statement to register the resale of the shares of Class A Stock issuable upon conversion of the PIPE Shares and the shares of Class A Stock issuable upon exercise of the PIPE Warrants. The existence of these shares available for resale pursuant to one or more registration statements could also have an adverse impact on the market prices of our Class A Stock.

 

 

 

 

The underwriters of the Company’s initial public offering may waive or release parties to the lock-up agreements entered into in connection with this Business Combination, which could adversely affect the price of the Company’s securities, including its common stock.

 

The Northern Lights Restricted Stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements pursuant to which they will be subject to certain restrictions with respect to the sale or other disposition of the Company’s common stock for a period begin at Closing and end the earliest of: (i) the six-month anniversary of the Closing, (ii) on the date on which the closing stock price for the Company’s common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the Closing, and (iii) such date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, stock exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of the Company’s stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of the Company’s common stock for cash, securities or other property. The underwriters, at any time and without notice, may release all or any portion of the common stock subject to the foregoing lock-up agreements. If the restrictions under the lock-up agreements are waived, then the common stock, subject to compliance with the Securities Act or exceptions therefrom, will be available for sale into the public markets, which could cause the market price of the Class A stock to decline and impair the Company’s ability to raise capital. Sales of a substantial number of shares upon expiration of the lock-up and market stand-off agreements, the perception that such sales may occur, or early release of these agreements, could cause the market price of Class A stock to fall or make it more difficult for you to sell your common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate.

 

The Company may issue additional shares of common or preferred stock under the Equity Incentive Plan or otherwise after completion of the Business Combination, any one of which would dilute the interest of the Company’s stockholders and likely present other risks.

 

The Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation authorizes the issuance of up to 125,000,000 shares of Class A Stock, 12,500,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, and 1,250,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. There are currently 112,971,825 authorized but unissued shares of Class A Stock available for issuance, which amount does not take into account shares reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding warrants. There are currently 9,625,000 authorized but unissued shares of Class B common stock available for issuance. There are currently no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding. The Company may issue additional shares of common or preferred stock to under the Equity Incentive Plan or as needed after completion of the Business Combination for working capital or other purposes.

The issuance of additional shares of common or preferred stock:

 

  may significantly dilute the equity interest of existing investors;
     
  may subordinate the rights of holders of common stock if preferred stock is issued with rights senior to those afforded the Company’s common stock;
     
  could cause a change in control if a substantial number of common stock is issued, which may affect, among other things, the Company’s ability to use its net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of the Company’s present officers and directors; and
     
  may adversely affect prevailing market prices for the Company’s Units, Class A Stock and/or Warrants.

 

 

 

 

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly and could fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors due to seasonality and other factors, some of which are beyond our control, resulting in a decline in our stock price.

 

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly because of several factors, including:

 

● labor availability and costs for hourly and management personnel;

 

● profitability of our services, especially in new markets and due to seasonal fluctuations;

 

● changes in interest rates;

 

● impairment of long-lived assets;

 

● macroeconomic conditions, both nationally and locally;

 

● negative publicity relating to products we serve;

 

● changes in consumer preferences and competitive conditions;

 

● expansion to new markets; and

 

● fluctuations in commodity prices.

 

If, following the Business Combination, securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about the post-combination company, its business, or its market, or if they change their recommendations regarding the Class A Stock of the post-combination company adversely, then the price and trading volume of the Class A Stock of the post-combination company could decline.

 

The trading market for our Class A Stock, public warrants or public units will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market, or our competitors. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on the Company or the post-combination company. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of the post-combination company, the stock price and trading volume of the Class A Stock, public warrants and public units of the post-combination company would likely be negatively impacted. If any of the analysts who may cover the post-combination company change their recommendation regarding our stock adversely, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, the price of the Class A Stock, public warrants and public units of the post-combination company would likely decline. If any analyst who may cover the Company were to cease coverage of the post-combination company or fail to regularly publish reports on it, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause the stock price or trading volume of the Class A Stock, public warrants and public units of the post-combination company to decline.

 

 

 

 

We may be unable to obtain additional financing to fund the operations and growth of the post-combination company.

 

We may require additional financing to fund the operations or growth of the post-combination company. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the post-combination company. None of our officers, directors or stockholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after the Business Combination.

 

Changes in laws, regulations or rules, or a failure to comply with any laws, regulations or rules, may adversely affect our business, investments and results of operations.

 

We are subject to laws, regulations and rules enacted by national, regional and local governments and Nasdaq. In particular, we are required to comply with certain SEC, Nasdaq and other legal or regulatory requirements of businesses providing financial services. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws, regulations and rules may be difficult, time consuming and costly. These laws, regulations, and rules include, without limitation, the following:

 

  As a commercial lender making loans to CRBs, we will be subject to various state laws relating to usury that govern or limit interest rates and other fees charged on loans, permitted contractual loan terms, collection practices and creditor remedies.
     
  As an employer, we will be subject to state and federal laws relating to employment practices, health and safety of employees, employee benefits and other employment-related matters.
     
  As a company whose common stock is listed for trading on Nasdaq, we are subject to Nasdaq’s continued listing requirements, which include requirements relating corporate governance matters, the size of the public float of our shares, and the minimum bid price of our shares. We are also required to notify Nasdaq of various corporate actions, including the intention to complete the Business Combination.
     
  We are an SEC reporting company and therefore we are required to comply with the various rules and regulations of the SEC that relate to, among other things, the timing and content of annual, quarterly and current reports, the process to register additional shares for sale to the public or for resale by existing investors, and disclosures in connection with meetings of our stockholders. Changes in these rules and regulations can have a significant impact on us, such as the rules proposed by the SEC on March 30, 2022 regarding the disclosure requirements in connection with business combination transactions involving SPACs. These rules, if adopted as proposed, would, among other things, limit the use of projections in SEC filings in connection with proposed business combination transactions by amending the scope of a safe harbor for the use of financial projections; increasing the potential liability of certain participants in proposed business combination transactions. While the public comment period for these rules is still ongoing, if adopted, these rules may materially adversely affect our ability to complete the Business Combination and may increase the costs and our potential liability related thereto.

 

 

 

 

As our business expands to additional states, we will be required to review and comply with those states’ laws that apply to our services and business activities. We will also be required to determine whether we will become subject to additional areas of regulation if we expand the types of activities in which we engage. For example, because we do not hold customer deposits or offer loans for consumer or personal purposes, we are not currently required have a financial institution charter or lending license in the states in which we currently provide services or loans. If we do not identify activities that would require a regulatory application, license or other approval, or if the interpretation and application of the laws to which we are currently subject change, those additional laws, rules, and regulations or changes therein could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations. A failure to comply with any applicable laws, regulations or rules, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

We have not registered the shares of Class A Stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time, and such registration may not be in place when an investor desires to exercise warrants, thus precluding such investor from being able to exercise its warrants except on a cashless basis and potentially causing such warrants to expire worthless.

 

We have not registered the shares of Class A Stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time. While under the terms of the warrant agreement we have agreed to use our best efforts to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such shares and maintain a current prospectus relating to the Class A Stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, until the expiration of the warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement, we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so. For example, if any facts or events arise which represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in such registration statement or prospectus, the financial statements contained or incorporated by reference therein are not current or correct or the SEC issues a stop order, such registration will likely not be available. If the shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants are not registered under the Securities Act, holders have the right to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis for unregistered shares of Class A Stock in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption. However, no such warrant will be exercisable and we will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder or an exemption from state registration is available. Notwithstanding the above, if our Class A Stock is at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but we will be required to use our best efforts to register the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available. We will not be required to settle any warrant in cash or issue securities or other compensation in exchange for the warrants if we are unable to register or qualify the shares underlying the warrants under applicable state securities laws and there is no exemption available. If the issuance of the shares upon exercise of the warrants is not so registered or qualified or exempt from registration or qualification, the holder of such warrant shall not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In such event, holders who acquired their warrants as part of a purchase of units will have paid the full unit purchase price solely for the shares of Class A Stock included in the units. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying shares of Class A Stock for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

 

 

 

 

We may seek warrant holder approval to amend the terms of the warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders. As a result, the exercise price of your warrants could be increased, the exercise period could be shortened and the number of shares of our Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of a warrant could be decreased, all without your approval.

 

Our public warrants were issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of at least 65% of the then-outstanding public warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders. Accordingly, we may amend the terms of the warrants in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least 65% of the then-outstanding public warrants approve of such amendment. Although our ability to amend the terms of the warrants with the consent of at least 65% of the then-outstanding public warrants is unlimited, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the warrants, shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of shares of Class A Stock purchasable upon exercise of a warrant.

 

We may redeem unexpired warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to warrant holders, thereby making their warrants worthless.

 

We have the ability to redeem outstanding warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.01 per warrant, provided that the last reported sales price of our Class A Stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalization and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading-day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which we give proper notice of such redemption to the warrant holders and provided certain other conditions are met. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. Redemption of the outstanding warrants could force the warrant holders (i) to exercise their warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for them to do so, (ii) to sell their warrants at the then-current market price when they might otherwise wish to hold their warrants or (iii) to accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding warrants are called for redemption, is likely to be substantially less than the market value of their warrants. None of the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by us so long as they are held by our Sponsor or its permitted transferees.

 

 

 

 

Warrants will become exercisable for Class A Stock, which would increase the number of shares eligible for future resale in the public market and result in dilution to our stockholders.

 

We issued warrants to purchase 5,750,000 shares of Class A Stock as part of our IPO and, on the IPO closing date, we issued Private Placement Warrants to our Sponsor to purchase 264,088 shares of Class A Stock at $11.50 per share. In addition, prior to consummating an initial business combination, nothing prevents us from issuing additional securities in a private placement so long as they do not participate in any manner in the Trust Account or vote as a class with the Common Stock on a business combination. The shares of Class A Stock issued upon exercise of our warrants will result in dilution to the then existing holders of Class A Stock and increase the number of shares eligible for resale in the public market. Sales of substantial numbers of such shares in the public market could adversely affect the market price of our Class A Stock, public warrants or public units or the Class A Stock, public units or public warrants of the post-combination company.

 

The Private Placement Warrants are identical to the warrants sold as part of the units issued in our IPO except that, so long as they are held by our Sponsor or its permitted transferees, (i) they will not be redeemable by us, (ii) they (including the Class A Stock issuable upon exercise of these warrants) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by our Sponsor until 30 days after the completion of an initial business combination, (iii) they may be exercised by the holders on a cashless basis and (iv) are subject to registration rights.

 

Anti-takeover provisions contained in our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could impair a takeover attempt, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for our common stock.

 

Assuming the passage of Proposal Nos. 1, 3, and 4 of this proxy statement, the post-combination company’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will contain provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that stockholders may consider to be in their best interests. We are also subject to anti-takeover provisions under Delaware law, which could delay or prevent a change of control. Together, these provisions may make more difficult the removal of management and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities. These provisions will include:

 

● a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;

 

● a denial of the right of stockholders to call a special meeting;

 

● a vote of 66 2/3% required to approve certain amendments to the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the bylaws; and

 

● the designation of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain disputes.

 

 

 

 

Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for certain stockholder litigation matters, which could limit our stockholder’s ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or stockholders.

 

Assuming the passage of Proposal Nos. 1, 3, and 4 of this proxy statement, the post-combination company’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will provide, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that internal corporate claims may be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have, or declines to accept, jurisdiction, another state court or a federal court located within the State of Delaware). In addition, our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will provide that the federal district courts of the United States will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. This forum selection provision will not apply to claims brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in our stock shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provision in our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers, other employees or stockholders, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition. For example, under the Securities Act, federal courts have concurrent jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act, and investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Accordingly, there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such a forum selection provision as written in connection with claims arising under the Securities Act.

 

The JOBS Act permits “emerging growth companies” like us to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, which we refer to as the “JOBS Act.” As such, we take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, including (i) the exemption from the auditor attestation requirements with respect to internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“SOX”), (ii) the exemptions from say-on-pay, say-on-frequency and say-on-golden parachute voting requirements and (iii) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they deem important. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following July 28, 2026, the fifth anniversary of our IPO, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Class A Stock, public warrants and public units that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our prior second fiscal quarter, and (ii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of any choices to reduce future disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and the price of our common stock may be more volatile. SHF had total revenues during calendar year 2021 of approximately $7.0 million. If the post-combination company continues to expand its business through acquisitions and/or continues to grow revenues organically post-Business Combination, we may cease to be an emerging growth company prior to December 31, 2026.

 

 

 

 

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the exemption from complying with new or revised accounting standards provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act as long as we are an emerging growth company. An emerging growth company can therefore delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies, but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected to avail ourselves of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company that is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company that has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

 

We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A Stock, public warrants or public units or the Class A Stock, public warrants or public units of the post-combination company less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A Stock, public warrants or public units or the Class A Stock of the post-combination company less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A Stock, public warrants or public units or the Class A Stock, public warrants or public units of the post-combination company and more stock price volatility.

 

Our internal controls over financial reporting may not be effective and our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to certify as to their effectiveness, which could have a significant and adverse effect on our business and reputation.

 

As a public company, we are required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Sections 302 and 404 of SOX, which require management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. To comply with the requirements of being a public company, and we may need to undertake various actions, such as implementing additional internal controls and procedures and hiring additional accounting or internal audit staff. The standards required for a public company under Section 404 of SOX are significantly more stringent than those required of SHF as a privately-held company. Further, as an emerging growth company, our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the date we are no longer an emerging growth company. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event that it is not satisfied with the level at which the controls of the post-combination company are documented, designed or operating.

 

 

 

 

Testing and maintaining these controls can divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to the operation of our business. If we identify material weaknesses in the internal control over financial reporting of the post-combination company or are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 or assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting when we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

 

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. This material weakness could continue to adversely affect our ability to report our results of operations and financial condition accurately and in a timely manner.

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. Our management is likewise required, on a quarterly basis, to evaluate the effectiveness of our internal controls and to disclose any changes and material weaknesses identified through such evaluation in those internal controls. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

 

As described elsewhere in this proxy statement, we identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting related to the accounting for our public shares. As a result of this material weakness, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of September 30, 2021. We restated our June 28, 2021 audited balance sheet included in the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2021 and June 30, 2021 Financial Statements on Form 10-Q filed on August 13, 2021 to reclassify 11,500,000 shares of Class A Stock in temporary equity.

 

To respond to this material weakness, we have devoted, and plan to continue to devote, significant effort and resources to the remediation and improvement of our internal control over financial reporting. While we have processes to identify and appropriately apply applicable accounting requirements, we plan to enhance these processes to better evaluate our research and understanding of the nuances of the complex accounting standards that apply to our financial statements. Our plans at this time include providing enhanced access to accounting literature, research materials and documents and increased communication among our personnel and third-party professionals with whom we consult regarding complex accounting applications. The elements of our remediation plan can only be accomplished over time, and we can offer no assurance that these initiatives will ultimately have the intended effects.

 

 

 

 

As required by Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based upon their evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2021 or March 31, 2022 due to the material weakness in accounting for complex financial instruments.

 

Any failure to maintain such internal control could adversely impact our ability to report our financial position and results from operations on a timely and accurate basis, which could result a material adverse effect on our business. If our financial statements are not accurate, investors may not have a complete understanding of our operations. Likewise, if our financial statements are not filed on a timely basis, we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the stock exchange on which our ordinary shares are listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities. In addition, we would likely incur additional accounting, legal and other costs in connection with any remediation steps. Failure to timely file will cause us to be ineligible to utilize short form registration statements on Form S-3 in the future, which may impair our ability to obtain capital in a timely fashion to execute our business strategies or issue shares to effect an acquisition. Ineffective internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our stock.

 

We can give no assurance that the measures we have taken and plan to take in the future will remediate the material weakness identified or that any additional material weaknesses or restatements of financial results will not arise in the future due to a failure to implement and maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting or circumvention of these controls. In addition, even if we are successful in strengthening our controls and procedures, in the future those controls and procedures may not be adequate to prevent or identify irregularities or errors or to facilitate the fair presentation of our financial statements.

 

Risks Related to the Redemption

 

We do not have a specified maximum redemption threshold. The absence of such a redemption threshold may make it possible for us to complete a Business Combination with which a substantial majority of our stockholders do not agree.

 

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation does not provide a specified maximum redemption threshold, except that we will not redeem our public shares in an amount that would result in the Company’s failure to have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,000 (such that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules); provided, however, pursuant to the PIPE Securities Purchase Agreements, the PIPE Financing will not be consummated if more than 90% of the stockholders of the Company elect to effect a redemption of their shares of Class A Stock in connection with the Business Combination. As of the date of this proxy statement, no agreements with respect to the private purchase of public shares by the Company or the persons described above have been entered into with any such investor or holder. We will file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the SEC to disclose private arrangements entered into or significant private purchases made by any of the aforementioned persons that would affect the vote on the Business Combination Proposal or other proposals (as described in this proxy statement) at the Special Meeting.

 

 

 

 

In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all shares of Class A Stock that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement exceeds the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we may not complete the Business Combination or redeem any shares, all shares of Class A Stock submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof, and we instead may search for an alternate business combination.

 

Based on the amount of $117,322,625 in our Trust Account as of March 31, 2022, assuming a per share redemption price of $10.20, approximately 9,855,735 shares of Class A Stock may be redeemed and still enable us to have sufficient cash to satisfy the cash closing conditions in the Purchase Agreement, assuming there are no unpaid Parent Transaction Costs and Company Transaction Costs. We refer to this as the maximum redemption scenario.

 

If you or a “group” of stockholders of which you are a part are deemed to hold an aggregate of more than fifteen percent (15%) of our Class A Stock issued in the IPO, you (or, if a member of such a group, all of the members of such group in the aggregate) will lose the ability to redeem all such shares in excess of 15% of our Class A Stock issued in the IPO.

 

A public stockholder, together with any of his, her or its affiliates or any other person with whom it is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming in the aggregate his, her or its shares or, if part of such a group, the group’s shares, in excess of 15% of the shares of Class A Stock included in the units sold in our IPO. In order to determine whether a stockholder is acting in concert or as a group with another stockholder, the Company will require each public stockholder seeking to exercise redemption rights to certify to the Company whether such stockholder is acting in concert or as a group with any other stockholder. Such certifications, together with other public information relating to stock ownership available to the Company at that time, such as Section 13D, Section 13G and Section 16 filings under the Exchange Act, will be the sole basis on which the Company makes the above-referenced determination. Your inability to redeem any such excess shares will reduce your influence over our ability to consummate the Business Combination and you could suffer a material loss on your investment in us if you sell such excess shares in open market transactions. Additionally, you will not receive redemption distributions with respect to such excess shares if we consummate the Business Combination. As a result, you will continue to hold that number of shares aggregating to more than 15% of the shares sold in our IPO and, in order to dispose of such excess shares, would be required to sell your stock in open market transactions, potentially at a loss. We cannot assure you that the value of such excess shares will appreciate over time following the Business Combination or that the market price of our Class A Stock will exceed the per-share redemption price. Notwithstanding the foregoing, stockholders may challenge the Company’s determination as to whether a stockholder is acting in concert or as a group with another stockholder in a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

 

 

 

However, our stockholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including such excess shares) for or against the Business Combination is not restricted by this limitation on redemption.

 

There is no guarantee that a stockholder’s decision whether to redeem its shares for a pro rata portion of the Trust Account will put the stockholder in a better future economic position.

 

We can give no assurance as to the price at which a stockholder may be able to sell its public shares in the future following the completion of the Business Combination or any alternative business combination. Certain events following the consummation of any initial business combination, including the Business Combination, may cause an increase in our share price, and may result in a lower value realized now than a stockholder of the Company might realize in the future had the stockholder not redeemed its shares. Similarly, if a stockholder does not redeem its shares, the stockholder will bear the risk of ownership of the public shares after the consummation of any initial business combination, and there can be no assurance that a stockholder can sell its shares in the future for a greater amount than the redemption price set forth in this proxy statement. A stockholder should consult the stockholder’s own tax and/or financial advisor for assistance on how this may affect his, her or its individual situation.

 

Stockholders of the Company who wish to redeem their shares for a pro rata portion of the Trust Account must comply with specific requirements for redemption that may make it more difficult for them to exercise their redemption rights prior to the deadline. If stockholders fail to comply with the redemption requirements specified in this proxy statement, they will not be entitled to redeem their shares of our Class A Stock for a pro rata portion of the funds held in our Trust Account.

 

Public stockholders who wish to redeem their shares for a pro rata portion of the Trust Account must, among other things (i) submit a request in writing and (ii) tender their certificates to our Transfer Agent or deliver their shares to the Transfer Agent electronically through the DWAC system at least two business days prior to the Special Meeting. In order to obtain a physical stock certificate, a stockholder’s broker and/or clearing broker, DTC and our Transfer Agent will need to act to facilitate this request. It is our understanding that stockholders should generally allot at least two weeks to obtain physical certificates from the Transfer Agent. However, because we do not have any control over this process or over the brokers, which we refer to as “DTC,” it may take significantly longer than two weeks to obtain a physical stock certificate. If it takes longer than anticipated to obtain a physical certificate, stockholders who wish to redeem their shares may be unable to obtain physical certificates by the deadline for exercising their redemption rights and thus will be unable to redeem their shares.

 

Stockholders electing to redeem their shares will receive their pro rata portion of the Trust Account less franchise and income taxes payable, calculated as of two business days prior to the anticipated consummation of the Business Combination. Please see the section entitled “Special Meeting in Lieu of the 2022 Annual Meeting of Company Stockholders—Redemption Rights” for additional information on how to exercise your redemption rights.

 

If a stockholder fails to receive notice of our offer to redeem our public shares in connection with the Business Combination, or fails to comply with the procedures for tendering its shares, such shares may not be redeemed.

 

If, despite our compliance with the proxy rules, a stockholder fails to receive our proxy materials, such stockholder may not become aware of the opportunity to redeem its shares. In addition, the proxy materials that we are furnishing to holders of our public shares in connection with the Business Combination describes the various procedures that must be complied with in order to validly redeem public shares. In the event that a stockholder fails to comply with these procedures, its shares may not be redeemed.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.4

 

BUSINESS OF SAFE HARBOR FINANCIAL

 

Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, references in this section to “Safe Harbor,” “we,” “us,” “our” and other similar terms refer to SHF prior to the Business Combination and to the Company and SHF, on a consolidated basis, after giving effect to the Business Combination. The description of Safe Harbor’s operations included herein also refers, as appliable, to the operations of its predecessor, as described in more detail in the Combined Financial Statements for SHF, LLC included elsewhere in this Proxy Statement.

 

Summary of Safe Harbor’s Business

 

Safe Harbor is a market-leading service provider to financial institutions for the legal U.S. cannabis marketplace and has been successful in doing so since its inception in 2015. We believe Safe Harbor is a marketplace leader in:

 

  Onboarding, verification and monitoring of customer accounts maintained at our client financial institutions;
  building a national presence by providing services to financial institutions who have CRB customers in 20 states, with the foundation to scale and expand our services to financial institutions in all state-legal cannabis markets across the United States and its territories;
  developing proprietary onboarding and compliance software maintaining the highest standard of “Know Your Customer” (“KYC”) and Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”) compliance;
  compliant lending services and assisting in underwriting for loans to CRBs and ancillary service providers to CRBs; and
  successfully navigating the high scrutiny that comes with 16 state and federal examinations in its more than seven-year operating history.

 

Safe Harbor was conceived in 2015 as a solution to a major problem that plagued the nascent legalized cannabis industry in Colorado - access to reliable and compliant financial services. Cannabis related funds were already finding their way into the financial system, including via hidden, misrepresented accounts and unlawful banking practices. Based upon our research we determined that the appropriate step was to protect the financial system from criminal activity and provide legitimacy to the legal state CRBs. From decades of regulatory and banking experience, we created a detailed compliance program to assist financial institutions desiring to provide safe and sound financial services that would accomplish industry accountability and protect the financial system. The compliance program provides onboarding, validation and monitoring services to financial institutions desiring to provide traditional banking services to all types of marijuana, hemp, and CBD businesses, and to ancillary businesses that provide services to the cannabis industry. These ancillary businesses include payroll companies, payment processors, and professionals providing services to and receiving payment from CRBs. As the lawful cannabis industry grew beyond Colorado, Safe Harbor evolved its business practices to build a national footprint and currently provides services to financial institutions that provide banking services in 20 states where cannabis is either legal medicinally or for full adult use. The below schedule demonstrates states where CRBs are located for which SHF has provided onboarding and monitoring services and those where some form of cannabis use is legal, representing immediate opportunity for expansion.

 

1
 

 

 

1Includes medical and/or adult use cannabis. Does not include states that have legalized CBD-only.

 

Source: Wall Street analysis and industry reports

 

2
 

 

Safe Harbor has capitalized on the opportunity to do what financial institutions would not do directly – provide access to financial services to the underserved cannabis industry. Among the factors preventing most financial institutions from providing similar services are:

 

  conflicting state and federal laws regarding legalization;
  the high-risk nature of cannabis due to its black market history and undocumented, illegally earned legacy funds;
  FinCEN guidance issued in 2014 (the “2014 FinCen Guidance”) explaining how financial institutions might serve the cannabis industry, creating potential for differing interpretations and inconsistent standards;
  under-the-radar operations of CRBs and the complex nature of the corporate structures created to separate and protect assets, which creates steep learning curves necessitating the specialized cannabis sector training, onboarding, monitoring and funds validation;
  BSA obligations to which few financial institutions are willing to dedicate the significant necessary resources, and fear of non-compliance, which can result in millions of dollars in fines assessed against the financial institution.

 

The lack of a “safe harbor” regulatory provision that would protect officers and directors from prosecution for providing financial services to companies that produce and sell cannabis products provides the business opportunity that we have sought to fulfill.

 

During April 2021, the United States House of Representatives passed the SAFE Banking Act of 2021 (the “SAFE Act”). The SAFE Act would prohibit federal regulators from fining and penalizing financial institutions and their management/executive team who service legitimate businesses including those in the cannabis industry (i.e. those legal operating in states that have approved cannabis for medicinal and/or adult use). The SAFE Act has not been brought to or passed by the Senate and therefore is not law. Even with the passage of the SAFE Act, we do not believe the above barriers to entry would be significantly reduced. We feel due to the high cash nature of the business, which we believe will persist in the near and mid term, and the illicit history of cannabis, many potential competitors will remain hesitant to serve the industry resulting in an outsized opportunity for SHF.

 

Since inception (including its predecessor, Eagle Legacy Services, LLC, a subsidiary of PCCU), Safe Harbor has onboarded over $12 billion in cannabis related funds into the financial system with what we believe to be the highest level of monitoring and validation. In conjunction with its financial institution clients, Safe Harbor has successfully completed 16 state and federal exams without interruption resulting in reliable financial services. Safe Harbor’s onboarded deposits currently consist of nearly 600 accounts that were onboarded and validated in a methodical manner to ensure continuity of service while under significant regulator scrutiny. Safe Harbor’s services started with only 10 test CRBs resulting in current onboarded accounts representing approximately 60 times growth since Safe Harbor began operations. Safe Harbor has successfully grown its onboarded deposits at a rapid pace, with a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of 69% from 2015 to 2021. Onboarded deposits processed in 2021 were approximately $3.6 billion.

 

Safe Harbor’s onboarding process for CRBs desiring banking services through PCCU or another financial institution is a multi-step process that is designed to fulfill the financial institution’s “know your customer” requirements and the diligence expectations set forth in the 2014 FinCEN Guidance related to providing services to CRBs, particularly developing an understanding of the normal and expected activity for the business.

 

3
 

 

  The account opening process begins with an application and supporting documentation provided by the CRB, which are uploaded and logged so that, following a quality control review, open items and questions are flagged for follow up. All account-related documentation is stored in a secure database that allows Safe Harbor’s oversight, audit and exam functions to have access to all of the CRB’s documents.
     
  As part of Safe Harbor’s diligence process, background checks are performed on all business owners, with the need for additional background checks of indirect owners or investors determined in the application review stage.
     
  Other diligence includes, among other things, as applicable, confirmation of licensure, on-site visits to review business processes and inspect business locations, verification of sources of funds, review of business and inventory records, and review of other information necessary for a full understanding of the prospective customer’s business and historical operations.
     
  The account opening process is completed with the assistance of a financial institution staff member.

 

 

Currently, substantially all deposits are maintained by PCCU, Safe Harbor’s parent, and all transmissions of funds to or from these deposit accounts are handled directly by PCCU. We have expanded, and intend to continue to expand, our relationships with other financial institutions that similarly hold the CRB deposit accounts and handle transmissions of funds to and from the accounts. Although we do not hold the deposit accounts, we believe that account retention is a measure of our ability to efficiently and compliantly onboard, validate and monitor CRB accounts. For the year ended December 31, 2021, our account retention rate, representing onboarded accounts active at the end of the year as compared to onboarded accounts open at January 1, 2021, is 83.4%. For the three months ended March 31, 2022, our account retention rate, representing onboarded accounts active at the end of March 31, 2022 as compared to onboarded accounts open at January 1, 2022, is 94.2%. The largest 10 CRB accounts held at PCCU for the period ended December 31, 2021 represented less than 12% of fee income from onboarded deposits, which is currently our largest source of revenue. For the three months ended March 31, 2022 and March 31, 2021, the largest 10 CRB accounts based on fee income from onboarded deposits represented approximately 10.3% and 13.1%, respectively, of fee income from onboarded deposits. Building upon the existing foundation, we believe SHF has the ability to continue to grow the financial institution clients for which it onboards deposits and related fee income at a strong pace. In addition, we plan to add access to additional financial services to the Safe Harbor platform, such as merchant processing, custodial relationships, insurance products, broker/dealer services, payment processing services and investment services, although in each case these services would be provided by a third party holding necessary licenses.

 

4
 

 

 

We hope to leverage our current operational capabilities to build a “one stop shop” with reliable, proven compliance and service programs for financial institutions under the Safe Harbor brand. Access to additional services may either be developed through contractual relationships with third parties or acquired via our merger and acquisition strategy as described below. We feel Safe Harbor is well positioned to become a leading provider of access to financial services to cannabis, hemp and CBD businesses and ancillary businesses providing services to CRBs across the U.S.

 

What Safe Harbor Does

 

Safe Harbor has developed and commercialized a fully compliant financial services platform for financial institutions providing banking services to CRBs to access and maintain reliable financial services as long as both the financial institution client and the CRB meet regulatory requirements. Our platform has been streamlined and finetuned for the past 7 years which enables Safe Harbor staff to efficiently guide financial institution clients and the CRBs desiring banking services through the onboarding, validation and monitoring process. Our automated platform provides for an efficient and effective management tool allowing our employees to provide continuity of service while enabling compliance staff to monitor BSA activities.

 

5
 

 

Through the Safe Harbor platform, our financial institution clients have the ability to provide CRBs with access to traditional financial services including wires, debit, ACH, remote deposit capture, business checking and savings accounts, courier and vaulting services, cash management accounts and commercial lending. We believe our services have been implemented consistent with applicable law and regulations, ensuring our financial institution clients will be able to provide CRBs with reliable access to these services. We feel our history of developing processes that satisfy regulatory standards has resulted in a solid reputation with related authorities and solidifies our ability to continue to grow existing services and reduces barriers in expanding into new service offerings.

 

Safe Harbor maintains relationships with PCCU, its current parent, and other financial institutions in which the CRB funds are deposited and monetary transactions are performed. SHF’s agreements with the financial institution allow the Safe Harbor platform to interface with the financial institution’s core banking systems and extract data necessary to monitor the deposit accounts onboarded by Safe Harbor. Financial transactions, such as funds transmissions to or from the accounts, occur through PCCU’s and other financial institution client’s infrastructure.

 

When a CRB or ancillary service provider approaches PCCU or other financial institution for which Safe Harbor provides its onboarding services, an initial onboarding fee is assessed based on the type and complexity of the business. Onboarding is an important part of the KYC requirements set forth in federal guidance. The onboarding process can require a great deal of time depending on the business complexity and the fee we assess is based upon the complexity and required time to complete the process. Additionally, Safe Harbor assesses monthly deposit and activity fees, which have historically been the majority of our revenue. These fees are also based on business type and size. Monitoring and validating deposit activity is paramount to the success of the Safe Harbor platform. We believe our compliance-first focus reassures regulators and law enforcement that Safe Harbor continues to focus on the safety and soundness of the financial system.

 

Investment income is also generated when PCCU or other financial institution clients invest CRB deposits. Under the Account Servicing Agreement with PCCU, PCCU retains 25% of this related investment income. Through its relationship with PCCU, depository amounts invested are typically restricted to low-risk assets with high liquidity and low returns. Amounts invested are regulatorily restricted depending on the regulating authorities of the financial institutions with whom we contract.

 

The level of CRB deposits onboarded by Safe Harbor and held at PCCU allows for robust lending capacity. During 2020, Safe Harbor implemented a commercial lending program, which will be a strong pillar for future revenue and profit growth. The focus will primarily include senior secured lending with smaller loans considered for unsecured lending. Collateral types would include real estate, equipment, and other business assets. The commercial lending program is built on:

 

  stringent collateral package requirements with ample loan to value coverage;
  strong underwriting of collateral and creditworthiness of borrower; and
  a deep knowledge and understanding of the industry, borrowers’ operations and the cannabis industry business cycle.

 

6
 

 

Currently, lending is primarily funded through PCCU using the funds from CRB deposit accounts onboarded by Safe Harbor. Safe Harbor is currently seeking relationships with additional financial institutions that would fund Safe Harbor’s loans and other sources of working capital with which Safe Harbor could fund the loans directly. Safe Harbor has created a lending program tailored specifically to the unique needs of CRBs while also achieving strong returns on quality loans. We believe lending-related income will represent the most significant portion of our revenue by 2023. While third parties are presently used to provide loan underwriting and servicing, Safe Harbor plans on building out a full-service internal lending function to improve the efficiency of our lending process and to increase future profitability.

 

We feel we have taken a creative and methodical approach in building the Safe Harbor platform, which has allowed us to nationally scale our business. The platform’s policies, training, monitoring and other processes are well established with talented and expert level knowledge. We also plan to further expand the officer level suite with talent that we believe will further our success. We anticipate this combination will provide a competitive advantage for us as we focus on continued growth.

 

Industry Overview

 

Safe Harbor operates as a fintech within the financial services sector of the large and quickly expanding United States (“U.S.”) cannabis industry. The cannabis industry is one of the fastest emerging consumer end markets in the U.S. According to the 2021 Annual Marijuana Business Factbook, the industry is expected to grow from a $20 billion market in 2020 to $46 billion by 2025, representing a 14%% and 20% CAGR in medicinal and adult use respectively. As of March 2022, 38 states plus the District of Columbia have legalized medical cannabis, and 18 states plus the District of Columbia have legalized adult-use cannabis. Additional states that have recently enacted efforts to legalize, such as New York and New Jersey, are expected to contribute significantly to the 2025 market size, which is when they are expected to be fully operational and supported by proper infrastructure

 

Safe Harbor management is well positioned to assist growing markets; having created a reliable reputation and network over the past seven years. The team is often called upon to work with state and federal officials, regulators, law enforcement and financial service providers to share experience and knowledge on navigating access to financial services. We believe this expertise will allow us to enter new markets with greater ease.

 

Further momentum with pending legislative and regulatory changes is expected to drive expansion of the total addressable market as more states continue to legalize cannabis for adult-use and medical use. According to a 2022 report from New Frontier Data, an expected 52 million U.S. adults will consume cannabis at least once in 2022 across both legal and unregulated markets. That number is projected to grow by roughly 4% per year over the next eight years, reaching an estimated 71 million U.S. consumers by 2030.

 

7
 

 

Over 89 million Americans (26% of the U.S. population) live in states where possession and use of cannabis remain illegal. Currently, approximately 91% of U.S. adults say marijuana should be legal for medical use only or medical and adult-use. This would greatly increase potential end users and we believe reduce stigma around the use of cannabis and cannabis related products.

 

The Safe Harbor strategy is to be a first-mover in future new legal markets through its platform offering access to financial services, which already allows financial institutions to offer their services to CRBs in multiple states.

 

We believe there is currently a very small subset of the financial services industry willing to provide a full suite of financial services to CRBs and these providers are extremely fragmented. Safe Harbor has been a front runner in assisting financial institutions that desire to provide reliable financial services to the industry and is well known amongst the leaders in the cannabis financial services arena. Going forward, we feel this positions Safe Harbor well to further optimize market position and become the leading provider of access to financial services focused on the cannabis industry.

 

The below charts demonstrate the historical and projected U.S. cannabis retail market size and the current state of legalization bifurcated between legalized for medicinal purposes and full adult use legalization including recreational.

 

Chart, bar chart

Description automatically generated

 

A picture containing graphical user interface

Description automatically generated

 

8
 

 

Key Challenges

 

Legal Environment

 

Cannabis remains a controlled substance under the CSA. The conflict between federal and state laws allows for prosecution at the federal level, assets remain subject to seizure, and there are potential punitive actions by third parties (including regulated) against financial institutions and financial services providers for entering the business. The only quasi-protective measure in place is the Rohrabacher-Blumenauer Amendment to the Appropriations Budget. However, this amendment is not specifically for financial institutions and is only for the general purpose of prohibiting the use of federal funds to prosecute CRBs in states that have created a regulatory framework for medical cannabis only. The uncertainty of the legal landscape has increased with the previous Attorney General’s January 2018 rescission of the Cole Memorandum, which was guidance issued in August 2013 from then Deputy Attorney General James M. Cole to federal prosecutors that de-prioritized the enforcement of federal marijuana prohibitions. Although, in our opinion, the authority to prosecute cannabis related violations appears to remain vested in each state’s Attorney General, we believe that the 2014 FinCEN Guidance provide an important framework for compliance to parties providing services to CRBs. We also believe that the successful completion of 16 regulatory examinations of our financial institution clients for which we provide onboarding services demonstrates that it is possible to structure onboarding, validation and monitoring services in a compliant manner.

 

Pending Legislation

 

Legislation pending at the federal level such as the SAFE Banking Act described above will provide limited protection to financial institutions banking the industry and other financial services providers in as much as the companies and their officers will not be prosecuted or fined simply for servicing the cannabis industry. However, legislation will not protect financial institutions from breaches of Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”) regulations, which may lead to significant penalties, often resulting in substantial fines assessed by FinCEN. Given inherent risks associated with the cannabis industry such as the remaining illicit market and illegal past, the need to bank the industry at an elevated level of compliance will not change if the legislation passes at the federal level unless BSA changes, which is unlikely.

 

Complexity of Business

 

The nature of the cannabis business is such that businesses utilize sophisticated business structures for asset protection and to create ways to maximize tax efficiencies. This makes for very complex business structures with some companies having twenty plus related entities that financial institutions must monitor for adherence to anti-money laundering (“AML”)/BSA regulations. This understanding, diligence and underwriting is labor-intensive work requiring significant hands-on resources.

 

Regulatory Uncertainty

 

Due to the divergence between cannabis-related state and federal law, we believe venturing into providing access to banking and financial services for CRBs remains “cutting edge.” We feel that the scrutiny and pressure under which financial institutions and financial services providers must operate to maintain compliant while servicing CRBs, coupled with the pending status of further federal legislation, causes most financial institutions and financial services providers to shy away from the industry. We, however, view this as an opportunity.

 

9
 

 

While post-Business Combination SHF will not be regulated as a subsidiary of a regulated financial institution, our agreements with our financial institution partners and the nature of our services typically require we provide these services in a compliant manner. This primarily relates to offering services that are compliant with the 2014 FinCEN Guidance and the BSA. In addition, given our history of being born from a credit union, our services historically have been subject to regulatory oversight from the National Credit Union Administration (“NCUA”). As we will no longer be a credit union service organization post-Business Combination, this will no longer be the case. SHF will nevertheless continue to be subject to a range of laws, rules, and regulations, including those applicable to SHF as a wholly owned subsidiary of an SEC registrant.

 

In order to ensure we provide our services in an appropriate manner, we maintain policies and procedures we believe to be aligned with the requirements of 2014 FinCEN Guidance and the BSA. These policies and procedures are continuously assessed by management and formally reviewed at least annually. All employees are provided ongoing and annual training to ensure our services are delivered in an appropriate manner. An external audit firm is engaged to audit our compliance with certain policies on a quarterly and annual basis.

 

BSA/AML Regulations and Ramifications

 

BSA penalties for non-compliance are significant. For example, during March 2022, FinCEN issued a consent order issuing a $140 million civil penalty to a financial institution for failing to address previously identified AML program issues and other BSA compliance issues. This fine was unrelated to CRBs, which we believe provides a higher risk industry. We believe that most institutions cannot withstand such a penalty and will not take that risk. BSA talent is difficult to find and delegating such legal risk to BSA staff takes a great deal of trust, training, and additional resources to monitor activities and protect the financial institution. We believe our history and experience of providing compliant financial services and in conjunction with our financial institution clients successfully completing 16 regulatory examinations reduces our risk in this area and provides us with a competitive advantage. We are committed to providing services in a compliance first fashion.

 

Certification Program for Financial Institutions

 

Standardization between financial service providers and various regulating agencies (FDIC/OCC/NCUA) has created a difficult situation for law enforcement when determining which entities are protecting the financial system. Safe Harbor has worked with state attorneys general to build comfort and understanding on what constitutes a safe and sound program, ensuring no illicit funds enter the financial system. An example of this collaboration led to the development of a New Mexico cannabis banking certification program upon which financial institutions can obtain certification and law enforcement can rely on these certifications to make better assumptions with regards to those financial service providers truly assisting with their priorities. Safe Harbor’s test certifications for Hemp/Cannabis/Testing and financial institutions have been successfully completed and presented to law enforcement for their review. At this point, they have supported the efforts and the program will move forward to include annual certification requirements with minimum standards. Safe Harbor will continue to work with law enforcement to complete a certification program for cannabis banking financial institutions; setting a standard upon which law enforcement can rely.

 

10
 

 

Cannabis Focused Fintech Competition

 

Financial regulators have created a real or perceived barrier to entry for most financial institutions. This has created the utilization of fintech models to provided financial services to the cannabis industry. Unregulated fintechs, i.e., those not formally regulated by federal agencies, are not subject to the same restrictions as chartered financial institutions (i.e., concentration limits on the percentage of balance sheet composed of higher risk cannabis deposits). Fintechs may enjoy this less restricted environment for a period of time but we anticipate these companies will become subject to increasing regulatory requirements. We believe competition at the fintech level remains limited, as the emerging cannabis market requires the creation of sustainable fintech models that understand the regulatory environment, combining technology and regulation. While not fully regulated, fintech models are responsible for moving funds through the financial system via banking partners and must therefore be aware of regulations surrounding the movement of funds and implement BSA programs themselves.

 

How Safe Harbor Addresses These Challenges

 

Safe Harbor’s solutions are designed to address the key challenges faced by financial institutions desiring to provide banking services to CRBs. Today’s industry participants lack sufficient and reliable access to traditional financial services. We believe our solutions offer valuable services making communities safer, drive growth in local economies and foster long-term partnerships.

 

Safe Harbor serves financial institutions desiring to provide banking services to the regulated cannabis industry and maintains a high standard of accountability, transparency, monitoring, reporting and risk mitigation measures while meeting BSA obligations in-line with the 2014 FinCEN Guidance relating to CRBs. BSA obligations vary depending on the growth and complexity of the CRB banking customers’ business, resulting in financial service providers constantly adjusting activities to meet expectations. Safe Harbor’s program has actual “hands-on” experience in the market since January 2015. We have increased BSA activities every year to manage to the emerging market risks and growth of the portfolio. This experience has allowed for the formulation of best practices and standardized processes that provide for a better understanding of these risks in order to mitigate them. We believe that the Safe Harbor brand has been optimized on a national level to include sound and recognized exposure with financial institutions, legislators, governing officials, attorneys’ generals, regulators and the overall cannabis industry.

 

We have developed proprietary software built specifically for the cannabis industry from input gathered from our experience handling the onboarding of CRB accounts for PCCU. Our software enables our financial institution clients to manage the customer onboarding process, including applications and intake, “know your customer” diligence, and ongoing compliance monitoring, coupled with financial services relationship monitoring. Our software is continuously improved based on our experience and is updated to include new options and functions associated with the emerging cannabis market. Our software is able to run on different core banking systems, so as a result we are able to offer this software to financial institution clients who desire to use our software for diligence and monitoring purposes for their own CRB customers without our assistance. Ultimately, we believe that our software can be updated to accommodate new industries and to enhance existing processes for increased efficiencies.

 

11
 

 

Financial institutions continue to shy away from banking the cannabis market due to cannabis remaining a Schedule 1 drug, thus illegal under federal law. Because there is no “safe harbor” for financial institutions seeking to provide banking services to CRBs, it provides us the opportunity to capitalize on our knowledge and position as a market leader. We believe most financial institutions will not enter the market until federal legalization occurs — especially the large, multi-state financial institutions. Even then, the industry will still be considered a higher-risk banking sector needing strong experience and vetted programs. The 2014 FinCEN Guidance issued in February 2014 detailed the regulatory agency’s compliance and monitoring expectations for financial institutions servicing the cannabis industry. In our opinion, this created a window of opportunity allowing for the ability to serve the cannabis industry. We believe this window of opportunity, along with our proven track record, reduces the risk of any negative consequences as a result of servicing the cannabis industry.

 

It is our opinion that many competitors will attempt to enter the financial services market without understanding the complexity or regulatory demands and we believe many will quit once they assess required resources to maintain a compliant program. We have seen several financial institutions divest their balance sheet of cannabis risk in the last year due to regulatory pressures and demands on BSA dedicated resources.

 

Banking, or the lack of banking provided to the cannabis industry, remains a national issue due to the conflict in federal and state laws, reputational risk, and AML/BSA regulatory requirements. CRBs have been unbanked or even banked secretly. Many financial institutions start serving the industry only to quickly close down their cannabis focused operations due to i) lack of industry knowledge, ii) regulatory pressure, iii) cash management volume, and iv) the labor-intensive monitoring and reporting requirements.

 

Traditional fintech operations typically have difficulty obtaining banking relationships in which to conduct business as the financial institution still remains liable for BSA obligations and yet the fintech retains control of all safety and soundness processes - a high and potentially expensive financial institution risk without direct control. Safe Harbor, under the umbrella of our parent financial institution, PCCU, methodically built its platform in a regulated manner under the supervision of financial regulators. This allows Safe Harbor to continue to operate with attention and activities based upon required regulations and provide financial institution partners with whom we work confidence in our ability to manage the higher-risk cannabis industry. Going forward, Safe Harbor will continue to operate in a manner to ensure a smooth transition once regulations are standardized for businesses providing financial services under a fintech model.

 

12
 

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

We believe that we are a leading service provider to financial institutions desiring to provide banking services for the U.S. cannabis industry, and our key competitive strengths are the following:

 

We are a leading provider of services to financial institutions desiring to provide banking services to CRBs in the U.S.

 

We are one of the largest providers of access to financial service solutions to U.S. cannabis operators with nearly 600 accounts that were onboarded using our services, over $12 billion in funds monitored since inception (including our predecessor, Eagle Legacy Services, LLC, which was a subsidiary of PCCU) and approximately $3.6 billion in cannabis-related business deposits sourced by us in 2021. Since 2015, the accounts onboarded by us has grown from 10 accounts in Colorado to nearly 600 accounts across 20 states with compounded annual growth rate of deposit activity of approximately 69%. These accounts represent a diverse base of multi-state operators, single-state operators, and ancillary businesses that provide services to CRBs. As the number of CRBs continues to grow and future new markets are created, we believe that our reliable suite of financial compliance, onboarding and monitoring service offerings, coupled with our established position in the industry, will enable us to continue to grow the number of financial institutions to which we provide our services in new markets and deepen our existing leadership position. We believe that our experience to date in onboarding CRB accounts, growing geographic footprint, and established position as a leading provider of access to financial services all support our efforts as a first mover in new markets and make it more difficult for incumbents and new entrants to replicate our success.

 

We have a currently unique cost of capital advantage, robust pipeline of lending opportunities, and underwriting expertise.

 

Access to capital is a critical need for CRBs to expand their existing operations, build out facilities in new markets, and to fund acquisition opportunities. Our relationships allow us to provide lending services from the CRB account balances held at our financial institution clients to their existing and new customers, providing a cost of capital advantage that we believe is currently unique as compared to specialty lenders or other competitors in the space reliant on outside capital to finance loans. As of December 31, 2021, our lending capacity from existing deposits alone was approximately $95 million. Since December 2021, our lending capacity has increased due to the increase in PCCU’s net worth and applicable lending capacity ratio. As part of this transaction, we anticipate PCCU’s net worth to increase substantially as SHF’s largest shareholder. Additionally, as these deposits continue to grow through new customers or expansion of existing operations, we will expand our lending capacity through our own business growth. Due to this lower cost of capital advantage, we target senior secured loans with competitive interest rates which we believe are significantly lower than competitors while allowing us similar or greater net interest spreads. Our cost-of-capital advantage may be eroded, however, as other financial institutions that have a similarly low cost of capital increasingly enter the CRB lending space.

 

Since launching our commercial lending program in 2020, we have grown our actionable pipeline of qualified lending opportunities to approximately $500 million, representing established public and private CRBs across 10 different states. Our pipeline consists of existing CRBs whose accounts Safe Harbor onboarded, including both single and multi state operators. We believe that as our lending program expands and additional marketing efforts are deployed, our pipeline of opportunities will continue to grow.

 

13
 

 

We believe our proprietary onboarding platform and experience with CRBs have developed differentiated knowledge of CRBs and insights into underwriting loans. While third parties are currently used to provide loan underwriting and servicing services, Safe Harbor plans on building out a full-service internal lending function to improve the efficiency of our lending process and to increase future profitability. Through our third-party loan underwriting and servicing providers, we utilize various forms of collateral in underwriting including real estate, equipment, license values, receivables, and other business assets to determine collateral packages. Our internal team is led by experienced cannabis investors and supported by a rigorous loan committee process and external underwriting resources.

 

Our collection procedures are designed to ensure that neither we nor our financial institution clients who provide funding for a loan, nor a third-party agent engaged to assist with the liquidation or foreclosure process, will take possession of cannabis inventory, cannabis paraphernalia, or other cannabis-related assets, nor will they take title to real estate used in cannabis-related businesses. Upon default of a loan, a third-party agent will be engaged to work with the borrower to have the borrower sell collateral securing the loan to a third party or to institute a foreclosure proceeding to have such collateral sold to generate funds towards the payoff of the loan. Applicable regulations under state law that govern CRBs generally do not permit the taking of title to real estate involved in commercial sales of cannabis, whether through foreclosure or otherwise, without prior regulatory approval. The sale of a license or other realization of the value of licenses also requires the approval of state and local regulatory authorities. A defaulted loan may also be sold if such sale would yield higher proceeds or that a sale could be accomplished more quickly than a foreclosure proceeding while yielding proceeds comparable to what would be expected from a foreclosure sale. Such sale of the loan would be conducted through a third-party administrative agent. However, we can provide no assurances that a sale of such loans would be possible or that the sales price of such loans would be sufficient to recover the outstanding principal balance, accrued interest, and fees.

 

As the industry continues to expand, we believe our existing client relationships and industry expertise will continue what we believe to be our competitive advantage as a commercial lending solution for CRBs.

 

We have deep expertise in financial services and regulations and the unique challenges faced by financial institutions.

 

We entered the cannabis market in 2015 and have leveraged management’s expertise in financial regulation and compliance to solve the issues faced by financial institutions seeking to serve the cannabis industry, as well as cannabis customers seeking financial service solutions. We have designed specific onboarding practices and compliance monitoring procedures that we believe are difficult to replicate without expertise and experience to support internal operations.

 

14
 

 

Safe Harbor was sought out by financial institutions wanting to enter the cannabis banking market. Consequently, we created a program to train, support and license our processes and procedures while providing onboarding services to financial institutions; helping them build their own cannabis portfolios. We selectively choose financial institutions that will further our model at this point to leverage balance sheets and to create a network of financial institutions with whom to syndicate large cannabis loans; sharing the risk and expanding our access to balance sheets with trusted partners.

 

In 2016, due to incoming inquiries from other financial service providers, Safe Harbor’s CEO wrote a book outlining the process to start a cannabis banking program to assist others with providing financial services to the cannabis market. The book assisted many financial service providers navigate their way through the risks associated with serving the cannabis industry.

 

We are uniquely positioned to consolidate the highly fragmented cannabis financial services providers.

 

As a leading service provider to financial institutions desiring to provide banking services to CRBs and a recognized leader in compliance services for financial institutions, we are well positioned to consolidate offerings across the cannabis financial services value chain. Our deep customer knowledge drives our growth strategy and allows us to target additional services with an existing customer base and add customers through new offerings. We plan to create significant value, attract additional financial institution clients, and deepen our relationship with existing financial institution clients through leveraging our account data and insight to develop or acquire additional financial service offerings.

 

We have assembled a highly experienced and complementary senior management team to execute our strategy.

 

Our Chief Executive Officer, Sundie Seefried, has over 35 years of financial services experience, over 30 years as a financial institution executive, with 20 of those as the CEO, and is a nationally recognized CEO and industry thought leader in cannabis financial services. Our Chief Strategic Business Development Officer, Tyler Beuerlein, has over eight years’ experience in cannabis financial services and developing bank and credit union relationships. We continue to build out a team that we believe can execute on a national strategy and already well versed on the intricacies of the cannabis market. The existing expertise, requiring no steep learning curve, will provide us the competitive advantage to lead the market while others are learning and building expertise.

 

Our Growth Strategies

 

Our goal is to become the leading cannabis focused fintech and provider of access to financial services, providing one-stop shop for financial institution clients desiring to provide services across all verticals in the cannabis space. In order to achieve our goal, we plan to implement organic and M&A growth strategies along with expanding in keeping with the changing regulatory landscape in the U.S. and abroad.

 

15
 

 

As of March 31, 2022, we had onboarded and were monitoring approximately 600 accounts spanning various CRB sectors, including but not limited to cultivators, manufactures, retailers, technology providers, and point of sale providers, including small single state operators to some of the largest multi-state cannabis companies. Deposits processed through our platform for our financial institution clients have steadily increased since our inception. Refer to the below chart for onboarded deposit activity by year.

 

 

We believe our reputation in the cannabis industry and the financial solutions we provide to financial institutions desiring to provide banking services to CRBs provide us with the opportunity to expand our operational footprint and grow revenue through selling additional services and providing incremental value to CRBs through lending services. The revenue growth of the accounts monitored by us will lead to larger deposit driven fees along with an expanding “sticky” deposit base, which will in turn allows us to provide loan services that further assist the CRBs in their growth. This creates a “flywheel” effect that will benefit us. Through being one of the first providers of access to financial services focused on cannabis, we have created the go-to name for access to compliant cannabis financial services and, through our value-added services relating to time-consuming and intensive onboarding, validation and monitoring processes, we continue to see year over year revenue and profit growth.

 

New Medical and Recreational Cannabis Markets

 

Across the U.S., legalization efforts have continued at a swift pace. Generally, states begin with smaller medical cannabis use programs before transitioning to full adult-use recreational markets. As new markets open, CRBs in new states typically have trouble with access to financial services and do not understand how to properly deal with the unique nuances that come with compliantly banking cannabis companies. We plan on leveraging our positioning from a regulatory perspective to be a responsive first-mover by offering our services to financial institutions in new recreational and medical cannabis markets as they become legal, which will give us an ability to expand operations into these new states. We believe our extensive understanding of how to handle this cash intensive business puts us in a unique position to not only assist through providing our compliance services to financial institutions, and participating in the educational process to ensure a properly banked cannabis industry in each new state. Furthermore, our lending services will enable us to assist in providing sources of capital to early entrants into these newly legalized states and further build a moat around our business model. We have also begun to look at new markets outside the U.S. that are at the beginning stages of legalization efforts. We will leverage our compliance first expertise as we work with regulators to build out compliant financial service solutions for these jurisdictions.

 

16
 

 

Further Penetrate Existing Legal Markets

 

We plan to leverage our existing position in the market as a reputable solution along with our additional value-added services to grow within the legal cannabis markets in which we currently operate. While we believe that we are currently one of the larger firms focused on providing access to financial services for cannabis, we are geographically concentrated in the state of Colorado and believe through increased marketing, we are in a strong position to grow the deposits onboarded and monitored by us and the resulting revenue driven by fees from these deposits and lending services through expansion into new markets in states where cannabis is legal and into existing states where cannabis is legal and in which we have onboarded fewer accounts. It is important to note that, historically, our growth has been driven primarily through word of mouth surrounding our compliant solution and value-added services. We believe that without past constraints as a result of being wholly owned by PCCU, we will be able to increase our account onboarding capacity and capture meaningful business in all currently legal cannabis markets. These constraints have included the following:

 

● We have been expanding our management team in anticipation of the closing beyond our prior senior staffing levels, such as adding Tyler Beuerlein as our Chief Strategic Business Development Officer, and engaging other consultants and advisors to assist in the development of our lending program and to expand our business development efforts.

 

● As a wholly owned subsidiary of a credit union, the capacity for our lending services and our ability to onboard additional CRB accounts needing access to deposit services are limited by regulations and PCCU policies that limit, for example, the types and amounts of loans offered to our CRB customers and the aggregate amount of deposits held by PCCU for CRBs. To the extent that we continue to work with PCCU to provide loans to CRBs and host CRB deposits, those regulatory limitations and PCCU policies will continue to apply to loans made and deposits hosted by PCCU. We are not restricted from seeking arrangements with other financial institutions following the closing and therefore our business plan includes a focus on expanding the funding sources for our loan services and expanding the number of financial institutions to whom we will provide our account onboarding, validation and monitoring services.

 

● We have depended on PCCU for various services, including operational, financial, marketing, IT and human resources. PCCU will continue to provide many of these services for us following the closing under our Amended and Restated Support Services Agreement. We currently intend to bring certain functions in house, such as financial reporting and marketing, following the closing. Our ability to bring operational functions in house will enable us to focus our resources in the manner we determine will best serve our needs.

 

17
 

 

Lending

 

Through the introduction of our lending services program in 2020, we have begun to add new revenue streams to the business reflecting our recent focus on ramping up our lending services business. Our lending services program is among the first commercial cannabis lending services programs in the United States. We believe that the rates offered by our financial institution clients are extremely competitive relative to the specialty asset lenders, private investment funds and public REITs that have been most active in the CRB lending space, as well as with financial institutions that have begun lending to CRBs. We believe that our advantage associated with our lending services is the materially lower cost of capital relative to the other non-financial-institution lenders because our loans to date have been, and we anticipate in the future will be, made from funding provided by deposits held at PCCU and other financial institutions with which we may have future deposit custody relationships. Deposits are traditionally a low cost of funds for financial institutions. By comparison, specialty lenders and other non-financial-institution lenders typically obtain funds for lending activities through debt or equity capital raises or warehouse lines of credit, both of which are generally more costly sources of capital. We believe that the current cost of capital advantage associated with our lending services will allow us to lend at lower rates while obtaining similar gross yields. Furthermore, our lending services program can allow for further deposit growth of deposit accounts we onboard due to our more recent strategy of adding depository accounts for businesses who obtain a loan through our services. As we increase lending services, we may also increase the deposits held by our financial institution clients, which then in turn may increase our lending services. Our cost-of-capital advantage may be eroded, however, as other financial institutions that have a similarly low cost of capital increasingly enter the CRB lending space.

 

On June 7, 2022, we announced the closing of a $5.0 million senior secured loan to Solar Cannabis Co. (“Solar”), headquartered in Somerset, Massachusetts (the “Solar Loan”) by PCCU. Solar was referred to us by Luminous Capital Inc., an affiliate of the Sponsor. The Solar Loan was underwritten and closed in accordance with PCCU’s customary underwriting standards and closing procedures and funded by PCCU. Pursuant to a consulting agreement dated January 5, 2022 by and between Luminous Capital Inc. and Solar, Luminous Capital Inc. received a fee of $50,000 from Solar in connection with the closing of the Solar Loan. The payment of this fee to Luminous Capital Inc. was disclosed to, and reviewed and approved by, the boards of directors of the Company and PCCU and the board of managers of SHF.

 

Growth Through Potential Acquisitions

 

Initially, our M&A strategy will focus on opportunities that expand the services we can offer, increase our lending capacity and complement our technology platform. We also intend to focus on growing depository account compliance services and lending services market share through direct acquisitions by our financial institution clients of accounts that we will then service. In the long run, a sound M&A strategy will be important to the end goal of Safe Harbor being the one stop shop for access to cannabis focused financial services. We believe approaching potential candidates in a disciplined manner will enhance our reputation as a trustworthy partner and encourage others to come to the table. Our objective is to attract the best of the best with proven track records. Targets will be assessed, amongst other things, based on various attributes including:

 

  existing proven models,
  enhanced and incremental revenue and service offerings,
  accretive internal talent and expertise to grow the cannabis business and
  technological and other competitive differentiation.

 

For each transaction, potential synergies and efficiencies resulting in increased profitability will be analyzed in conjunction with thorough due diligence.

 

18
 

 

Business Development and Sales

 

We have added Tyler Beuerlein as our Chief Strategic Business Development Officer to continue to expand our national presence. Mr. Beuerlein has networked at multiple levels, establishing a high level of credibility with financial institutions, regulators and the cannabis industry. He has personally assisted numerous cannabis entities with securing banking across the country and will now bring that talent and network to Safe Harbor. We believe the network built by Mr. Beuerlein will bring growth to our depository and lending relationships.

 

Marketing

 

Historically, Safe Harbor has grown almost entirely through word of mouth and organic growth. While still robust, growth was constrained by our present owner, PCCU, due to cannabis client concentration limits and other balance sheet constraints. Thus, marketing was not necessary. As the market has evolved and with increased competition, marketing will be leveraged at a higher level than in the past. We have accomplished great success without marketing, and we are confident that allocating marketing dollars to our activities in conjunction with our business development activities will prove fruitful.

 

In 2022, we formally produced our first marketing plan for the next level of success and will be focusing on the following activities to ensure greater exposure and brand awareness:

 

  utilization of a well-known public relations and investor relations firm,
  new website to optimize search engine optimization,
  referral relationships and success fees,
  multiple conference participation and speaking engagements,
  customer retention promotions, and
  email and e-blast campaigns along with more traditional direct mail marketing activities.

 

Technology

 

We are constantly looking to enhance our proprietary software solution built specifically for the cannabis industry. As the market changes or Safe Harbor expands its lines of businesses, we intend to continue to build out our software to ensure efficiencies and fulfilment of necessary BSA obligations and incremental services. Likewise, our proprietary onboarding software will be updated to accommodate new industries as well as enhance present processes for increased efficiencies. We anticipate further expanding our technology to enhance how we work with our financial institution clients and ultimately, consistent with applicable laws and regulations, to allow for greater ability to onboard, validate and monitor CRB deposit accounts and provide our lending services to our financial institution clients.

 

19
 

 

Revenue Concentration

 

As previously discussed, we provide BSA and other compliance onboarding, validation and monitoring services for PCCU and other financial institutions, which hold the deposit accounts for CRBs and ancillary businesses. We provided these services in connection with approximately 572 account holders, which were composed of 291 CRBs and 281 ancillary businesses at December 31, 2021 and approximately 590 account holders composed of 307 CRBs and 283 ancillary businesses at March 31, 2022. The fees for accounts we onboarded are generated at the account holder level. Currently, fee income from onboarded accounts represents our largest revenue stream. No single account holder was responsible for more than 2% of deposit fee income for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2021, respectively. No single account holder was responsible for more than 2% and 3% of deposit fee income for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2022, respectively. No single account holder accounted for more than 6.4% and 7.6% of account balances onboarded at December 31, 2020 and 2021, respectively. No single account holder accounted for more than 12.0% and 7.2% of account balances at March 31, 2021 and 2022, respectively. The 10 largest accounts onboarded by us resulted in approximately 9.4% and 11.9% of fee income for onboarded accounts for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2021, respectively, and resulted in approximately 13.1% and 10.3% of fee income for onboarded accounts for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2022, respectively. Currently, we do have a higher concentration of revenue from accounts for CRBs in Colorado but that has begun to shift throughout 2021 and will continue into the future as we execute a national marketing program.

 

All fees and related revenue for the ongoing monitoring and validation services are collected by Safe Harbor’s financial institution clients or their third party agents and subsequently paid to SHF. Depository and account activity fees are debited from the CRB deposit accounts held at the financial institution clients. Amounts are remitted to Safe Harbor typically one month in arrears. When providing lending services, typically the full loan amount is funded by the financial institution client to a third party processor prior to payment to the borrower. Any loan origination fees due to Safe Harbor are remitted to Safe Harbor from the processor at the time of loan closing. Loan interest is currently collected by either a third party servicer or the financial institution client. Related loan interest due to Safe Harbor is typically paid one to two months in arears. Interest income is generated from depository cash held at the financial institution. Safe Harbor’s portion of interest income is paid to Safe Harbor by the financial institution client.

 

Regulation

 

In the conduct of its business, Safe Harbor is subject to various laws, regulations and rules enacted by national, regional and local governments relating to, among other things, laws and regulations associated with lending and the cannabis industry. As a subsidiary of a credit union and a credit union service organization (a “CUSO”), Safe Harbor’s services historically have been subject to regulatory oversight from the NCUA. Following the closing of the Business Combination, Safe Harbor will no longer be a CUSO. Nevertheless, to ensure we provide our services in a manner compliant with our financial institution partners’ regulatory requirements, Safe Harbor maintains policies and procedures consistent with the requirements of the 2014 FinCen Guidance and the BSA.

 

20
 

 

  The 2014 FinCEN Guidance clarify how financial institutions can provide services to CRBs businesses consistent with their BSA obligations. The 2014 FinCEN Guidance provide that the decision to open, close, or refuse any particular account or relationship should be made by each financial institution based on a number of factors specific to that institution, including the institution’s business objectives, an evaluation of the risks associated with offering a particular product or service, and its capacity to manage those risks effectively. The 2014 FinCEN Guidance specify that thorough customer due diligence is a critical aspect of making this assessment, which diligence should include: (i) verifying with the appropriate state authorities whether the business is duly licensed and registered; (ii) reviewing the license application (and related documentation) submitted by the business for obtaining a state license to operate its marijuana-related business; (iii) requesting from state licensing and enforcement authorities available information about the business and related parties; (iv) developing an understanding of the normal and expected activity for the business, including the types of products to be sold and the type of customers to be served (e.g., medical versus recreational customers); (v) ongoing monitoring of publicly available sources for adverse information about the business and related parties; (vi) ongoing monitoring for suspicious activity, including for any of the red flags described in this guidance; and (vii) refreshing information obtained as part of customer due diligence on a periodic basis and commensurate with the risk. The 2014 FinCEN Guidance also provide guidance with respect to a financial institution’s or service provider’s obligations to file suspicious activity reports, or SARs, on CRBs. The 2014 FinCEN Guidance also describes “red flags” that point to activities that signal potential illegal activities. Finally, the 2014 FinCEN Guidance reminds financial institutions of their obligations to file currency transaction reports for CRBs engaging in cash transactions in excess of $10,000 per day.
     
  The Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, which is commonly referred to as the “Bank Secrecy Act,” or BSA, requires U.S. financial institutions to assist U.S. government agencies to detect and prevent money laundering. Specifically, the BSA requires financial institutions to keep records of cash purchases of negotiable instruments, file currency transaction reports, and to report suspicious activity that might signify money laundering, tax evasion, or other criminal activities.

 

To the extent that Safe Harbor provides the funding for a loan, its commercial lending activities are subject to various state laws relating to usury that govern or limit interest rates and other fees charged on loans, permitted contractual loan terms, collection practices and creditor remedies.

 

21
 

 

As Safe Harbor’s business expands to additional states, we will be required to review and comply with those states’ laws that apply to our services and business activities. We will also be required to determine whether we will become subject to additional areas of regulation if we expand the types of activities in which we engage. For example, because we do not hold customer deposits or offer loans for consumer or personal purposes, we are not currently required to have a financial institution charter or lending license in the states in which we currently provide services or loans. If we do not identify activities that would require a regulatory application, license or other approval, or if the interpretation and application of the laws to which we are currently subject change, those additional laws, rules and regulations or changes therein could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations. A failure to comply with any applicable laws, regulations or rules, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

Competition

 

We operate in an increasingly competitive market for compliance, customer intake and management, and lending services. Our competitors for our compliance and customer-focused services include both traditional financial institutions and fintech companies. Some of our competitors are substantially larger and more established and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. Although we believe that some of our competition is fragmented, with competitors offering technology that enhances customer banking experiences or offers compliance-focused solutions directly to the financial institution but not a combined suite of offerings consisting of compliance focused software and monitoring coupled with personalized financial services relationship management and lending capabilities, there can be no assurances that our services will enable us to successfully compete against our competitors. In addition, lending competitors include both private investment funds and public REITS focused on the cannabis industry as well as specialty asset lenders. More recently, traditional financial institutions have begun offering loans to CRBs. Because they have a cost of funds more comparable to ours, we may face greater competition in providing loans to CRBs.

 

Intellectual Property

 

We have filed an application to register the mark “Safe Harbor Financial” in the United States. We also rely on non-disclosure agreements, invention assignment agreements, intellectual property assignment agreements, or license agreements with employees, independent contractors, consumers, software providers and other third parties, which protect and limit access to and use of our proprietary intellectual property.

 

Circumstances outside our control could pose a threat to our intellectual property rights. For more information, see the section entitled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Safe Harbor’s Intellectual Property.”

 

22
 

 

Facilities

 

Our corporate headquarters is located in Arvada, Colorado pursuant to a month-to-month lease from PCCU. Safe Harbor is currently looking at moving to a space that is better suited for growth and to attract and retain top-tier talent. We believe we can obtain this required space on commercially reasonable terms.

 

Employees and Human Capital Resources

 

As of March 31, 2022, we had 29 full-time employees, including employees focused on advisory services to financial institution clients, onboarding, compliance, lending services, marketing, business development and strategy and two contract employees. In 2021, we had a total turnover ratio of 29% with a voluntary turnover of 23% and involuntary turnover of 6%. During the three months ended March 31, 2022, we had a total turnover ratio of 3.7%. We also engage independent contractors to supplement our permanent workforce. Our entire workforce is in the United States.

 

We believe that being able to attract and retain top talent is both a strategic advantage for Safe Harbor and is necessary to realize our business objectives. We consider our relations with our employees to be good. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or covered by collective bargaining agreements, and we have not experienced any work stoppages.

 

Executive Officers

 

Set forth below is certain information regarding the current executive officers of SHF:

 

Name   Age   Position
         
Sundie Seefried   60   Chief Executive Officer
         
Tyler Beuerlein   42   Chief Strategic Business Development Officer

 

Sundie Seefried. Ms. Seefried currently serves as the Chief Executive Officer of SHF, a position she has held since July 2021. Prior to joining SHF, Ms. Seefried served as the Chief Executive Officer of PCCU from 2001 until June 2021 and as the Chief Executive Officer of Eagle Legacy Services, LLC from January 2020 until March 2021. Ms. Seefried previously served as a board member of the Colorado Division of Financial Services from 2019 until 2021, and as a board member of the Credit Union Association from 2007 until 2015. Ms. Seefried received her Bachelor of Science in Business Management from the University of Maryland and her Master of Business Administration from Regis University, Colorado.

 

Tyler Beuerlein. Mr. Beuerlein currently serves as the Chief Strategic Business Development Officer of SHF, a position he has held since April 2022. Prior to his employment with SHF, from February 2015 to April 2022, he served as the Chief Revenue Officer and Chief Business Development Officer for Hypur Ventures, a venture capital fund dedicated strategic investments in businesses that operate in the legal cannabis industry. Mr. Beuerlein was the former Chairman of the National Cannabis Industry Association Banking and Financial Services Committee (2020). Additionally, he has been appointed to be on both the Marijuana Business Daily’s Advisory Board and ATACH Cannabis Beverage Council. He is also a member of the Forbes Business Development Council. Formerly, Mr. Beuerlein founded and managed a large beverage company and was a Professional athlete in the New York Mets Organization.

 

Available Information

 

SHF’s Internet address is https://shfinancial.org/. The information contained on SHF’s website is not incorporated by reference into this filing and should not be considered part of this filing. SHF’s principal executive offices are located at 5269 W. 62nd Avenue, Arvada, Colorado 80003 and its telephone number is (303) 431-3435. SHF was organized in the State of Colorado on May 1, 2020.

 

23

 

 

Exhibit 99.5

 

BUSINESS OF SAFE HARBOR FINANCIAL

 

Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, references in this section to “Safe Harbor,” “we,” “us,” “our” and other similar terms refer to SHF prior to the Business Combination and to the Company and SHF, on a consolidated basis, after giving effect to the Business Combination. The description of Safe Harbor’s operations included herein also refers, as appliable, to the operations of its predecessor, as described in more detail in the Combined Financial Statements for SHF, LLC included elsewhere in this Proxy Statement.

 

Summary of Safe Harbor’s Business

 

Safe Harbor is a market-leading service provider to financial services provider institutions for the legal U.S. cannabis marketplace and has been successful in doing so since its inception in 2015. We believe Safe Harbor is a marketplace leader in:

 

  Onboarding, verification and monitoring of customer acquisition reflected in accounts maintained through the Safe Harbor platformat our client financial institutions;
  building a national presence with by providing services to financial institutions who have CRB customers in 20 states, with the foundation to scale and expand to our services to financial institutions in all state-legal cannabis markets across the United States and its territories;
  developing proprietary onboarding and compliance software maintaining the highest standard of “Know Your Customer” (“KYC”) and Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”) compliance;
  compliant lending services and assisting in underwriting for loans to CRBs and ancillary service providers to CRBs; and
  providing more traditional financial services for single state and multistate CRBs of all sizes and scale; and
  successfully navigating the high scrutiny that comes with 16 state and federal examinations in its more than seven-year operating history.

 

Safe Harbor was conceived in 2015 as a solution to a major problem that plagued the nascent legalized cannabis industry in Colorado - access to reliable and compliant financial services. Cannabis related funds were already finding their way into the financial system, including via hidden, misrepresented accounts and unlawful banking practices. Based upon our research we determined that the appropriate step was to protect the financial system from criminal activity and provide legitimacy to the legal state CRBs. From decades of regulatory and banking experience, we created a detailed compliance program to assist financial institutions desiring to provide safe and sound financial services that would accomplish industry accountability and protect the financial system. To this day, the The compliance program provides access to more onboarding, validation and monitoring services to financial institutions desiring to provide traditional banking services to all types of marijuana, hemp, and CBD businesses, and to ancillary businesses servicing that provide services to the cannabis industry. These ancillary businesses include cultivators, retailer, manufacturers, payroll companies, payment processors, investors, and professionals serving providing services to and receiving payment from CRBs. As the lawful cannabis industry grew beyond Colorado, Safe Harbor evolved its business practices to build a national footprint providing access to financial sand currently provides services to the cannabis industry. Presently, Safe Harbor provides financial institutions that provide banking services in 20 states where cannabis is either legal medicinally or for full adult use. The below schedule demonstrates states where SHF is currently operating CRBs are located for which SHF has provided onboarding and monitoring services and those where some form of cannabis use is legal, representing immediate opportunity for expansion.

 

1
 

 

Map

Description automatically generated

 

1Includes medical and/or adult use cannabis. Does not include states that have legalized CBD-only.

Source: Wall Street analysis and industry reports

 

2
 

 

Safe Harbor has capitalized on the opportunity to do what other financial institutions would not do directly – provide access to financial services to the underserved cannabis industry. Among the factors preventing most financial institutions from providing similar services are:

 

  conflicting state and federal laws regarding legalization;
  the high-risk nature of cannabis due to its black market history and undocumented, illegally earned legacy funds;
  FinCEN guidelines guidance issued in 2014 (the “2014 FinCen Guidance”) explaining how financial institutions might serve the cannabis industry, creating potential for differing interpretations and inconsistent standards;
  under-the-radar operations of CRBs and the complex nature of the corporate structures created to separate and protect assets, which creates steep learning curves necessitating the specialized cannabis sector training, onboarding, monitoring and funds validation;
  BSA obligations to which few financial institutions are willing to dedicate the significant necessary resources, and fear of non-compliance, which can result in millions of dollars in fines assessed against the financial institution.

 

The lack of a “safe harbor” regulatory provision that would protect officers and directors from prosecution for providing financial services to companies that produce and sell federally illegal cannabis products provides the business opportunity that we have sought to fulfill.

 

During April 2021, the United States House of Representatives passed the SAFE Banking Act of 2021 (the “SAFE Act”). The SAFE Act would prohibit federal regulators from fining and penalizing financial institutions and their management/executive team who service legitimate businesses including the those in the cannabis industry (i.e. those legal operating in states that have approved cannabis for medicinal and/or adult use). The ACT SAFE Act has not been brought to or passed by the Senate and therefore is not law. Even with the passage of the SAFE Act, we do not believe the above barriers to entry would be significantly reduced. We feel due to the high cash nature of the business, which we believe will persist in the near and mid term, and the illicit history of cannabis, many potential competitors will remain hesitant to serve the industry resulting in an outsized opportunity for SHF.

 

Since inception (including its predecessor, Eagle Legacy Services, LLC) and based on core system records, a subsidiary of PCCU), Safe Harbor has processed onboarded over $12 billion in cannabis related funds into the financial system with what we believe to be the highest level of monitoring and validation. In conjunction with its financial institution clients, Safe Harbor has successfully completed 16 state and federal exams without interruption resulting in reliable financial services. Safe Harbor’s portfolio of managed onboarded deposits is composed currently consist of nearly 600 accounts. The portfolio was built that were onboarded and validated in a methodical manner to ensure continuity of service while under significant regulator scrutiny. The program Safe Harbor’s services started with only 10 test clients CRBs resulting in current onboarded accounts representing approximately 60 times growth since Safe Harbor began operations. Safe Harbor has successfully grown its annual onboarded deposits at a rapid pace, with a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of 69% from 2015 to 2021. Annual Onboarded deposits processed in 2021 were approximately $3.6 billion. Safe Harbor has enjoyed a great track record of securing and retaining clients with their existing value proposition.

 

3
 

 

Safe Harbor’s onboarding process for CRB customers CRBs desiring banking services through PCCU or another financial institution is a multi-step process that is designed to fulfill the financial institution’s “know your customer” requirements and the diligence expectations set forth in the 2014 FinCEN Guidance related to providing services to CRBs, particularly developing an understanding of the normal and expected activity for the business.

 

  The account opening process begins with an application and supporting documentation provided by the prospective customerCRB, which are uploaded and logged so that, following a quality control review, open items and questions are flagged for follow up. All customer account-related documentation is stored in a secure database that allows Safe Harbor’s oversight, audit and exam functions to have access to all of the customer’s CRB’s documents.

 

  As part of Safe Harbor’s diligence process, background checks are performed on all business owners, with the need for additional background checks of indirect owners or investors determined in the application review stage.

 

  Other diligence includes, among other things, as applicable, confirmation of licensure, on-site visits to review business processes and inspect business locations, verification of sources of funds, review of business and inventory records, and review of other information necessary for a full understanding of the prospective customer’s business and historical operations.

 

  The account opening process is completed with the assistance of a financial institution staff member.

 

4
 

 

Chart, waterfall chart

Description automatically generated

 

Currently, substantially all customer deposits are maintained with by PCCU, Safe Harbor’s parent, through the Account Servicing Agreement. We intend to expand and all transmissions of funds to or from these deposit accounts are handled directly by PCCU. We have expanded, and intend to continue to expand, our relationships with other depository institutions. We measure our customer retention at the account levelfinancial institutions that similarly hold the CRB deposit accounts and handle transmissions of funds to and from the accounts. Although we do not hold the deposit accounts, we believe that account retention is a measure of our ability to efficiently and compliantly onboard, validate and monitor CRB accounts. For the year ended December 31, 2021, our client account retention rate, representing onboarded accounts active at the end of the year and as compared to onboarded accounts open at January 1, 2021, is 83.4%. For the three months ended December March 31, 2021 2022, our client account retention rate, representing onboarded accounts active at the end of March 31, 2022 and as compared to onboarded accounts open at January 1, 2022, is 94.2%. Our The largest 10 clients CRB accounts held at PCCU for the period ended December 31, 2021 represented less than 12% of deposit fee income from onboarded deposits, which is currently our largest source of revenue. For the three months ended March 31, 2022 and March 31, 2021, our the largest 10 clients CRB accounts based on deposit fees fee income from onboarded deposits represented approximately 10.3% and 13,1% of deposit fee income.1%, respectively, of fee income from onboarded deposits. Building upon the existing foundation, we believe SHF has the ability to continue to grow the financial institution clients for which it onboards deposits and revenue related fee income at a strong pace. In addition, we plan to enhance and add access to additional financial services to the Safe Harbor platform, such as merchant processing, custodial relationships, expanded lending solutions, insurance products, broker / /dealer services, payment processing services and investment services, although in each case these services would be provided by a third party holding necessary licenses.

 

5
 

 

Diagram

Description automatically generated with medium confidence

 

We hope to leverage our current operational capabilities to build a one stop shopwith reliable, proven compliance and service programs for financial institutions under the Safe Harbor brand. Additional Access to additional services may either be created internally developed through contractual relationships with third parties or acquired via our merger and acquisition strategy as described below. We feel Safe Harbor is well positioned to become a leading provider of access to financial services provider to cannabis, hemp, CBD and ancillary business across the US. We feel our expertise of the cannabis industry and related relationships will allows Safe Harbor to efficiently and effectively expand the breadth and depth of services offered and CBD businesses and ancillary businesses providing services to CRBs across the U.S.

 

6
 

 

What Safe Harbor Does

 

Safe Harbor has developed and commercialized a fully compliant financial services platform for financial institutions providing banking services to CRBs to access and maintain reliable financial service services as long as both the financial institution client meets and the CRB meet regulatory requirements. Our platform has been streamlined and finetuned for the past 7 years which enables Safe Harbor staff to efficiently guide financial institution clients and the CRBs desiring banking services through the onboarding , validation and monitoring process. Our automated platform provides for an efficient and effective client management tool allowing our employees to provide continuity of service while enabling compliance staff to monitor BSA activities.

 

Through the Safe Harbor platform, our financial institution clients have the ability to provide CRBs with access to traditional financial services including wires, debit, ACH, remote deposit capture, business checking and savings accounts, courier and vaulting services, cash management accounts and commercial lending. We believe our services have been implemented consistent with applicable law and regulations, ensuring our financial institution clients are provided will be able to provide CRBs with reliable access to these services. We feel our history of developing processes that satisfy regulatory standards has resulted in a solid reputation with related authorities and solidifies our ability to continue to grow existing services and reduces barriers in expanding into new service offerings.

 

Safe Harbor maintains relationships with PCCU, its current parent, and other financial institutions in which the CRB funds are deposited and monetary transactions are performed. SHF’s agreements with the financial institution allow the Safe Harbor platform to interface with the financial institution’s core banking systems and extract data necessary to monitor the deposit accounts onboarded by Safe Harbor. Financial transactions, such as funds transmissions to or from the accounts, occur through PCCU’s and other financial institution client’s infrastructure.

 

When a cannabis operator CRB or ancillary service provider decides to engage with approaches PCCU or other financial institution for which Safe Harbor provides its onboarding services, they are assessed an initial onboarding fee is assessed based on the type and complexity of the business. Onboarding is an important part of the KYC requirements set forth in federal guidance. The onboarding process can require a great deal of time depending on the business complexity and the fee we assess is based upon the complexity and required time to complete the process. Additionally, Safe Harbor assesses monthly deposit and activity fees, which have historically been the majority of our revenue. These fees are also based on client business type and client size. Monitoring and validating deposit activity is paramount to the success of the Safe Harbor platform. We believe our compliance first effort -first focus reassures regulators and law enforcement that Safe Harbor continues to focus on the safety and soundness of the financial system.

 

Safe Harbor maintains relationships with financial institutions in which the actual funds are deposited and monetary transactions are performed. Agreements allow for the Safe Harbor platform to interface with core banking systems and extract data necessary to manage the relationships held by Safe Harbor and to perform financial transactions through utilizing our financial institution partners infrastructure. .

 

7
 

 

Investment income is also generated by investing client deposits. Amounts when PCCU or other financial institution clients invest CRB deposits. Under the Account Servicing Agreement with PCCU, PCCU retains 25% of this related investment income. Through its relationship with PCCU, depository amounts invested are typically restricted to low-risk assets with high liquidity and low returns. Amounts invested are regulatorily restricted depending on the regulating authorities of the financial institutions with whom we contract. Investment income contributed less than 6% of revenue. We expect this amount to approximate 5% of revenue during FY22.

 

The level of our customer CRB deposits onboarded by Safe Harbor and held at PCCU allows for robust lending capacity. During 2020, Safe Harbor implemented a commercial lending program , which will be a strong pillar for future revenue and profit growth. The focus will primarily include senior secured lending with smaller loans considered for unsecured lending. Collateral types would include real estate, equipment, and other business assets. The commercial lending program is built on:

 

  stringent collateral package requirements with ample loan to value coverage, ;
  strong underwriting of collateral and creditworthiness of borrower ; and
  a deep knowledge and understanding of the industry, borrowers’ operations and the cannabis industry business cycle.

 

Currently, lending is primarily funded through our managed CRB depository accounts. As Safe Harbor is not a financial institution, the financial institutions for whom we manage deposits, which we refer to as “financial institution partners” or “FIPs,” typically retain the loans on their balance sheets and receive fees pursuant to services agreements with these FIP partnersPCCU using the funds from CRB deposit accounts onboarded by Safe Harbor. Safe Harbor is currently seeking relationships with additional financial institutions that would fund Safe Harbor’s loans and other sources of working capital with which Safe Harbor could fund the loans directly. Safe Harbor has created a lending program tailored specifically to the unique needs of CRBs while also achieving strong returns on quality loans. We believe loan interest and origination lending-related income will represent the most significant portion of our revenue by 2023. While third parties are presently used to provide loan underwriting and servicing services, Safe Harbor plans on building out a full-service internal lending function to improve the efficiency of our lending process and to increase future profitability.

 

We feel we have taken a creative and methodical approach in building the Safe Harbor platform, which has allowed us to nationally scale our business. The platform’s policies, training, monitoring and other processes is are well established with talented and expert level knowledge. We also plan to further expand the officer level suite with talent that we believe will further our success. We anticipate this combination will provide a competitive advantage for us as we focus on continued growth.

 

8
 

 

Industry Overview

 

Safe Harbor operates as a fintech within the financial services sector of the large and quickly expanding United States (“U.S.”) cannabis industry. The cannabis industry is one of the fastest emerging consumer end markets in the USU.S. According to the 2021 Annual Marijuana Business Factbook, the industry is expected to grow from a $20 billion market in 2020 to $46 billion by 2025, representing a 14%% and 20% CAGR in medicinal and adult use respectively. As of March 2022, 38 states, plus the District of Columbia have legalized medical cannabis, and 18 states plus the District of Columbia have legalized adult-use cannabis. Additional states that have recently enacted efforts to legalize, such as New York and New Jersey, are expected to contribute significantly to the 2025 market size , which is when they are expected to be fully operational and supported by proper infrastructure

 

Safe Harbor management is well positioned to assist growing markets; having created a reliable reputation and network over the past seven years. The team is often called upon to work with state and federal officials, regulators, law enforcement and financial service providers to share experience and knowledge on navigating access to financial services. We believe this expertise will allow us to enter new markets with greater ease.

 

Further momentum with pending legislative and regulatory changes is expected to drive expansion of the total addressable market as more states continue to legalize cannabis for adult-use and medical use. According to a 2022 report from New Frontier Data, an expected 52 million U.S. adults will consume cannabis at least once in 2022 across both legal and unregulated markets. That number is projected to grow by roughly 4% per year over the next eight years, reaching an estimated 71 million U.S. consumers by 2030.

 

Over 89 million Americans (26% of the U.S. population) live in states where possession and use of cannabis remain illegal. Currently, approximately 91% of U.S. adults say marijuana should be legal for medical use only or medical and adult-use. This would greatly increase potential end users and we believe reduce stigma around the use of cannabis and cannabis related products.

 

The Safe Harbor strategy is to be a first-mover in future new legal markets through its platform offering access to financial services, which already operates effectively across state linesallows financial institutions to offer their services to CRBs in multiple states.

 

We believe there is currently a very small subset of the financial services industry willing to provide a full suite of financial services to CRBs and these providers are extremely fragmented. Safe Harbor has been a front runner in providing assisting financial institutions that desire to provide reliable financial services to the industry and is well known amongst the leaders in the cannabis financial services arena. Going forward, we feel this positions Safe Harbor well to further optimize market position and become the leading full service provider of access to financial services provider focused on the cannabis industry.

 

The below charts demonstrate the historical and projected U.S. cannabis retail market size and the current state of legalization bifurcated between legalized for medicinal purposes and full adult use legalization including recreational.

 

9
 

 

Chart, bar chart

Description automatically generated

 

A picture containing graphical user interface

Description automatically generated

 

Key Challenges

 

Legal Environment

 

Cannabis remains a controlled substance under the CSA. The conflict between federal and state laws allows for prosecution at the federal level, assets remain subject to seizure, and there are potential punitive actions by third parties (including regulated) against financial institutions and financial services providers for entering the business. The only quasi-protective measure in place is the Rohrabacher-Blumenauer Amendment to the Appropriations Budget. However, this amendment is not specifically for financial institutions and is only for the general purpose of prohibiting the use of federal funds to prosecute CRBs in states that have created a regulatory framework for medical cannabis only. The uncertainty of the legal landscape has increased with the previous Attorney General’s January 2018 rescission of the Cole Memorandum, which was guidance issued in August 2013 from then Deputy Attorney General James M. Cole to federal prosecutors that de-prioritized the enforcement of federal marijuana prohibitions. For the time beingAlthough, in our opinion, the authority to prosecute cannabis related violations appears to remain vested in each state’s Attorney General, we believe that the 2014 FinCEN Guidance provide an important framework for compliance to parties providing services to CRBs. We also believe that the successful completion of 16 regulatory examinations of our financial institution clients for which we provide onboarding services demonstrates that it is possible to structure onboarding, validation and monitoring services in a compliant manner.

 

10
 

 

Pending Legislation

 

Legislation pending at the federal level such as the SAFE Banking Act described above will provide limited protection to financial institutions banking the industry and other financial services providers in as much as the companies and their officers will not be prosecuted or fined simply for servicing the cannabis industry. However, legislation will not protect financial institutions from breaches to of Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”) regulations, which may lead to significant penalties, often resulting in substantial fines assessed by FinCEN. Given inherent risks associated with the cannabis industry such as the remaining illicit market and illegal past, the need to bank the industry at an elevated level of compliance will not change if the legislation passes at the federal level unless BSA changes, which is unlikely.

 

Complexity of Business

 

The nature of the cannabis business is such that businesses utilize sophisticated business structures for asset protection and to create ways to maximize tax efficiencies. This makes for very complex business structures with some companies having twenty plus related entities that financial institutions must monitor for adherence to anti-money laundering (“AML”)/(“AML”)/BSA regulations. This understanding , diligence and underwriting is labor-intensive work requiring significant hands-on resources.

 

Regulatory Uncertainty

 

Due to the divergence between cannabis-related state and federal law, we believe venturing into providing access to banking and financial services for CRBs remains “cutting edge.” We feel that the scrutiny and pressure under which financial institutions and financial services providers must operate to maintain compliant while servicing CRBs, coupled with the pending status of further federal legislation , causes most financial institutions and financial services providers to shy away from the industry. We, however, view this as an opportunity.

 

While post-Business Combination SHF will not be regulated as a subsidiary of a regulated financial institution, our agreements with our financial institution partners and the nature of our services typically require we provide these services in a compliant manner. This primarily relates to offering services that are compliant with various FinCen guidelines the 2014 FinCEN Guidance and the Bank Secrecy ActBSA. In addition, given our history of being born from a credit union, our services historically have been subject to regulatory oversight from the National Credit Union Administration (“NCUA”). As we will no longer be a CUSO credit union service organization post-Business Combination, this will no longer be the case. SHF will nevertheless continue to be subject to a range of laws, rules, and regulations, including those applicable to SHF as a wholly owned subsidiary of an SEC registrant.

 

In order to ensure we provide our services in an appropriate manner, we maintain policies and procedures we believe to be aligned with the requirements of FinCen guidelines 2014 FinCEN Guidance and the Bank Secrecy ActBSA. These policies and procedures are continuously assessed by management and formally reviewed at least annually. All employees are provided ongoing and annual training to ensure our services are delivered in an appropriate manner. An external audit firm is engaged to audit our compliance with certain policies on a quarterly and annual basis.

 

11
 

 

BSA/AML Regulations and Ramifications

 

BSA penalties for non-compliance are significant. For example, during March 2022, FINCEN FinCEN issued a consent order issuing a $140 million civil penalty to a financial institution for failing to address previously identified anti money laundering AML program issues and other BSA compliance issues. This fine was unrelated to CRBs, which we believe provides a higher risk industry. We believe that most institutions cannot withstand such a penalty and will not take that risk. BSA talent is difficult to find and delegating such legal risk to BSA staff takes a great deal of trust, training, and additional resources to monitor activities and protect the financial institution. We believe our history and experience of providing compliant financial services and in conjunction with our financial institution clients successfully completing 16 regulatory examinations reduces our risk in this area and provides us with a competitive advantage. We are committed to providing services in a compliance first fashion.

 

Certification Program for Financial Institutions

 

Standardization between financial service providers and various regulating agencies (FDIC/OCC/NCUA) has created a difficult situation for law enforcement when determining which entities are protecting the financial system. Safe Harbor has worked with state attorneys general to build comfort and understanding on what constitutes a safe and sound program; , ensuring no illicit funds enter the financial system. An example of this collaboration led to the development of a New Mexico cannabis banking certification program upon which financial institutions can obtain certification and law enforcement can rely on these certifications to make better assumptions with regards to those financial service providers truly assisting with their priorities. Safe Harbor’s test certifications for Hemp/Cannabis/Testing and financial institutions have been successfully completed and presented to law enforcement for their review. At this point, they have supported the efforts and the program will move forward to include annual certification requirements with minimum standards. Safe Harbor will continue to work with law enforcement to complete a certification program for cannabis banking financial institutions; setting a standard upon which law enforcement can rely.

 

Cannabis Focused Fintech Competition

 

Financial regulators have created a real or perceived barrier to entry for most financial institutions. This has created the utilization of fintech models to provided financial services to the cannabis industry. Unregulated fintechs, i.e., those not formally regulated by federal agencies, are not subject to the same restrictions as chartered financial institutions (i.e., concentration limits on the percentage of balance sheet composed of higher risk cannabis deposits). Fintechs may enjoy this less restricted environment for a period of time but we anticipate these companies will become subject to increasing regulatory requirements. We believe competition at the fintech level remains limited, as the emerging cannabis market requires the creation of sustainable fintech models that understand the regulatory environment, combining technology and regulation. While not fully regulated, fintech models are responsible for moving funds through the financial system via banking partners and must therefore be aware of regulations surrounding the movement of funds and implement BSA programs themselves.

 

12
 

 

How Safe Harbor Addresses These Challenges

 

Safe Harbor’s solutions are designed to address the key challenges faced by financial institutions desiring to provide banking services to CRBs. Today’s industry participants lack sufficient and reliable access to traditional financial services. We believe our solutions offer valuable services making communities safer, driving drive growth in local economies and fostering foster long-term partnerships.

 

Safe Harbor serves financial institutions desiring to provide banking services to the regulated cannabis industry and maintains a high standard of accountability, transparency, monitoring, reporting and risk mitigation measures while meeting BSA obligations in-line with the 2014 FinCEN guidance on Guidance relating to CRBs. BSA obligations vary depending on the growth and complexity of the portfolio; CRB banking customers’ business, resulting in financial service providers to constantly adjust adjusting activities to meet expectations. Safe Harbor’s program was implemented and has actual “hands-on” experience in the market since January 2015. We have increased BSA activities every year to manage to the emerging market risks and growth of the portfolio. This experience has allowed for the formulation of best practices and standardized processes that provide which allow for a better understanding of these risks in order to mitigate them. We believe that the Safe Harbor brand has been optimized on a national level to include sound and recognized exposure with financial institutions, legislators, governing officials, attorneys’ generals, regulators and the overall cannabis industry.

 

We have developed proprietary software built specifically for the cannabis industry from input gathered from our experience handling the intake onboarding of CRB accounts for PCCU. Our software enables our financial institution clients to manage the customer onboarding process, including applications and intake, “know your customer” diligence, and ongoing compliance monitoring, coupled with financial services relationship monitoring. Our software is continuously improved based on our experience and is updated to include new options and functions associated with the emerging cannabis market. Our software is able to run on different core banking systems, so as a result we are able to offer this software to financial institution clients who desire to use our software for diligence and monitoring purposes for their own CRB customers. Our software is also an integral part of the services we provide to our CRB customers for whom we assist with placing deposits without our assistance. Ultimately, we believe that our software can be updated to accommodate new industries and to enhance existing processes for increased efficiencies. We anticipate further expanding our software to enable us to work with multiple financial institutions.

 

Financial institutions continue to shy away from banking the cannabis market due to cannabis remaining a Schedule 1 drug, thus illegal under federal law. Because there is no “safe harbor” for financial institutions seeking to provide banking services to CRBs, it provides us the opportunity to capitalize on our knowledge and position as a market leader. We believe most financial institutions will not enter the market until federal legalization occurs — especially the large, multi-state financial institutions. Even then, the industry will still be considered a higher-risk banking sector needing strong experience and vetted programs. Safe Harbor is subject to the same risks due to the status of cannabis at the federal level. FinCEN guidance The 2014 FinCEN Guidance issued in February 2014 detailed the regulatory agency’s compliance and monitoring expectations for financial institutions servicing the cannabis industry. In our opinion, this created a window of opportunity allowing for the ability to serve the cannabis industry. We believe this window of opportunity, along with our proven track record, reduces the risk of any negative consequences as a result of servicing the cannabis industry.

 

13
 

 

It is our opinion that many competitors will attempt to enter the financial service services market without understanding the complexity or regulatory demands and we believe many will quit once they assess required resources to maintain a compliant program. We have seen several financial institutions divest their balance sheet of cannabis risk in the last year due to regulatory pressures and demands on BSA dedicated resources.

 

Banking, or the lack of banking provided to the cannabis industry , remains a national issue due to the conflict in federal and state laws, reputational risk, and AML/BSA regulatory requirements. CRBs have been unbanked or even banked secretly. Many financial institutions start serving the industry only to quickly close down their cannabis focused operations due to i) lack of industry knowledge, ii) regulatory pressure, iii) cash management volume, and iv) the labor-intensive monitoring and reporting requirements.

 

Traditional fintech operations typically have difficulty obtaining banking relationships in which to conduct business as the financial institution still remains liable for BSA obligations and yet the fintech retains control of all safety and soundness processes - a high and potentially expensive financial institution risk without direct control. Safe Harbor, under the umbrella of our parent financial institution, PCCU, methodically built its platform in a regulated manner under the supervision of financial regulators. This allows Safe Harbor to continue to operate with attention and activities based upon required regulations and provide financial institution partners with whom we work confidence in our ability to manage the high-risk higher-risk cannabis industry. Going forward, Safe Harbor will continue to operate in a manner so as to ensure a smooth transition once regulations become the norm are standardized for businesses providing financial services under a fintech model.

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

We believe that we are a leading service provider of to financial institutions desiring to provide banking services and access to banking solutions for the U.S. cannabis industry, and our key competitive strengths are the following:

 

We are a leading provider of financial service solutions for CRBs operating in the U.S. cannabis industryservices to financial institutions desiring to provide banking services to CRBs in the U.S.

 

We are one of the largest providers of access to financial service solutions to U.S. cannabis operators with nearly 600 accounts that were onboarded using our services, over $12 billion processed in funds monitored since inception (including our predecessor, Eagle Legacy Services, LLC, which was a subsidiary of PCCU) and approximately $3.6 billion in cannabis-related business deposits sourced by us in 2021. Since 2015, our customer base the accounts onboarded by us has grown from 10 accounts in Colorado to nearly 600 accounts across 20 states with compounded annual growth rate of deposit activity of approximately 69%. We have These accounts represent a diverse customer base of multi-state operators, single-state operators, and ancillary cannabis businesses that provide services to CRBs. As the number of CRBs continues to grow and future new markets are created, we believe that our reliable suite of financial compliance, onboarding and monitoring service offerings, coupled with our established position in the industry, will enable us to continue to grow the number of financial institutions to which we provide our services in new markets and deepen our existing leadership position. We believe that our existing customer baseexperience to date in onboarding CRB accounts, growing geographic footprint, broad offering of financial service solutions, and established position as a leading provider of access to financial services provider all support our efforts as a first mover in new markets and make it more difficult for incumbents and new entrants to replicate our success.

 

14
 

 

We have a currently unique cost of capital advantage, robust pipeline of lending opportunities, and underwriting expertise.

 

Access to capital is a critical need for CRBs to expand their existing operations, build out facilities in new markets, and to fund acquisition opportunities. Our relationships allow us to lend provide lending services from our the CRB managed account balances held at FIPs to both our financial institution clients to their existing and new customers, providing a cost of capital advantage that we believe is currently unique as compared to specialty lenders or other competitors in the space reliant on outside capital to finance loans. As of December 31, 2021, our lending capacity from existing deposits alone was approximately $95 million. Since December 2021, our lending capacity has increased due to the increase in PCCU’s net worth and applicable lending capacity ratio. As part of this transaction, we anticipate PCCU’s net worth to increase substantially as SHF’s largest shareholder. Additionally, as these deposits continue to grow through new customers or expansion of existing operations, we will expand our lending capacity through our own business growth. Due to this lower cost of capital advantage, we target senior secured loans with competitive interest rates which we believe are significantly lower than competitors while allowing us similar or greater net interest spreads. Our cost-of-capital advantage may be eroded, however, as other financial institutions that have a similarly low cost of capital increasingly enter the CRB lending space.

 

Since launching our commercial lending program in 2020, we have grown our actionable pipeline of qualified lending opportunities to approximately $500 million, representing established public and private CRBs across 10 different states. Our pipeline consists of existing CRBs whose accounts Safe Harbor customers that have utilized our financial service solutionsonboarded, including both single and multi state operators. We believe that as our lending program expands and additional marketing efforts are deployed, our pipeline of opportunities will continue to grow.

 

We believe our proprietary onboarding platform and customer relationships experience with CRBs have developed differentiated knowledge of CRBs and insights into underwriting loans. While third parties are currently used to provide loan underwriting and servicing services, Safe Harbor plans on building out a full-service internal lending function to improve the efficiency of our lending process and to increase future profitability. Through our third-party loan underwriting and servicing providers, we utilize various forms of collateral in underwriting including real estate, equipment, license values, and receivables , and other business assets to determine collateral packages. Our internal team is led by experienced cannabis investors and supported by a rigorous loan committee process and external underwriting resources.

 

15
 

 

Our collection procedures are designed to ensure that neither we nor our financial institution clients who provide funding for a loan, nor a third-party agent engaged to assist with the liquidation or foreclosure process, will take possession of cannabis inventory, cannabis paraphernalia, or other cannabis-related assets, nor will they take title to real estate used in cannabis-related businesses. Upon default of a loan, a third-party agent will be engaged to work with the borrower to have the borrower sell collateral securing the loan to a third party or to institute a foreclosure proceeding to have such collateral sold to generate funds towards the payoff of the loan. Applicable regulations under state law that govern CRBs generally do not permit the taking of title to real estate involved in commercial sales of cannabis, whether through foreclosure or otherwise, without prior regulatory approval. The sale of a license or other realization of the value of licenses also requires the approval of state and local regulatory authorities. A defaulted loan may also be sold if such sale would yield higher proceeds or that a sale could be accomplished more quickly than a foreclosure proceeding while yielding proceeds comparable to what would be expected from a foreclosure sale. Such sale of the loan would be conducted through a third-party administrative agent. However, we can provide no assurances that a sale of such loans would be possible or that the sales price of such loans would be sufficient to recover the outstanding principal balance, accrued interest, and fees.

 

As the industry continues to expand, we believe our existing client relationships and industry expertise will continue what we believe to be our competitive advantage as a commercial lending solution for CRBs.

 

We have deep expertise in financial services and regulations and the unique challenges faced by our customers and financial institution relationshipsinstitutions.

 

We entered the cannabis market in 2015 (through our predecessor, Eagle Legacy Services, LLC) and have leveraged management’s expertise in financial regulation and compliance to solve the issues faced by financial institutions seeking to serve the cannabis industry, as well as cannabis customers seeking financial service solutions. We have designed specific onboarding practices and compliance monitoring procedures that we believe are difficult to replicate without expertise and experience to support internal operations.

 

Safe Harbor was sought out by financial institutions wanting to enter the cannabis banking market. Consequently, we created a program to train, support and license our processes and procedures while providing onboarding services to financial institutions; helping them build their own cannabis portfolios. We selectively choose financial institutions that will further our model at this point to leverage balance sheets, cover markets in which we do not wish to directly participate and and to create a network of financial institutions with whom to syndicate large cannabis loans; sharing the risk and expanding our access to balance sheets with trusted partners.

 

In 2016, due to incoming inquiries from other financial service providers, Safe Harbor’s CEO wrote a book outlining the process to start a cannabis banking program to assist others with providing financial services to the cannabis market. The book assisted many financial service providers navigate their way through the risks associated with serving the cannabis industry.

 

16
 

 

We are uniquely positioned to consolidate the highly fragmented cannabis financial services providers.

 

As a leading service provider of to financial institutions desiring to provide banking services to CRBs and a recognized leader in compliance services for financial institutions, we are well positioned to consolidate offerings across the cannabis financial services value chain. Our deep customer knowledge drives our growth strategy and allows us to target additional services with an existing customer base and add customers through new offerings. We plan to create significant value, attract additional customersfinancial institution clients, and deepen our relationship with existing customers financial institution clients through leveraging our customer account data and insight to develop or acquire additional financial service offerings.

 

We have assembled a highly experienced and complementary senior management team to execute our strategy.

 

Our Chief Executive Officer, Sundie Seefried, has over 35 years of financial services experience, over 30 years as a financial institution executive, with 20 of those as the CEO, and is a nationally recognized CEO and industry thought leader in cannabis financial services. Our Chief Investment Officer, Paul Penney, has over 20 years’ experience working across multiple verticals in portfolio management, research and investment banking, including the last five years directly investing and advising in the cannabis sector. Our Chief Strategic Business Development Officer, Tyler Beuerlein, has over eight years’ experience in cannabis financial services, growing accounts, and developing bank and credit union relationships. We continue to build out a team that we believe can execute on a national strategy and already well versed on the intricacies of the cannabis market. The existing expertise, requiring no steep learning curve, will provide us the competitive advantage to lead the market while others are learning and building expertise.

 

Our Growth Strategies

 

Our goal is to become the leading cannabis focused fintech and provider of access to financial services firm , providing a one -stop one-stop shop for financial institution clients desiring to provide services across all verticals in the cannabis space. In order to achieve our goal, we plan to implement organic and M&A growth strategies along with expanding in keeping with the changing regulatory landscape in the U.S. and abroad.

 

As of March 31, 2022, we have had onboarded and were monitoring approximately 600 clients accounts spanning various CRB sectors, including but not limited to cultivators, manufactures, retailers, technology providers, and point of sale providers. Our clients range from , including small single state operators to some of the largest multi-state cannabis companies. Our annually Deposits processed deposits through our platform for our financial institution clients have steadily increased since our inception. Refer to the below chart for onboarded deposit activity by year.

 

17
 

 

Chart, waterfall chart

Description automatically generated with medium confidence

 

We believe our reputation in the cannabis industry and the financial solutions we provide to financial institutions desiring to provide banking services to CRBs provide us with the opportunity to expand our operational footprint and grow revenue through selling additional services and providing incremental value to for our clients CRBs through lending services. As our clients succeed, we succeed. Our clients’ The revenue growth of the accounts monitored by us will lead to larger deposit driven fees along with an expanding our sticky deposit base , which will in turn allows us to lend more capital provide loan services that further assisting our clients assist the CRBs in their growth. This creates a “flywheel” effect that will benefit us. Through being one of the first providers of access to financial services providers to focus focused on cannabis, we have created the go-to name for access to compliant cannabis financial services and , through our value-added services relating to time-consuming and intensive onboarding, validation and monitoring processes, we continue to see year over year revenue and profit growth.

 

We also plan to grow though expanding our relationships with existing CRB’s that either still hold multiple bank accounts due to multi-state operations through migrating deposits over to Safe Harbor or through attaching value-added services. “Leading with lending” is a strategy that has now been implemented to attract and fortify our client base as we continue to see a highly fragmented competitive landscape. We believe by backing our clients through value added services such as lending, our loyal customer base will only continue to grow along with revenue and profit.

New Medical and Recreational Cannabis Markets

 

Across the U.S., legalization efforts have continued at a swift pace. Generally, states begin with smaller medical cannabis use programs before transitioning to full adult-use recreational markets. As new markets open, CRBs in new states typically have trouble with access to financial services and do not understand how to properly deal with the unique nuances that come with compliantly banking cannabis companies. We plan on leveraging our positioning from a regulatory perspective to be a responsive first-mover into by offering our services to financial institutions in new recreational and medical cannabis markets as they become legal , which will give us an ability to expand operations into these new states. We believe our innate extensive understanding of how to handle this cash intensive business puts us in a unique position to not only assist through providing the our compliance services to financial services but also institutions, and participating in the educational process to ensure a properly banked cannabis industry in each new state. Furthermore, our unique ability to lend lending services will enable us to assist in capitalizing providing sources of capital to early entrants into these newly legalized states and further build a moat around our business model. We have also begun to look at new markets outside the US U.S. that are at the beginning stages of legalization efforts. We will leverage our compliance first expertise as we work with regulators to build out compliant financial service solutions for these jurisdictions.

 

18
 

 

Further Penetrate Existing Legal Markets

 

We plan to leverage our existing position in the market as a reputable solution along with our additional value-added services to grow within the legal cannabis markets that we are in which we currently operating inoperate. While we believe that we are currently one of the larger firms focused on providing access to financial services for cannabis, we are geographically concentrated in the state of Colorado and believe through increased marketing, we are in a strong position to grow our managed the deposits and onboarded and monitored by us and the resulting revenue driven by fees from placement of these deposits and lending services through expansion into new markets in states where cannabis is legal and into existing states where cannabis is legal and in which we have onboarded fewer customers with lower relative managed depositsaccounts. It is important to note that, historically, our growth has been driven primarily through word of mouth surrounding our compliant solution and value-added services. We believe that without past constraints as a result of being wholly owned by PCCU, we will be able to increase our client account onboarding capacity and capture meaningful stakes business in all currently legal cannabis markets. These constraints have included the following:

 

● We have been expanding our management team in anticipation of the closing beyond our prior senior staffing levels, such as adding Paul Penney as our Chief Investment Officer and Tyler Beuerlein as our Chief Strategic Business Development Officer, and engaging other consultants and advisors to assist in the development of our lending program and expanding to expand our business development efforts.

 

● As a wholly owned subsidiary of a credit union, the capacity for our lending capacity services and our ability to attract CRBs onboard additional CRB accounts needing access to deposit services are limited by regulations and PCCU policies that limit, for example, the types and amounts of loans offered to our CRB customers and the aggregate amount of deposits held by PCCU for our CRB customersCRBs. To the extent that we continue to work with PCCU to provide loans to our customers CRBs and host our customer CRB deposits, those regulatory limitations and PCCU policies will continue to apply to loans made and deposits hosted by PCCU. We are not restricted from seeking arrangements with other financial institutions following the closing and therefore our business plan includes a focus on expanding the funding sources for loans to our customers loan services and expanding the number of financial institutions to whom we refer customer depositswill provide our account onboarding, validation and monitoring services.

 

● We have depended on PCCU for various services, including operational, financial, marketing, IT and human resources. PCCU will continue to provide many of these services for us following the closing under our Amended and Restated Support Services Agreement. We currently intend to bring certain functions in house, such as financial reporting and marketing, following the closing. Our ability to bring operational functions in house will enable us to focus our resources in the manner we determine will best serve our needs.

 

19
 

 

Lending

 

Through the introduction of our lending services program in 2020, we have begun to add new revenue streams to the business reflecting our recent focus on ramping up our lending services business. Our lending services program is the among the first commercial cannabis lending services programs in the United States. We believe that our the rates offered by our financial institution clients are extremely competitive relative to the specialty asset lenders, private investment funds and public REITs that have been most active in the CRB lending space, as well as with financial institutions that have begun lending to CRBs. We believe that our advantage is our associated with our lending services is the materially lower cost of capital relative to the other non-financial-institution lenders because our loans to date have been, and we anticipate in the future will be, made from funding provided by deposits held at PCCU and other financial institutions with which we may have future deposit custody relationships. Deposits are traditionally a low cost of funds for financial institutions. By comparison, specialty lenders and other non-financial-institution lenders typically obtain funds for lending activities through debt or equity capital raises or warehouse lines of credit, both of which are generally more costly sources of capital. We believe that our the current cost of capital advantage associated with our lending services will allow us to lend at lower rates while obtaining similar gross yields. Furthermore, our lending services program can allow for further deposit growth of deposit accounts we onboard due to our more recent strategy of adding depository accounts for customers businesses who obtain a loan through our services. This creates a “fly-wheel” effect whereby as As we increase lending services, we may also increase the deposits held by our FIPsfinancial institution clients, which then in turn may increase our lending services. Our cost-of-capital advantage may be eroded, however, as other financial institutions that have a similarly low cost of capital increasingly enter the CRB lending space.

 

On June 7, 2022, we announced the closing of a $5.0 million senior secured loan to Solar Cannabis Co. (“Solar”), headquartered in Somerset, Massachusetts (the “Solar Loan”) by PCCU. Solar was referred to us by Luminous Capital Inc., an affiliate of the Sponsor. The Solar Loan was underwritten and closed in accordance with our PCCU’s customary underwriting standards and closing procedures and funded by PCCU. Pursuant to a consulting agreement dated January 5, 2022 by and between Luminous Capital Inc. and Solar, Luminous Capital Inc. received a fee of $50,000 from Solar in connection with the closing of the Solar Loan. The payment of this fee to Luminous Capital Inc. was disclosed to, and reviewed and approved by, the boards of directors of the Company and PCCU and the board of managers of SHF.

 

20
 

 

Growth Through Potential Acquisitions

 

Initially, our M&A strategy will focus on opportunities that expand our deposit basethe services we can offer, increase our lending capacity and complement our technology platform. We will also intend to focus on growing depository account compliance services and lending services market share through direct asset acquisitions by our financial institution clients of accounts that we will then service. In the long run, a sound M&A strategy will be important to the end goal of Safe Harbor being the one stop shop for access to cannabis focused financial services. We believe approaching potential candidates in a disciplined manner will enhance our reputation as a trustworthy partner and encourage others to come to the table. Our objective is to attract the best of the best with proven track records. Targets will be assessed, amongst other things, based on various attributes including:

 

  existing proven models,
  enhanced and incremental revenue and service offerings,
  accretive internal talent and expertise to grow the cannabis business and
  technological and other competitive differentiation.

 

For each transaction, potential synergies and efficiencies resulting in increased profitability will be analyzed in conjunction with thorough due diligence.

 

Business Development and Sales

 

We have added two very high level, well networked officers to continue to expand our national presence. Paul Penney will build new client relationships via our lending platform; typically requiring a depository relationship along with credit. Over the last eight years, Mr. Penney has established a solid network of cannabis business relationship on which to draw and we are already seeing the benefits of his network at Safe Harbor.

 

We have added Tyler Beuerlein as our Chief Strategic Business Development Officer to continue to expand our national presence. Tyler Mr. Beuerlein has networked at multiple levels, establishing a high level of credibility with financial institutions, regulators and the cannabis industry. He has personally assisted numerous cannabis entities with securing banking across the country and will now bring that talent and network to Safe Harbor. We believe the network built by both Mr. Penney and Mr. Beuerlein Mr. Beuerlein will bring growth to our depository and lending relationships.

  

21
 

 

Marketing

 

Historically, Safe Harbor has grown almost entirely through word of mouth and organic growth. While still robust, growth was constrained by our present owner , PCCU, due to cannabis client concentration limits and other balance sheet constraints. Thus, marketing was not necessary. As the market has evolved and with increased competition, marketing will be leveraged at a higher level than in the past. We have accomplished great success without marketing, and we are confident that allocating marketing dollars to our activities in conjunction with our business development activities will prove fruitful.

 

In 2022, we formally produced our first marketing plan for the next level of success and will be focusing on the following activities to ensure greater exposure and brand awareness:

 

  utilization of a well-known public relations and investor relations firm,
  new website to optimize search engine optimization,
  referral relationships and success fees,
  multiple conference participation and speaking engagements,
  customer retention promotions, and
  email and e-blast campaigns along with more traditional direct mail marketing activities.

 

Technology

 

We are constantly looking to enhance our proprietary software solution built specifically for the cannabis industry. As the market changes or Safe Harbor expands its lines of businesses, we intend to continue to build out our software to ensure efficiencies and fulfilment of necessary BSA obligations and incremental services. Likewise, our proprietary onboarding software will be updated to accommodate new industries as well as enhance present processes for increased efficiencies. We anticipate further expanding our technology to enable us to enhance how we work with multiple our financial institution partners clients and ultimately, consistent with applicable laws and regulations, to allow for greater ability to control customer onboard, validate and monitor CRB deposit accounts and hold loans on our balance sheet in addition to those of provide our lending services to our financial institution partnersclients.

 

22
 

 

Revenue Concentration

 

We have a diversified client base of approximately 572 clients As previously discussed, we provide BSA and other compliance onboarding, validation and monitoring services for PCCU and other financial institutions, which hold the deposit accounts for CRBs and ancillary businesses. We provided these services in connection with approximately 572 account holders, which were composed of 291 CRB’s CRBs and 281 ancillary businesses at December 31, 2021 and approximately 590 clients account holders composed of 307 CRB’s CRBs and 283 ancillary businesses at March 31, 2022. No single client accounted The fees for accounts we onboarded are generated at the account holder level. Currently, fee income from onboarded accounts represents our largest revenue stream. No single account holder was responsible for more than 2% of deposit fee income for the year ended December 31, 2020 or the year ended December 31, and 2021, respectively. No single client accounted account holder was responsible for more than 2% and 3% of deposit fee income for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and the three months ended March 31, 2022, respectively. Currently, deposit fee income represents our largest revenue stream. No single client account holder accounted for more than 6.4% and 7.6% of account balances onboarded at December 31, 2020 or December 31and 2021, 2021respectively. No single client account holder accounted for more than 12.0% and 7.2% of account balances at March 31, 2021 or March 31and 2022, 2022respectively. Our top 10 clients only accounted for The 10 largest accounts onboarded by us resulted in approximately 9.4% and 11.9% of deposit fee income for onboarded accounts for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2021, respectively. Our top 10 clients accounted for , and resulted in approximately 13.1% and 10.3% of deposit fee income for onboarded accounts for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2022, respectively. Currently , we do have a higher concentration of revenue and deposits from accounts for CRBs in Colorado but that has begun to shift throughout 2021 and will continue into the future as we execute a national marketing program.

 

All fees and related revenue for the ongoing monitoring and validation services are collected by Safe Harbor’s financial institution clients or their third party agents and subsequently paid to SHF. Depository and account activity fees are debited from the CRB deposit accounts held at the financial institution clients. Amounts are remitted to Safe Harbor typically one month in arrears. When providing lending services, typically the full loan amount is funded by the financial institution client to a third party processor prior to payment to the borrower. Any loan origination fees due to Safe Harbor are remitted to Safe Harbor from the processor at the time of loan closing. Loan interest is currently collected by either a third party servicer or the financial institution client. Related loan interest due to Safe Harbor is typically paid one to two months in arears. Interest income is generated from depository cash held at the financial institution. Safe Harbor’s portion of interest income is paid to Safe Harbor by the financial institution client.

 

Regulation

 

In the conduct of its business, Safe Harbor is subject to various laws, regulations and rules enacted by national, regional and local governments relating to, among other things, laws and regulations associated with lending and the cannabis industry. As a subsidiary of a credit union and a CUSOcredit union service organization (a “CUSO”), Safe Harbor’s services historically have been subject to regulatory oversight from the NCUA. Following the closing of the Business Combination, Safe Harbor will no longer be a CUSO. Nevertheless, to ensure we provide our services in a manner compliant mannerwith our financial institution partners’ regulatory requirements, Safe Harbor maintains policies and procedures consistent with the requirements of the 2014 FinCen Guidelines Guidance and the BSA.

 

23
 

 

  The 2014 FinCEN Guidelines Guidance clarify how financial institutions can provide services to CRBs businesses consistent with their BSA obligations. The 2014 FinCEN Guidelines Guidance provide that the decision to open, close, or refuse any particular account or relationship should be made by each financial institution based on a number of factors specific to that institution, including the institution’s business objectives, an evaluation of the risks associated with offering a particular product or service, and its capacity to manage those risks effectively. The 2014 FinCEN Guidelines Guidance specify that thorough customer due diligence is a critical aspect of making this assessment, which diligence should include: (i) verifying with the appropriate state authorities whether the business is duly licensed and registered; (ii) reviewing the license application (and related documentation) submitted by the business for obtaining a state license to operate its marijuana-related business; (iii) requesting from state licensing and enforcement authorities available information about the business and related parties; (iv) developing an understanding of the normal and expected activity for the business, including the types of products to be sold and the type of customers to be served (e.g., medical versus recreational customers); (v) ongoing monitoring of publicly available sources for adverse information about the business and related parties; (vi) ongoing monitoring for suspicious activity, including for any of the red flags described in this guidance; and (vii) refreshing information obtained as part of customer due diligence on a periodic basis and commensurate with the risk. The 2014 FinCEN Guidelines Guidance also provide guidance with respect to a financial institution’s or service provider’s obligations to file suspicious activity reports, or SARs, on CRBs. The 2014 FinCEN Guidelines Guidance also describe describes “red flags” that point to activities that signal potential illegal activities. Finally, the 2014 FinCEN Guidelines remind Guidance reminds financial institutions of their obligations to file currency transaction reports for CRBs engaging in cash transactions in excess of $10,000 per day.

 

  The Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, which is commonly referred to as the “Bank Secrecy Act,” or BSA, requires U.S. financial institutions to assist U.S. government agencies to detect and prevent money laundering. Specifically, the BSA requires financial institutions to keep records of cash purchases of negotiable instruments, file currency transaction reports, and to report suspicious activity that might signify money laundering, tax evasion, or other criminal activities.

 

To the extent that Safe Harbor’s provides the funding for a loan, its commercial lending activities are subject to various state laws relating to usury that govern or limit interest rates and other fees charged on loans, permitted contractual loan terms, collection practices and creditor remedies.

 

As Safe Harbor’s business expands to additional states, we will be required to review and comply with those states’ laws that apply to our services and business activities. We will also be required to determine whether we will become subject to additional areas of regulation if we expand the types of activities in which we engage. For example, because we do not hold customer deposits or offer loans for consumer or personal purposes, we are not currently required to have a financial institution charter or lending license in the states in which we currently provide services or loans. If we do not identify activities that would require a regulatory application, license or other approval, or if the interpretation and application of the laws to which we are currently subject change, those additional laws, rules and regulations or changes therein could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations. A failure to comply with any applicable laws, regulations or rules, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

24
 

 

Competition

 

We operate in an increasingly competitive market for compliance, customer intake and management, and lending services. Our competitors for our compliance and customer-focused services include both traditional financial institutions and fintech companies. Some of our competitors are substantially larger and more established and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. Although we believe that some of our competition is fragmented, with competitors offering technology that enhances customer banking experiences or offers compliance-focused solutions directly to the financial institution but not a combined suite of offerings consisting of compliance focused software and monitoring coupled with personalized financial services relationship management and lending capabilities, there can be no assurances that our services will enable us to successfully compete against our competitors. In addition, lending competitors include both private investment funds and public REITS focused on the cannabis industry as well as specialty asset lenders. More recently, traditional financial institutions have begun offering loans to CRBs. Because they have a cost of funds more comparable to ours, we may face greater competition in providing loans to CRBs.

 

Intellectual Property

 

We have filed an application to register the mark “Safe Harbor Financial” in the United States. We also rely on non-disclosure agreements, invention assignment agreements, intellectual property assignment agreements, or license agreements with employees, independent contractors, consumers, software providers and other third parties, which protect and limit access to and use of our proprietary intellectual property.

 

Circumstances outside our control could pose a threat to our intellectual property rights. For more information, see the section entitled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Safe Harbor’s Intellectual Property.”

 

Facilities

 

Our corporate headquarters is located in Arvada, Colorado pursuant to a month-to-month lease from PCCU that expires in July 2021. Safe Harbor has outgrown this space and is currently looking at moving to a space that is better suited for growth and to attract and retain top-tier talent. We believe we can obtain this required space on commercially reasonable terms.

 

Employees and Human Capital Resources

 

As of March 31, 2022, we had 29 full-time employees, including employees focused on private banking advisory services to financial institution clients, onboarding, compliance, lending services, marketing, business development and strategy and two contract employees. In 2021, we had a total turnover ratio of 29% with a voluntary turnover of 23% and involuntary turnover of 6%. During the three months ended March 31, 2022, we had a total turnover ratio of 3.7%. We also engage independent contractors to supplement our permanent workforce. Our entire workforce is in the United States. As the company looks to expand into new international cannabis markets it may add additional employees in those jurisdictions.

 

25
 

 

We believe that being able to attract and retain top talent is both a strategic advantage for Safe Harbor and is necessary to realize our business objectives. We consider our relations with our employees to be good. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or covered by collective bargaining agreements, and we have not experienced any work stoppages.

 

Executive Officers

 

Set forth below is certain information regarding the current executive officers of SHF:

 

Name   Age   Position
         
Sundie Seefried   60   Chief Executive Officer
         
Tyler Beuerlein   42   Chief Strategic Business Development Officer

 

Sundie Seefried. Ms. Seefried currently serves as the Chief Executive Officer of SHF, a position she has held since July 2021. Prior to joining SHF, Ms. Seefried served as the Chief Executive Officer of PCCU from 2001 until June 2021 and as the Chief Executive Officer of Eagle Legacy Services, LLC from January 2020 until March 2021. Ms. Seefried previously served as a board member of the Colorado Division of Financial Services from 2019 until 2021, and as a board member of the Credit Union Association from 2007 until 2015. Ms. Seefried received her Bachelor of Science in Business Management from the University of Maryland and her Master of Business Administration from Regis University, Colorado.

 

Tyler Beuerlein. Mr. Beuerlein currently serves as the Chief Strategic Business Development Officer of SHF, a position he has held since April 2022. Prior to his employment with SHF, from February 2015 to April 2022, he served as the Chief Revenue Officer and Chief Business Development Officer for Hypur Ventures, a venture capital fund dedicated strategic investments in businesses that operate in the legal cannabis industry. Mr. Beuerlein was the former Chairman of the National Cannabis Industry Association Banking and Financial Services Committee (2020). Additionally, he has been appointed to be on both the Marijuana Business Daily’s Advisory Board and ATACH Cannabis Beverage Council. He is also a member of the Forbes Business Development Council. Formerly, Mr. Beuerlein founded and managed a large beverage company and was a Professional athlete in the New York Mets Organization.

 

Available Information

 

SHF’s Internet address is https://shfinancial.org/. The information contained on SHF’s website is not incorporated by reference into this filing and should not be considered part of this filing. SHF’s principal executive offices are located at 5269 W. 62nd Avenue, Arvada, Colorado 80003 and its telephone number is (303) 431-3435. SHF was organized in the State of Colorado on May 1, 2020.

 

26

 

 

Exhibit 99.6

 

SHF’S MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

References in this section to “we,” “us,” or “our” refer to SHF. References to “management” refer to our officers and board of managers. The following discussion and analysis of our financial performance and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

Forward Looking Statements

 

All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this report, including statements regarding future operations, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, forward-looking statements may be identified by words such as “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “could,” “would,” “expect,” “objective,” “plan,” “potential,” “seek,” “grow,” “target,” “if,” and similar expressions intended to identify forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy, short-term and long-term business operations, objectives, and financial needs.

 

Overview

 

Founded in 2015 by PCCU (please see “Business Reorganization” below for a description of SHF’s organization), SHF’s mission is to provide access to reliable and compliant financial services for the legal cannabis industry. Through that mission and as an early leader with over seven years of experience, SHF is a leading provider of access to reliable and compliance driven banking, lending and other financial services to financial institutions desiring to provide those services to the cannabis industry.

 

Through our proprietary platform and on a multi-state level, SHF provides access to the following banking related services through PCCU and other financial institutions:

 

  Business checking and savings accounts
     
  Cash management accounts
     
  Savings and investment options
     
  Commercial lending
     
  Courier services (via third party relationships)
     
  Remote deposit services
     
  Automated Clearing House (ACH) payments and origination
     
  Wire payments

 

1
 

 

Our services allow CRBs to obtain services from financial institutions that allow them to run their business more efficiently and effectively with improved financial insight into their business and access to resources to help them grow. Due to limited availability of payment and other banking solutions for the cannabis industry, most businesses transact with high volumes of cash. Our fintech platform benefits CRBs and financial institutions by providing CRBs with access to financial institutions and financial institutions access to increased deposits with the comfort of knowing that those deposits have been compliantly monitored and validated. By facilitating the daily deposits of cash receipts between CRBs and financial institutions, the risks associated with high cash on hand are mitigated, creating a safer atmosphere for the CRB’s employees and the financial institutions at which the deposit accounts are held. Because SHF is not a financial institution, SHF does not hold customer deposits. All deposit accounts are held by SHF’s financial institution clients and all transmissions of funds to and from deposit accounts are handled directly by the financial institutions.

 

In an industry with limited capital and financing options, we offer access to loan options at what we believe to be competitive rates often with less punitive terms than the current industry average. Our financial institution clients offer loan options including senior secured debt and operating lines of debt. Collateral types include real estate, equipment, and other business assets. We also provide access to lending options for ancillary service providers serving the cannabis industry as these businesses also can have difficulty finding reliable financial services.

 

To ensure access to consistent and dependable banking access to CRBs, we provide our compliance, validation and monitoring services to financial institutions in a compliance driven environment ensuring strict adherence to the Bank Secrecy Act/FinCEN guidance and related anti money laundering provisions. Since inception, SHF has assisted PCCU in processing more than $12 billion in cannabis related funds and, through its relationship with PCCU and other financial institutions, SHF has successfully navigated 16 state and federal banking exams.

 

In strategically selected geographic areas, SHF licenses to other financial institutions its proprietary software and Safe Harbor Program (the “Program”) to provide compliance-related services to CRBs. As part of the Program, we provide the following to financial institutions interested in licensing the Program to assist in compliant cannabis banking:

 

  Initial customer due diligence – Know Your Customer
     
  Customer application management
     
  Program management support
     
  Compliance monitoring
     
  Regulatory exam assistance

 

2
 

 

Business Reorganization

 

SHF is the result of Carved-Out Operations (as defined below) of PCCU, a Colorado based credit union. The predecessor to SHF, Eagle Legacy Services, PLLC d/b/a Safe Harbor Services (“SHS” or “Oldco”), was established as a limited liability company, acting as a credit union service organization in accordance with applicable laws, in order to provide financial, lending and operational services primarily to the cannabis industry and cannabis related businesses (“CRBs”). SHS was a wholly owned subsidiary of PCCU. In addition to SHF, the Carved-Out Operations consist of certain Credit Union branches (the “Branches”) of PCCU and SHF.

 

As the business began to scale in 2020, PCCU created two new entities: SHF Holding Co, LLC (“Holdco”), an interim holding company that is directly wholly owned by PCCU, and SHF, an operating entity wholly owned by Holdco. PCCU’s Board of Directors approved the contribution of certain assets and operating activities associated with operations from both the Branches and Oldco to Holdco. Holdco then contributed the same assets and related operations to SHF with PCCU’s investment in SHF maintained at the Holdco level (the “reorganization”). The reorganization effectively occurred July 1, 2021. In conjunction with the reorganization, all Branches’ employees and certain PCCU employees were terminated from PCCU and hired as SHF employees. Collectively, SHS, the Branches and SHF represent the “Carved-Out Operations.” After the reorganization, SHF contains the entirety of the Carved-Out Operations and Oldco was dissolved. SHF does business as Safe Harbor Financial.

 

Effective July 1, 2021, SHF entered into an Account Servicing Agreement with PCCU, which governed the fees paid by PCCU to SHF for the services provided by SHF until this agreement was amended as described below. Through the Account Servicing Agreement, SHF provided compliance, validation and monitoring services, and facilitates other financial services offered by PCCU to its CRB deposit accounts held and controlled by PCCU. SHF assumed the responsibility for the expenses associated with the services it provided. These costs include employees to manage customer onboarding and compliance, rent and office expense, insurance and other operating expenses necessary to service these accounts. Under the agreement, PCCU paid to SHF all revenue generated from these accounts. Amounts due to SHF were due monthly in arrears and upon receipt of invoice. The agreement was for an initial term of 3 years from the effective date and renewed thereafter for 1-year terms until either SHF or PCCU provided sixty days prior written notice. Pursuant to this agreement, SHF reported revenue of $1,628,090 and $3,168,243 for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and for the period July 1, 2021 to December 31, 2021, respectively.

 

Effective July 1, 2021, SHF entered into a Support Services Agreement with PCCU, which governed the fees paid by SHF to PCCU for the services provided by PCCU until this agreement was amended as described below. In exchange for hosting the deposit accounts and the related loans and providing certain infrastructure support, PCCU received from SHF a monthly fee per deposit account. In addition, 25% of any investment income associated with CRB deposits was paid to PCCU. The respective duties and obligations as per the agreement commenced on the effective date and continued unless terminated by either SHF or PCCU upon giving sixty days prior written notice. Pursuant to this agreement, SHF reported expense of $83,808 and $190,908 for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and for the period July 1, 2021 to December 31, 2021.

 

3
 

 

Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, SHF entered into amended agreements with PCCU under similar terms as the July 2021 agreements. In addition, and in conjunction with the Purchase Agreement, SHF and PCCU entered into a Loan Servicing Agreement. These agreements are intended to reflect that SHF now bears the substantial expenses (i.e., employees, training and technology) resulting from taking on the account onboarding, validation and monitoring functions that PCCU would otherwise have borne directly.

 

Significant terms of the Amended and Restated Account Servicing Agreement and Amended and Restated Support Services Agreement are as follows:

 

  Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Account Servicing Agreement, SHF’s fees for such services will equal all cannabis-related income, including all lending-related income (such as loan origination fees, interest income on CRB-related loans, participation fees and servicing fees), investment income, interest income, account activity fees, processing fees, flat fees, and other revenue generated from cannabis and multi-state hemp accounts that are hosted on PCCU’s core system. The Amended and Restated Account Servicing Agreement is for an initial term of three years and will renew for additional one-year terms unless a party provides 120 days’ notice of non-renewal, provided that PCCU may not provide notice of non-renewal until 30 months following the signing date. The Amended and Restated Account Servicing Agreement initially provided that the agreement would terminate within 60 days of SHF no longer qualifying as a “credit union service organization” (a “CUSO”) or within 60 days of the assumption by a third party of all CRB-related accounts; however, on May 23, 2022, SHF and PCCU entered into the Second Amended and Restated Account Servicing Agreement, which removed the provision providing for the termination of the agreement within 60 days of SHF no longer qualifying as a CUSO, as SHF will cease to qualify as a CUSO following the closing of the Business Combination.
     
  Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Support Services Agreement, PCCU will continue to provide to SHF certain operational and administrative services relating to, among other things, human resources, employee benefits, IT and systems, accounting and marketing and capacity for CRB depository accounts for a monthly fee equal to $30.96 per account in 2022 and $25.32 per account in 2023 and 2024. In addition, as it pertains to CRB deposits held at PCCU, investment and interest income earned on these deposits (excluding interest income on loans funded by PCCU) will be shared 25% to PCCU and 75% to SHF. SHF will also reimburse PCCU for any of its out-of-pocket expenses relating to the services provided to SHF. Finally, under the Amended and Restated Support Services Agreement, PCCU will continue to allow its ratio of CRB-related deposits to total assets to equal at least 65% unless otherwise dictated by regulatory, regulator or policy requirements. The Amended and Restated Support Services Agreement has the same term and termination provisions as the Amended and Restated Account Servicing Agreement, including a provision providing for the termination of the agreement within 60 days of SHF no longer qualifying as a “credit union service organization.” On May 23, 2022, SHF and PCCU entered into the Second Amended and Restated Support Services Agreement, which removed the provision providing for the termination of the agreement within 60 days of SHF no longer qualifying as a CUSO, as SHF will cease to qualify as a CUSO following the closing of the Business Combination.

 

4
 

 

Effective February 11, 2022, SHF entered into a Loan Servicing Agreement with PCCU. The agreement sets forth the application, underwriting and approval process for loans from PCCU to CRB customers and the loan servicing and monitoring responsibilities provided by both PCCU and SHF. For the loans subject to this agreement, SHF originates the loans and performs all compliance analysis, credit analysis of the potential borrower, due diligence and underwriting and all administration, including hiring and incurring the costs of all related personnel or third-party vendors necessary to perform these services. PCCU receives a monthly servicing fee at an annual rate of 0.25% of the then-outstanding principal balance of each loan funded by PCCU. Under the Loan Servicing Agreement, SHF has agreed to indemnify PCCU from all claims related to default-related loan losses as defined in the Loan Servicing Agreement. The agreement is for an initial term of three years and will renew for additional one-year terms unless a party provides 120 days’ notice of non-renewal or there is a termination for cause, provided that PCCU may not provide notice of non-renewal until 30 months following the signing date.

 

The SHF lending services program currently depends on PCCU as its largest funding source for new loans to CRBs. Under PCCU’s loan policy for loans to CRBs, PCCU’s board of directors has approved aggregate lending limits at the lessor of 1.3125 times PCCU’s net worth or 65% of total CRB deposits. Concentration limits for the deployment of loans are further categorized as (i) real estate secured, (ii) construction, (iii) unsecured and (iv) mixed collateral with each category limited to a percentage of PCCU’s net worth. In addition, loans to any one borrower or group of associated borrowers are limited by applicable National Credit Union Association (“NCUA”) regulations to the greater of $100,000 or 15% of PCCU’s net worth.

 

Purchase Agreement and Public Company Costs

 

On February 11, 2021, SHF entered into the Purchase Agreement with the Company, and assuming a favorable vote of the Company’s stockholders and SHF’s managers and satisfaction or waiver of all other closing conditions, the Company will purchase all of the issued and outstanding membership interests of SHF in exchange for an aggregate of $185,000,000, consisting of (i) 11,386,139 shares of the Company’s Class A Stock with an aggregate value equal to $115,000,000 and (ii) $70,000,000 in cash paid to the Seller. At the closing, the Company will deposit 1,831,683 shares of the Class A Stock with an escrow agent to be held in escrow for a period of 12 months following the closing to satisfy potential indemnification claims of the parties

 

The Company will amend and restate its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the form of the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation included in this proxy statement as Annex B to, among other matters: (a) change its name to “SHF Holdings Inc.,” or such other name as mutually agreed to by the parties to the Purchase Agreement; (b) expand the board of directors to seven individuals divided into three classes; and (c) remove and change certain provisions in the existing Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation related to the Company’s status as a blank check company. Additionally, each then-outstanding share of Class B Stock of the Company will be converted into one share of Class A Stock.

 

SHF will be deemed the accounting predecessor and the post-combination company will be the successor SEC registrant, which means that SHF’s financial statements for previous periods will be disclosed in the post-combination company’s future periodic reports filed with the SEC.

 

5
 

 

While the legal acquirer in the Purchase Agreement is the Company, for financial accounting and reporting purposes under U.S. GAAP, the Company will be the accounting acquirer and the transaction will be accounted for as a “reverse recapitalization.” A reverse recapitalization does not result in a new basis of accounting, and the financial statements of the post-combination company represent the continuation of the financial statements of SHF in many respects. Under this method of accounting, the Company will be treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. For accounting purposes, SHF will be deemed to be the accounting acquirer in the Business Combination and, consequently, the Business Combination will be treated as a recapitalization of SHF (i.e., a capital transaction involving the issuance of stock by the Company for the stock of SHF). Accordingly, the consolidated assets, liabilities, and results of operations of SHF will become the historical financial statements of the post-combination company, and the Company’s assets, liabilities and results of operations will be consolidated with SHF’s beginning on the acquisition date. Operations prior to the closing of the merger will be presented as those of SHF’s in future reports. The net assets of the Company will be recognized at historical cost (which is expected to be consistent with carrying value), with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. The most significant change in the post-combination company’s future reported financial position and results are expected to be an estimated decrease in cash (as compared to SHF’s consolidated balance sheet at March 31, 2022) of approximately $6.1 million assuming 85.7% of the Company’s public stockholders elect to have their shares redeemed, or an estimated increase in cash of approximately $94.4 million, assuming no stockholder redemptions.

 

As a consequence of the Business Combination, SHF will become the successor to an SEC-registered and Nasdaq-listed company which requires SHF to hire additional personnel and implement procedures and processes to address public company regulatory requirements and customary practices. SHF expects to incur additional annual expenses as a public company for, among other things, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, director fees and additional internal and external accounting and legal and administrative resources, including increased audit and legal fees. See the section entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information” for the estimated impact of these additional expenses following closing of the Business Combination. We expect to incur approximately $0.1 million to $0.2 million in additional costs prior to closing of the Business Combination, which are not direct costs of the transaction but rather public company readiness costs and thus will be expensed to operating expense during the first and second quarters of 2022.

 

Key Metrics

 

In addition to the measures presented in our consolidated financial statements, our management regularly monitors certain measures in the operation of our business. These key metrics are discussed below.

 

6
 

 

Earnings Before Interest Taxes Depreciation and Amortization (EBITDA) and Adjusted EBITDA

 

To provide investors with additional information regarding our financial results, we have disclosed EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, both of which are non-GAAP financial measures that we calculate as net loss before taxes and depreciation and amortization expense in the case of EBITDA and further adjusted to exclude non-cash, unusual and/or infrequent costs in the case of Adjusted EBITDA. Below we have provided a reconciliation of net loss (the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure) to EBITDA and from EBITDA to Adjusted EBITDA.

 

We present EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA because these metrics are a key measure used by our management to evaluate our operating performance, generate future operating plans, and make strategic decisions regarding the allocation of investment capacity. Accordingly, we believe that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management.

 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are as follows:

 

  although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and both EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;
     
  EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; and
     
  EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us.

 

Because of these limitations, you should consider EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA alongside other financial performance measures, including net loss and our other GAAP results.

 

A reconciliation of net loss to non-GAAP EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is as follows:

 

   Three Months Ended March 31, 
   2022   2021 
Net income  $501,600   $888,404 
Interest expense        
Depreciation and amortization expense   817    445 
Taxes        
EBITDA   502,417    888,849 
Other adjustments – loan loss provision/indemnity expense   68,190    5,102 
Adjusted EBITDA  $570,607   $893,951 

 

7
 

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2021   2020 
Net income  $3,286,887   $5,115,306 
Interest expense       2,511 
Depreciation and amortization expense   1,921    5,859 
Taxes        
EBITDA   3,288,808    5,123,676 
Other adjustments – loan loss provision   1,399    13,342 
Adjusted EBITDA  $3,290,207   $5,137,018 

 

The decrease in our income on an EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA basis is due to decreased revenue and increased operating expenses, as discussed under “— Discussion of our Results of Operations” below. Other adjustments include estimated future loan losses not yet realized including amounts indemnified to PCCU for shares funded by them. Effective February 2022, SHF entered into a Loan Servicing Agreement with PCCU, pursuant to which SHF has agreed to indemnify PCCU for claims associated with CRB activities including any loan default related losses for loans funded by PCCU.

 

Other Metrics

 

For our business operations, we monitor the following key metrics.

 

Total account balances, number of accounts and average account balances

 

Our lending capacity is dependent on the size of our managed deposit base and number of active accounts. In addition, fees are generated based on open accounts and account activity. We monitor account activity including deposits, withdrawals and ending account balance daily. Total account balances represent the balance of onboarded and monitored deposits on hand at financial institution clients at period end. Average account balance represents the total account balance divided by the number of accounts at the period end.

 

Account fees per average active accounts managed

 

Currently a significant amount of our fees is generated from account openings, active accounts and account activity. As a result, we monitor account openings and closings on a daily, weekly and monthly basis. We strive to meet the appropriate balance between depository balances and fees and therefore review account fees per number of active accounts managed.

 

Three Months Ended March 31,    2022   2021   Change ($)   Change (%) 
Average monthly ending deposit balance (1)  $141,842,007   $172,369,321   $(30,527,314)   (17.7)%
Account fees (2)  $1,466,868   $1,495,544   $(28,676)   (1.9)%
Average active accounts (3)   581    510    71    13.9%
                       
Average account balance (4)  $244,134   $337,979   $(93,845)   (27.8)%
Average fees per account (4)  $2,525   $2,932   $(407)   (13.9)%

 

8
 

 

Year Ended December 31,    2021   2020   Change ($)   Change (%) 
Average monthly ending deposit balance (1)  $180,462,421   $142,540,545   $37,921,876    27%
Annual account fees (2)  $6,039,358   $6,868,275   $(828,917)   (12)%
Average active accounts (3)   535    526    9    2%
                       
Average account balance (4)  $337,313   $270,990   $66,323    24%
Average fees per account (4)  $11,289   $13,058   $(1,769)   (14)%

 

(1) Represents the average of monthly ending account balances
(2) Reported account activity fee revenue
(3) Represents the average of monthly ending active accounts
(4) Refer to the below section – Discussion of Results of our Operations for additional discussion of trends.

 

While the average number of accounts increased for the three months ended March 31, 2022 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2021, the average account size and account fees decreased as we experienced some churn of larger clients replaced by smaller business. We expect this trend to shift as we lead with our lending program typically requiring borrowers to place deposits with financial institutions with which we have relationships.

 

SHF’s lending operations are considered early stage, as it began its focused efforts on expanding its lending in 2021. We are focused on enhancing and growing our lending platform. Incremental lending key metrics will be monitored as this portion of our business grows in volume. Metrics will include average loan balance, average life to repayment, average effective interest rate and loan status, amongst others.

 

Components of our Results of Operations

 

Revenue

 

SHF generates interest and fee income through providing a variety of services to PCCU to facilitate its banking services to CRBs including, among other things, Bank Secrecy Act and other regulatory compliance and reporting, onboarding, responding to account inquiries, responding to customer service inquiries relating to CRB deposit accounts held at financial institution clients, and sourcing and originating loans. In addition, SHF provides these similar services and outsourced support to other financial institutions providing banking to the cannabis industry. These services are provided under the Safe Harbor Master Program Agreement.

 

9
 

 

Operating expenses

 

Operating expenses consist of compensation and benefits, professional services, rent expense, parent allocations, provisions for loan losses and indemnity expense and other general and administrative expenses.

 

Compensation and benefits consist of employee wages and associated benefits while professional services consist of legal and general and accounting fees.

 

Professional services expense includes legal, accounting and other consulting expense.

 

PCCU allocations include corporate allocations such as information technology, customer support, marketing, executive compensation and other general and administrative expenses are attributed to the Carved-Out Operations based on the size of the specifically identifiable CRB’s deposit balances, deposit activity and accounts relative to the totals of the consolidated PCCU. These allocations were discontinued effective July 1, 2021 in conjunction with the business reorganization.

 

SHF reports a provision for loan losses both as it relates to loans funded internally and those carried by PCCU or other financial institutions. SHF indemnifies PCCU for losses on loans to borrowers sourced by SHF and funded by PCCU. SHF anticipates comparable arrangements with other financial institutions that fund loans to borrowers sourced by SHF.

 

Other general and administrative expenses consist of various miscellaneous items including account hosting fees, insurance expense, travel meals and entertainment and other office and operating expense.

 

Discussion of our Results of Operations —2022 Compared to 2021

 

Revenue

 

Three Months Ended March 31,  2022   2021   Change ($)   Change (%) 
Account fees  $1,466,868   $1,495,554    (28,686)   (1.9)%
Safe Harbor Program   43,020    154,995    (111,975)   (72.2)%
Investment income   93,986    78,011    15,975    20.5%
Loan interest income   67,236    21,721    45,515    209.5%
Total Revenue  $1,671,110   $1,750,281    (79,171)   (4.5)%

 

Account fee income consists of deposit account fees, activity fees and onboarding income. Historically, SHF has received from PCCU fees based on cannabis related deposit account activity. During 2021, we reduced our fee percentage for cannabis specific accounts in order to ensure we were competitive with the market. During January 2022, we implemented a flat fee for certain CRB accounts based on historical and anticipated deposit levels. In addition, we receive a flat fee and lower rates for ancillary accounts, which are accounts are provided to businesses servicing the cannabis industry in general but that do not manufacture, possess, distribute or transport cannabis. The ratio of ancillary accounts to cannabis specific accounts increased during 2021.

 

10
 

 

SHF licenses similar account services and outsourced support to other financial institutions providing banking to the cannabis industry. These services are provided under the Safe Harbor Master Program Agreement. Revenue from the licensing of this program has intentionally decreased as we strategically narrow the financial institutions permitted to license the program.

 

Investment income increased as a result of recent Federal Reserve interest rate increases.

 

Loan interest income has increased as SHF increases its focus on providing lending services. At the end of 2020, SHF serviced two loans as compared to four at the end of 2021. In addition, for the three months ended March 31, 2022, SHF sourced three incremental loans funded by PCCU under the Loan Servicing Agreement. SHF anticipates significantly increasing its loan services during 2022 with approximately $37.0 million of SHF originated loans in underwriting as of June 8, 2022.

 

Operating expenses

 

As discussed in the Business Reorganization section above, PCCU allocations were discontinued effective July 1, 2021 and SHF entered into both an account servicing agreement and support service agreement. There is no impact on revenue as a result of implementing these agreements.

 

Three Months Ended March 31,  2022   2021   Change ($)   Change (%) 
Compensation and employee benefits  $722,525   $508,641    213,884    42%
Professional services   130,816    24,657    106,159    431%
Rent expense   25,025    14,800    10,225    69%
Parent allocations       281,126    (281,126)   (100)%
Provision for loan losses   68,190    5,102    63,088    1,237%
General and administrative expenses   222,954    27,551    195,403    709%
Total Operating Expenses  $1,169,510   $861,877    307,633    36%

 

Compensation and employee benefits increased primarily as a result of Sundie Seefried, our CEO, and one of our Vice Presidents resigning from PCCU effective July 1, 2021 and beginning employment at SHF the same date. Prior to the July 1, 2021 reorganization a portion of their costs would have been included in the Parent allocations. Amounts also increased as SHF increased head count in conjunction with anticipated growth.

 

Professional services expense increased primarily due to audit fees incurred during 2021 and increased consulting fees as we increase our lending activity.

 

Parent allocations decreased to zero as they were discontinued in conjunction with the reorganization discussed in the Business Reorganization section above.

 

General and administrative expenses increased across various categories including: i) approximately $84,000 in account and hosting fees as a result of the discussed reorganization, ii) approximately $82,000 in increased advertising and marketing as we focus on growth and iii) $60,000 in incremental expense as we prepare to be a public company

 

11
 

 

Proforma Summary Financial Statements

 

As discussed in the Business Reorganization section above, parent allocations were discontinued effective July 1, 2022 and SHF entered into both an account servicing agreement and support service agreement with PCCU. Had the effect of these agreements been applied to period prior to July 1, 2021, we estimate the following impact to the summary financial statements:

 

Three Months Ended    2022   2021 
March 31,    Reported   Adj   Adjusted   Reported   Adj   Adjusted 
Revenue (1)  $1,671,110   $   $1,671,110   $1,750,281   $   $1,750,281 
Operating expense (2)   1,169,510        1,169,510    861,887    35,664    897,541 
Net income    $501,600   $   $501,600   $888,403   $(35,664)  $852,740 

 

(1) The reported financial statements include all CRB account related revenue. As a result, no adjustment is necessary for revenue
(2) Adjustments to operating expense include the removal of corporate allocations and the inclusion of fees under the new Services Agreements including i) per account hosting fee, (ii) 25% shared investment income fee and (iii) loan servicing fee equal to 25 basis points of the average outstanding loan principal balance. In the audited financial statements, no loans were held at PCCU subject to the loan servicing fee. In addition, as corporate allocations were removed we included an adjustment for the PCCU CEO base salary prior to July 1, 2021 plus a 30% benefit charge as this individual became the SHF CEO effective July 1, 2021. The 30% benefit charge is consistent with the historical experience of SHF.

 

Discussion of our Results of Operations — 2021 Compared to 2020

 

Revenue

 

Year Ended December 31,  2021   2020   Change ($)   Change (%) 
Account fees  $6,039,358   $6,868,275    (828,917)   (12)%
Safe Harbor Program   478,041    573,309    (95,268)   (17)%
Investment income   376,918    559,415    (182,497)   (33)%
Loan interest income   102,961    25,280    77,681    307%
Miscellaneous income   8,301    11,859    (3,558)   (30)%
Total Revenue  $7,005,579   $8,038,138    (1,032,559)   (13)%

 

Account fee income consists of deposit account fees, activity fees and onboarding income. Historically SHF has received fees based on cannabis related deposit account activity at PCCU. During 2021, we reduced our fee percentage for cannabis specific accounts in order to ensure we were competitive with the market. During January 2022, we implemented a flat fee for certain CRB accounts based on historical and anticipated deposit levels. In addition, we receive a flat fee and lower rates for ancillary accounts, which are accounts are provided to businesses servicing the cannabis industry in general but that do not manufacture, possess, distribute or transport cannabis. The ratio of ancillary accounts to cannabis specific accounts increased during 2021.

 

12
 

 

SHF provides similar account services and outsourced support to other financial institutions providing banking to the cannabis industry. These services are provided under the Safe Harbor Master Program Agreement. Revenue has decreased as we narrow the financial institutions and states we allow under this program and instead focus on servicing CRBs directly.

 

Investment income declined as a result of a lower interest rate environment for all of 2021 coupled with a risk reduced investment portfolio given the uncertain environment relating to the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

Loan interest income has increased from 2021 to 2020 as SHF increases its focus on lending. At the end of 2020, SHF serviced two loans as compared to four at the end of 2021. SHF anticipates significantly increasing its loan services during 2022 with approximately $37.0 million in potential loans in underwriting as of June 8, 2022.

 

Operating expenses

 

As discussed in the Business Reorganization section above, PCCU allocations were discontinued effective July 1, 2022 and SHF entered into both an account servicing agreement and support service agreement. There is no impact on revenue as a result of implementing these agreements.

 

Year Ended December 31,  2021   2020   Change ($)   Change (%) 
Compensation and employee benefits  $2,135,243   $1,729,190    406,053    23%
Professional services   292,143    124,071    168,072    135%
Rent expense   73,482    71,382    2,100    3%
Parent allocations   648,533    840,142    (191,609)   (23)%
Provision for loan losses   1,399    13,342    (11,943)   (90)%
General and administrative expenses   567,892    142,194    425,698    299%
Total Operating Expenses  $3,718,692   $2,920,321    798,371    27%

 

Compensation and employee benefits increased primarily as a result of Sundie Seefried, our CEO, resigning as PCCU’s CEO effective July 1, 2021 and beginning employment at SHF the same date. Prior to the July 1, 2021 reorganization a portion of her costs would have been included in the Parent allocations. Amounts also increased as SHF increased head count in conjunction with anticipated growth.

 

Professional services expense increased primarily due to audit fees incurred during 2021 and increased consulting fees as we increase our lending activity.

 

Parent allocations decreased as they were discontinued in conjunction with the reorganization discussed in the Business Reorganization section above.

 

13
 

 

General and administrative expenses increased across various categories including: i) approximately $190,000 in account and hosting fees as a result of the discussed reorganization, ii) approximately $65,000 in increased advertising and marketing as we focus on growth and iii) $150,000 associated with a legal settlement.

 

Proforma Summary Financial Statements

 

As discussed in the Business Reorganization section above, parent allocations were discontinued effective July 1, 2022 and SHF entered into both an account servicing agreement and support service agreement. Had the effect of these agreements been applied to period prior to July 1, 2021, we estimate the following impact to the summary financial statements:

 

Year Ended    2021   2020 
December 31,    Reported   Adj   Adjusted   Reported   Adj   Adjusted 
Revenue (1)  $7,005,579   $   $7,005,579   $8,038,138   $   $8,038,138 
Operating expense (2)   3,718,692    (13,592)   3,705,100    2,920,321    41,240    2,961,561 
Other expense                 2,511        2,511 
Net income    $3,286,887   $13,592   $3,300,479   $5,115,306   $(41,240)  $5,074,066 

 

(1) The reported financial statements include all CRB account related revenue. As a result no adjustment is necessary for revenue
(2) Adjustments to operating expense include the removal of corporate allocations and the inclusion of fees under the new Services Agreements including i) per account hosting fee, (ii) 25% shared investment income fee and (iii) loan servicing fee equal to 25 basis points of the average outstanding loan principal balance. In the audited financial statements, no loans were held at PCCU subject to the loan servicing fee. In addition, as corporate allocations were removed we included an adjustment for the PCCU CEO base salary prior to July 1, 2021 plus a 30% benefit charge as this individual became the SHF CEO effective July 1, 2021. The 30% benefit charge is consistent with the historical experience of SHF.

 

Other expense

 

Consists of interest expense for loan from PCCU that was retired during 2020.

 

Financial Condition

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash totaled $6,070,762, $5,495,905 and $3,001,363 as of March 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.

 

Cash flows

 

As compared to the three months ended March 31, 2021, cash provided by operations decreased $592,243 to $506,454 for the three months ended March 31, 2022, mainly due to reduced net income from operations with an additional amount resulting from changes across operating assets and liabilities. See discussion under “— Discussion of our Results of Operations” above for more information.

 

14
 

 

As compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, cash provided by operations decreased $2,003,820 to $2,946,383 for the year ended December 31, 2021, mainly due to reduced net income from operations. See discussion under “— Discussion of our Results of Operations” above for more information.

 

Deferred revenue

 

Deferred revenue is primarily related to contract liabilities associated with Safe Harbor agreements. As of December 31, 2020, SHF reported a contract liability from contracts with customers of $20,620. As of December 31, 2021, SHF reported a contract asset and liability of $18,317 and $8,333, respectively. As of March 31, 2022, SHF reported a contract asset of $26,928.

 

Liquidity

 

SHF has reported working capital of $6,575,179, $5,922,023 and $3,065,905 at March 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

 

Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, as long as the post combination business includes at least $5,000,000 in net tangible assets, PCCU is entitled to retain all cash on hand less current liabilities prior to July 31, 2021, which is approximately $3.1 million. The business combination assumes $70,000,000 cash payment to PCCU funded by $60,000,000 in PIPE capital with the residual assumed to be funded with non-redemptions of the existing public stockholders of the Company. Depending on redemptions, SHF will have access to additional funding at closing through the cash released, in excess of amounts necessary fund the cash portion of the transaction, from the Company’s trust account in accordance with the terms of the business combination. At this time, SHF is focused on completing the contemplated business combination which is subject to satisfaction of the remaining conditions to closing. Regardless, our cash on hand and other capital sources including cash flow from operations will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the following 12 months.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

Our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with GAAP. Preparing consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, and expenses, as well as disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. An appreciation of our critical accounting policies is necessary to understand our financial results. In some cases, we could reasonably use different accounting policies and estimates, and changes in our estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period. Accordingly, actual results could differ materially from our estimates, and our financial condition or results of operations could be affected. We base our estimates on our experience and other assumptions that we believe are reasonable, and we evaluate these estimates on an ongoing basis. We refer to accounting estimates of this type as critical accounting policies and estimates, which we discuss further below.

 

15
 

 

Revenue recognition

 

SHF adopted Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”). The core principle of ASC 606 requires that an entity recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which SHF expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. ASC 606 defines a five-step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, it is possible more judgment and estimates may be required within the revenue recognition process than required under existing accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) including identifying performance obligations in the contract, estimating the amount of variable consideration to include in the transaction price and allocating the transaction price to each separate performance obligation. SHF adopted ASC 606 for all applicable contracts using the modified retrospective method, which would have required a cumulative-effect adjustment, if any, as of the date of adoption. The adoption of ASC 606 did not have a material impact on SHF’s financial statements as of the date of adoption. As a result, a cumulative-effect adjustment was not required.

 

Revenue is recorded at a point in time when the performance obligation is satisfied, and no contingencies exist. Revenue consists primarily of fees earned on deposit accounts held at PCCU but serviced by SHF such as bank account charges, onboarding income, account activity fee income and other miscellaneous fees.

 

In addition, SHF recognizes revenue from the Master Program Agreement. The Master Program Agreement is a non-exclusive and non-transferable right to implement and utilize the Safe Harbor Program. The Safe Harbor Program has two performance obligations; an implementation fee recognized when the contract is effective and a service fee recognized ratable over the contract term as the compliance program is executed.

 

Lastly, SHF also records revenue for interest on loans and investment income allocated by PCCU based on specific customer balances.

 

Amounts received in advance of the service being provided is recorded as a liability under deferred revenue on the combined balance sheets. Typical Safe Harbor Program contracts are three-year contracts with amounts due monthly, quarterly or annually based on contract terms.

 

Customers consist of financial institutions providing services to CRBs. Revenues are concentrated in the United States.

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable incurred credit losses, increased by the provision for loan losses and decreased by charge-offs less recoveries. Management estimates the required allowance for loan losses balance using past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values, economic conditions, and other factors. Allocations of the allowance for loan losses may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged-off. Loan losses are charged against the allowance for loan losses when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed.

 

16
 

 

The allowance for loan losses consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as impaired or loans otherwise classified as substandard or doubtful. The general component covers non-classified loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for current factors.

 

Due to the nature of uncertainties related to any estimation process, Management’s estimate of loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio may change in the near term. However, the amount of the change that is reasonably possible cannot be estimated.

 

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, full payment under the loan terms is not expected. Impairment is generally evaluated in total for smaller-balance loans of similar nature such as a commercial loan and commercial lines of credit, but may be evaluated on an individual loan basis if deemed necessary. If a loan is impaired, a portion of the allowance is allocated so that the loan is reported, net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral.

 

The loans SHF intends to originate will be secured by various types of assets of the borrowers, including real property and certain personal property, including value associated with other assets to the extent permitted by applicable laws and the regulations governing the borrowers. The documents governing the loans also include a variety of provisions intended to provide remedies against the value associated with licenses. Collection procedures are designed to ensure that neither SHF nor its financial institution clients who provide funding for a loan, nor a third-party agent engaged to assist with the liquidation or foreclosure process, will take possession of cannabis inventory, cannabis paraphernalia, or other cannabis-related assets, nor will they take title to real estate used in cannabis-related businesses. Upon default of a loan, a third-party agent will be engaged to work with the borrower to have the borrower sell collateral securing the loan to a third party or to institute a foreclosure proceeding to have such collateral sold to generate funds towards the payoff of the loan. Applicable regulations under state law that govern CRBs generally do not permit the taking of title to real estate involved in commercial sales of cannabis, whether through foreclosure or otherwise, without prior regulatory approval. The sale of a license or other realization of the value of licenses also requires the approval of state and local regulatory authorities. A defaulted loan may also be sold if such a sale would yield higher proceeds or that a sale could be accomplished more quickly than a foreclosure proceeding while yielding proceeds comparable to what would be expected from a foreclosure sale. Such sale of the loan would be conducted through a third-party administrative agent. However, SHF can provide no assurances that a sale of such loans would be possible or that the sales price of such loans would be sufficient to recover the outstanding principal balance, accrued interest, and fees.

 

17
 

 

Indemnity liability

 

The indemnification component of the Loan Servicing Agreement is accounted for in accordance with ASC 450-20 Loss Contingencies. In determining the applicability of ASC 450-20, we considered that the agreement outlines a broad indemnification of all claims related to the cannabis-related business. The most immediate and potentially significant of these are potential default-related loan losses. In the lending industry, it is inherently anticipated future loan losses will result from currently issued debt. SHF’s indemnity obligation is subordinate to PCCU’s and other financial institution clients’ other means of collecting on the loans including foreclosure of the collateral, recourse against personal and/or corporate guarantors and other default remedies available in the loan agreements. Since borrowers are not party to the agreement between SHF and PCCU, any indemnity payments do not relieve borrowers of their obligation to PCCU nor would such payments preclude PCCU’s right to future recoveries from the debtor. Therefore, as defined in ASC 450-20, the indemnification clause represents a general loss contingency in that it is an existing condition, situation or set of circumstances involving uncertainty as to possible loss to the Company that will ultimately be resolved when one or more future events occur or fail to occur. SHF’s indemnity liability reflects SHF management’s estimate of probable loan losses inherent under the agreement at the balance sheet date. Management uses a disciplined process and methodology to establish the liability, and the estimates are sensitive to risk ratings assigned to individual loans covered by the agreement as well as economic assumptions driving the estimation model. Individual loan risk ratings are evaluated quarterly by SHF management based on each situation.

 

In addition to default-related loan losses, SHF continuously monitors all other circumstances pursuant to the agreement and identifies events that may necessitate a loss contingency under the Loan Servicing Agreement. A loss contingency is reported when it is both probable that a future event will confirm that a loss had been incurred on or before the related balance sheet date and the loss is reasonably estimable.

 

Emerging Growth Company Status

 

SHF is an emerging growth company (“EGC”), as defined in the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, EGCs can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued until such time as those standards apply to private companies. In electing this relief, the JOBS Act does not preclude an EGC from adopting a new or revised accounting standard earlier than the time that such standard applies to private companies. SHF has elected to use this relief and will do so until the earlier of the date that it (a) is no longer an emerging growth company or (b) affirmatively and irrevocably opts out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result of the elected JOBS Act relief, these combined and consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to companies that do not elect JOBS Act relief or choose to early adopt different accounting pronouncements than SHF.

 

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

In connection with the audit of our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020, two material weaknesses were identified in our internal controls over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal controls over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of SHF’s annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

 

18
 

 

One material weakness was identified related to a failure to complete an analysis of the accounting impact of ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers particularly as it related to revenue recognition associated with our Safe Harbor Program revenue, and one material weakness was identified associated with our application of carve out accounting guidance and our failure to exclude certain specifically identifiable expenses from corporate allocations. We have implemented a plan to remediate these material weaknesses, through measures that include the following:

 

  we are in process of hiring a Chief Financial Officer with public accounting and previous experience as a public company executive.
     
  we are utilizing third-party consultants and specialists, to supplement our internal resources.
     
  we have enhanced our reconciliation and review controls including review by our parent CFO.

 

With the implementation of this plan, the material weaknesses have been remediated for the year ended December 31, 2021. SHF’s principal financial and accounting officer has concluded that during the period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at a reasonable assurance level and, accordingly, provided reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by us in reports filed under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.

 

We have begun our implementation of Sarbanes-Oxley and we plan to continue to assess our internal controls and procedures and to take further action as necessary or appropriate to address any other matters we identify. See also the section titled “Risk Factors — Risks Related to New Safe Harbor’s Business Following the Business Combination.”

 

Related Party Relationships

 

Bridge loan

 

PCCU provided a 24-month bridge loan of $350,000 to SHF on January 1, 2019, at an interest rate of 3.75%. Principal and interest payments of $15,160 were due monthly in-arrears. The bridge loan was settled before its maturity date and had no outstanding balance on March 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and 2020.

 

19
 

 

Corporate allocations

 

Corporate allocations include overhead expenses such as information technology, customer support, marketing, executive compensation and other general and administrative expenses that are attributed to the Branches proportionately based on the relative size of the specific identifiable customer deposits to the consolidated PCCU.

 

Account Servicing Agreement

 

Effective July 1, 2021, SHF entered into an Account Servicing Agreement with PCCU. SHF provides services as per the agreement to CRB accounts at PCCU. In addition to providing the services, SHF assumes the costs associated with the CRB accounts. These costs include employees to manage account onboarding, monitoring and compliance, rent and office expense, insurance and other operating expenses necessary to service these accounts. Under the agreement, PCCU agrees to pay SHF all revenue generated from CRB accounts. Amounts due to SHF are due monthly in arrears and upon receipt of invoice. The agreement is for an initial term of 3 years from the effective date. It shall renew thereafter for 1-year terms until either SHF or PCCU provide sixty days prior written notice. Pursuant to this agreement, SHF reported revenue of $1,628,090 and $3,168,243 for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and for the period July 1, 2021 to December 31, 2021, respectively.

 

As described elsewhere in this proxy statement, on February 11, 2022, SHF and PCCU entered into the Amended and Restated Account Servicing Agreement, pursuant to which SHF provides services including, among other things, Bank Secrecy Act compliance and reporting, onboarding, responding to account inquiries, and responding to customer service inquiries relating to accounts at PCCU held for cannabis-related businesses (“CRBs”). Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Account Servicing Agreement, SHF’s fees for such services will equal all cannabis-related income, including all lending-related income (such as loan origination fees, interest income on CRB-related loans, participation fees and servicing fees), investment income, interest income, account activity fees, processing fees, flat fees, and other revenue generated from cannabis and multi-state hemp accounts that are hosted on PCCU’s core system. The Amended and Restated Account Servicing Agreement is for an initial term of three years and will renew for additional one-year terms unless a party provides 120 days’ notice of non-renewal, provided that PCCU may not provide notice of non-renewal until 30 months following the signing date. The Amended and Restated Account Servicing Agreement initially provided that the agreement would terminate within 60 days of SHF no longer qualifying as a “credit union service organization” or within 60 days of the assumption by a third party of all CRB-related accounts; however, on May 23, 2022, SHF and PCCU entered into the Second Amended and Restated Account Servicing Agreement, which agreement amended and restated the Amended and Restated Account Servicing Agreement to remove the provision providing for the termination of the agreement within 60 days of SHF no longer qualifying as a “credit union service organization,” as SHF will cease to qualify as a CUSO following the closing of the Business Combination.

 

20
 

 

Support Services Agreement

 

Effective July 1, 2021, SHF entered into a Support Services Agreement with PCCU. In exchange for hosting the depository accounts and the related loans and providing certain infrastructure support, PCCU receives (and SHF pays) a monthly fee per depository account. In addition, 25% of any investment income associated with CRB deposits is paid to PCCU. The respective duties and obligations as per the agreement commenced on the effective date and continue unless terminated by either SHF or PCCU upon giving sixty days prior written notice. Pursuant to these agreements and as amended and restated on February 11, 2022, the Company reported expense of $83,808 for the three month period ended March 31, 2022 and $0 for the three month period ended March 31, 2021. SHF reported expense of $190,908 for the period July 1, 2021 to December 31, 2021, respectively.

 

As described elsewhere in this proxy statement, on February 11, 2022, SHF and PCCU entered into the Amended and Restated Support Services Agreement, pursuant to which PCCU will continue to provide to SHF certain operational and administrative services relating to, among other things, human resources, employee benefits, IT and systems, accounting and marketing for a monthly fee equal to $30.96 per account in 2022 and $25.32 per account in 2023 and 2024. In addition, as it pertains to CRB deposits held at PCCU, investment and interest income earned on these deposits (excluding interest income on loans funded by PCCU) will be shared 25% to PCCU and 75% to SHF. SHF will also reimburse PCCU for any of its out-of-pocket expenses relating to the services provided to SHF. The Amended and Restated Support Services Agreement also sets forth certain agreements of PCCU to limit bonus distributions to its members to $30,000,000 during any 12-month period following the effective date of the agreement and to allow its ratio of CRB-related deposits to total assets to equal at least 65% unless otherwise dictated by regulatory, regulator or policy requirements. The Amended and Restated Support Services Agreement has the same term and termination provisions as the Amended and Restated Account Servicing Agreement, including a provision providing for the termination of the agreement within 60 days of SHF no longer qualifying as a “credit union service organization.” On May 23, 2022, SHF and PCCU entered into the Second Amended and Restated Support Services Agreement, which agreement amended and restated the Amended and Restated Support Services Agreement to remove the provision providing for the termination of the agreement within 60 days of SHF no longer qualifying as a “credit union service organization,” as SHF will cease to qualify as a CUSO following the closing of the Business Combination.

 

Loan Servicing Agreement

 

Effective February 11, 2022, SHF entered into a Loan Servicing Agreement with PCCU. The agreement sets forth the application, underwriting and approval process for loans from PCCU to CRB customers and the loan servicing and monitoring responsibilities provided by both PCCU and SHF. PCCU will receive a monthly servicing fee at the annual rate of 0.25% of the then-outstanding principal balance of each loan funded by PCCU. For the loans that are subject to this agreement, SHF originates the loans and performs all compliance analysis, credit analysis of the potential borrower, due diligence and underwriting and all administration, including hiring and incurring the costs of all related personnel or third-party vendors necessary to perform these services. Under the Loan Servicing Agreement, SHF has agreed to indemnify PCCU from all claims related to default-related loan losses as defined in the Loan Servicing Agreement. The agreement is for an initial term of three years and will renew for additional one-year terms unless a party provides 120 days’ notice of non-renewal or there is a termination for cause, provided that PCCU may not provide notice of non-renewal until 30 months following the signing date.

 

Pursuant to this agreement, the Company reported expenses of $1,373 for the three-month period ended March 31, 2022 and $0 for the three month period ended March 31, 2021.

 

Operating leases

 

Effective July 1, 2021, SHF entered into a gross lease with PCCU to lease space in its existing office at a monthly rent of $5,400. The term of this lease is for one year and unless terminated by either party automatically renews. SHF currently anticipates terminating the lease.

 

21

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.7

 

SHF’S MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

References in this section to “we,” “us,” or “our” refer to SHF. References to “management” refer to our officers and board of managers. The following discussion and analysis of our financial performance and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

Forward Looking Statements

 

All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this report, including statements regarding future operations, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, forward-looking statements may be identified by words such as “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “could,” “would,” “expect,” “objective,” “plan,” “potential,” “seek,” “grow,” “target,” “if,” and similar expressions intended to identify forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy, short-term and long-term business operations, objectives, and financial needs.

 

Overview

 

Founded in 2015 by PCCU (please see “Business Reorganization” below for a description of SHF’s organization), SHF’s mission is to support the growth and acceptance of the provide access to reliable and compliant financial services for the legal cannabis industry as a beneficial component of our society. Through that mission and as an early leader with over seven years of experience, SHF is a leading provider of access to reliable and compliance driven banking, lending and other financial services to cannabis related businesses and financial institutions servicing the desiring to provide those services to the cannabis industry.

 

Through our proprietary platform and on a multi-state level, SHF provides cannabis operators and ancillary business access to the following banking related services through PCCU and other financial institutions:

 

  Business checking and savings accounts
     
  Cash management accounts
     
  Savings and investment options
     
  Commercial lending
     
  Courier services (via third party relationships)
     
  Remote deposit services
     
  Automated Clearing House (ACH) payments and origination
     
  Wire payments

 

 

 

 

Our services allow our customers CRBs to obtain services from financial institutions that allow them to run their business more efficiently and effectively with improved financial insight into their business and access to resources to help them grow. Due to limited availability of payment and other banking solutions in for the cannabis industry, most business businesses transact with high volumes of cash. Our platform allows for fintech platform benefits CRBs and financial institutions by providing CRBs with access to financial institutions and financial institutions access to increased deposits with the comfort of knowing that those deposits have been compliantly monitored and validated. By facilitating the daily deposits of cash receipts reducing between CRBs and financial institutions, the risks associated with high cash on hand are mitigated, creating a safer atmosphere for the CRB’s employees and the financial institutions at which the deposit accounts are held. Because SHF is not a financial institution, customers and the surrounding communitiesSHF does not hold customer deposits. All deposit accounts are held by SHF’s financial institution clients and all transmissions of funds to and from deposit accounts are handled directly by the financial institutions.

 

In an industry with limited capital and financing options, we offer loans access to loan options at what we believe to be competitive rates often with less punitive terms than the current industry average. Current Our financial institution clients offer loan options include including senior secured debt and operating lines of debt and are provided across all cannabis industry verticals including: i) cultivation, ii) processing, iii) retail, iv) consumer brands and v) single and multi-state operators. We also provide . Collateral types include real estate, equipment, and other business assets. We also provide access to lending options to for ancillary cannabis service and payment providers serving the cannabis industry as these business businesses also can have difficulty finding reliable financial services.

 

To ensure our customers receive access to consistent and dependable banking access to CRBs, we provide our compliance, validation and monitoring services to financial institutions in a compliance driven environment ensuring strict adherence to the Bank Secrecy Act/FinCEN guidelines guidance and related anti money laundering provisions. Since inception and while , SHF has assisted PCCU in processing more than $12 billion in cannabis related funds and, the Company through its relationship with PCCU and other financial institutions, SHF has successfully navigated 16 state and federal banking exams.

 

With our In strategically selected geographic areas, SHF licenses to other financial institutions its proprietary software and Safe Harbor Program (the “Program”) and on a select basis, we allow other financial institutions to provide effective and profitable compliance-related services to the cannabis industryCRBs. As part of the Program, we provide the following to financial institutions interested in banking licensing the Program to assist in compliant cannabis banking:

 

  Initial customer due diligence – Know Your Customer

 

 

 

 

  Customer application management
     
  Program management support
     
  Compliance monitoring
     
  Regulatory exam assistance

 

Business Reorganization

 

SHF is the result of Carved-Out Operations (as defined below) of PCCU, a Colorado based credit union. The predecessor to SHF, Eagle Legacy Services, PLLC d/b/a Safe Harbor Services (“SHS” or “OldCoOldco”), was established as a limited liability company, acting as a credit union service organization in accordance with applicable laws, in order to provide financial, lending and operational services primarily to the cannabis industry and cannabis related businesses (“CRBs”). SHS was a wholly owned subsidiary of PCCU. In addition to SHSSHF, the Carved-Out Operations consist of certain Credit Union branches (the “Branches”) of PCCU and SHF.

 

During the fourth quarter of As the business began to scale in 2020, PCCU created two new entities: Safe Harbor Financial SHF Holding Co, LLC (“Holdco”), an interim holding company that is directly wholly owned by PCCU , and SHF, an operating entity wholly owned by Holdco. PCCU’s Board of Directors approved the contribution of certain assets and operating activities associated with operations from both the Branches and Oldco to Holdco. Holdco then contributed the same assets and related operations to SHF with PCCU’s investment in SHF maintained at the Holdco level (the “reorganization”). The reorganization effectively occurred July 1, 2021. In conjunction with the reorganization, all Branches’ employees and certain PCCU employees were terminated from PCCU and hired as SHF employees. Collectively, SHS, the Branches and SHF represent the “Carved-Out Operations.” After the reorganization, SHF contains the entirety of the Carved-Out Operations and OldCo Oldco was dissolved. SHF does business as Safe Harbor Financial.

 

Effective July 1, 2021, SHF entered into an Account Servicing Agreement with PCCU. SHF shall provide services as per the agreement to CRB accounts at PCCU. In addition to providing the services, SHF shall assume the costs associated with the CRB , which governed the fees paid by PCCU to SHF for the services provided by SHF until this agreement was amended as described below. Through the Account Servicing Agreement, SHF provided compliance, validation and monitoring services, and facilitates other financial services offered by PCCU to its CRB deposit accounts held and controlled by PCCU. SHF assumed the responsibility for the expenses associated with the services it provided. These costs include employees to manage customer onboarding and compliance, rent and office expense, insurance and other operating expenses necessary to service these accounts. Under the agreement, PCCU agrees to pay paid to SHF all revenue generated from CRB these accounts. Amounts due to SHF are were due monthly in arrears and upon receipt of invoice. The agreement is was for an initial term of 3 years from the effective date. It shall renew and renewed thereafter for 1-year terms until either SHF or PCCU provide provided sixty days prior written notice. Pursuant to this agreement, SHF reported revenue of $1,628,090 and $3,168,243 for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and for the period July 1, 2021 to December 31, 2021, respectively.

 

 

 

 

Effective July 1, 2021, SHF entered into a Support Services Agreement with PCCU, which governed the fees paid by SHF to PCCU for the services provided by PCCU until this agreement was amended as described below. In exchange for hosting the depository deposit accounts and the related loans and providing certain infrastructure support, PCCU receives (and received from SHF pays) a monthly fee per depository accountdeposit account. In addition, 25% of any investment income associated with CRB deposits was paid to PCCU. The respective duties and obligations as per the agreement commenced on the effective date and continue continued unless terminated by either SHF or PCCU upon giving sixty days prior written notice. Pursuant to this agreement, SHF reported expense of $83,808 and $190,908 for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and for the period July 1, 2021 to December 31, 2021.

 

Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Company SHF entered into amended services agreements with PCCU under similar terms as the July 2021 agreements. In addition, and in conjunction with the Purchase Agreement, SHF and PCCU entered into a Loan Servicing Agreement. These agreements are intended to reflect that SHF now bears the substantial expenses (i.e., employees, training and technology) resulting from taking on the account onboarding, validation and monitoring functions that PCCU would otherwise have borne directly.

 

Significant terms of the Amended and Restated Account Servicing Agreement and Amended and Restated Support Services Agreement are as follows:

 

  Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Account Servicing Agreement, SHF’s fees for such services will equal all cannabis-related income, including all lending-related income (such as loan origination fees, interest income on CRB-related loans, participation fees and servicing fees), investment income, interest income, account activity fees, processing fees, flat fees, and other revenue generated from cannabis and multi-state hemp accounts that are hosted on PCCU’s core system. The Amended and Restated Account Servicing Agreement is for an initial term of three years and will renew for additional one-year terms unless a party provides 120 days’ notice of non-renewal, provided that PCCU may not provide notice of non-renewal until 30 months following the signing date. The Amended and Restated Account Servicing Agreement initially provided that the agreement would terminate within 60 days of SHF no longer qualifying as a “credit union service organization” (a “CUSO”) or within 60 days of the assumption by a third party of all CRB-related accounts; however, on May 23, 2022, SHF and PCCU entered into the Second Amended and Restated Account Servicing Agreement, which agreement amended and restated the Amended and Restated Account Servicing Agreement to remove removed the provision providing for the termination of the agreement within 60 days of SHF no longer qualifying as a “credit union service organization,” CUSO, as SHF will cease to qualify as a CUSO following the closing of the Business Combination.

 

 

 

 

  Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Support Services Agreement, PCCU will continue to provide to SHF certain operational and administrative services relating to, among other things, human resources, employee benefits, IT and systems, accounting and marketing and capacity for CRB depository accounts for a monthly fee equal to $30.96 per account in 2022 and $25.32 per account in 2023 and 2024. In addition, as it pertains to CRB deposits held at PCCU, investment and interest income earned on these deposits (excluding interest income on loans funded by PCCU) will be shared 25% to PCCU and 75% to SHF. SHF will also reimburse PCCU for any of its out-of-pocket expenses relating to the services provided to SHF. Finally, under the Amended and Restated Support Services Agreement, PCCU will continue to allow its ratio of CRB-related deposits to total assets to equal at least 65% unless otherwise dictated by regulatory, regulator or policy requirements. The Amended and Restated Support Services Agreement has the same term and termination provisions as the Amended and Restated Account Servicing Agreement, including a provision providing for the termination of the agreement within 60 days of SHF no longer qualifying as a “credit union service organization.” On May 23, 2022, SHF and PCCU entered into the Second Amended and Restated Support Services Agreement, which agreement amended and restated the Amended and Restated Support Services Agreement to remove removed the provision providing for the termination of the agreement within 60 days of SHF no longer qualifying as a “credit union service organization,” CUSO, as SHF will cease to qualify as a CUSO following the closing of the Business Combination.

 

Effective February 11, 2022, SHF entered into a Loan Servicing Agreement with PCCU. The agreement sets forth the application, underwriting and approval process for loans from PCCU to CRB customers and the loan servicing and monitoring responsibilities provided by both PCCU and SHF. PCCU will receive For the loans subject to this agreement, SHF originates the loans and performs all compliance analysis, credit analysis of the potential borrower, due diligence and underwriting and all administration, including hiring and incurring the costs of all related personnel or third-party vendors necessary to perform these services. PCCU receives a monthly servicing fee at the an annual rate of 0.25% of the then-outstanding principal balance of each loan funded by PCCU. Under the Loan Servicing Agreement, SHF has agreed to indemnify PCCU from all claims related to SHF’s cannabis-related business, including but not limited to default-related loan losses as defined in the Loan Servicing Agreement. The agreement is for an initial term of three years and will renew for additional one-year terms unless a party provides 120 days’ notice of non-renewal or there is a termination for cause, provided that PCCU may not provide notice of non-renewal until 30 months following the signing date.

 

SHF’s loan The SHF lending services program currently depends on PCCU as SHF’s its largest funding source for new loans to CRBs. Under PCCU’s loan policy for loans to CRBs, PCCU’s board of directors has approved aggregate lending limits at the lessor of 1.3125 times PCCU’s net worth or 65% of total CRB deposits. Concentration limits for the deployment of loans are further categorized as (i) real estate secured, (ii) construction, (iii) unsecured and (iv) mixed collateral with each category limited to a percentage of PCCU’s net worth. In addition, loans to any one borrower or group of associated borrowers are limited by applicable National Credit Union Association (“NCUA”) regulations to the greater of $100,000 or 15% of PCCU’s net worth.

 

 

 

 

Purchase Agreement and Public Company Costs

 

On February 11, 2021, SHF entered into the Purchase Agreement with the Company, and assuming a favorable vote of the Company’s stockholders and SHF’s managers and satisfaction or waiver of all other closing conditions, the Company will purchase all of the issued and outstanding membership interests of SHF in exchange for an aggregate of $185,000,000, consisting of (i) 11,386,139 shares of the Company’s Class A Stock with an aggregate value equal to $115,000,000 and (ii) $70,000,000 in cash paid to the Seller. At the closing, the Company will deposit 1,831,683 shares of the Class A Stock with an escrow agent to be held in escrow for a period of 12 months following the closing to satisfy potential indemnification claims of the parties

 

The Company will amend and restate its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the form of the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation included in this proxy statement as Annex B to, among other matters: (a) change its name to “SHF Holdings Inc.,” or such other name as mutually agreed to by the parties to the Purchase Agreement; (b) expand the board of directors to seven individuals divided into three classes; and (c) remove and change certain provisions in the existing Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation related to the Company’s status as a blank check company. Additionally, each then-outstanding share of Class B Stock of the Company will be converted into one share of Class A Stock.

 

SHF will be deemed the accounting predecessor and the post-combination company will be the successor SEC registrant, which means that SHF’s financial statements for previous periods will be disclosed in the post-combination company’s future periodic reports filed with the SEC.

 

While the legal acquirer in the Purchase Agreement is the Company, for financial accounting and reporting purposes under U.S. GAAP, the Company will be the accounting acquirer and the transaction will be accounted for as a “reverse recapitalization.” A reverse recapitalization does not result in a new basis of accounting, and the financial statements of the post-combination company represent the continuation of the financial statements of SHF in many respects. Under this method of accounting, the Company will be treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. For accounting purposes, SHF will be deemed to be the accounting acquirer in the Business Combination and, consequently, the Business Combination will be treated as a recapitalization of SHF (i.e., a capital transaction involving the issuance of stock by the Company for the stock of SHF). Accordingly, the consolidated assets, liabilities, and results of operations of SHF will become the historical financial statements of the post-combination company, and the Company’s assets, liabilities and results of operations will be consolidated with SHF’s beginning on the acquisition date. Operations prior to the closing of the merger will be presented as those of SHF’s in future reports. The net assets of the Company will be recognized at historical cost (which is expected to be consistent with carrying value), with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. The most significant change in the post-combination company’s future reported financial position and results are expected to be an estimated decrease in cash (as compared to SHF’s consolidated balance sheet at March 31, 2022) of approximately $6.1 million assuming 85.7% of the Company’s public stockholders elect to have their shares redeemed, or an estimated increase in cash of approximately $94.4 million, assuming no stockholder redemptions.

 

As a consequence of the Business Combination, SHF will become the successor to an SEC-registered and Nasdaq-listed company which requires SHF to hire additional personnel and implement procedures and processes to address public company regulatory requirements and customary practices. SHF expects to incur additional annual expenses as a public company for, among other things, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, director fees and additional internal and external accounting and legal and administrative resources, including increased audit and legal fees. See the section entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information” for the estimated impact of these additional expenses following closing of the Business Combination. We expect to incur approximately $0.1 million to $0.2 million in additional costs prior to closing of the Business Combination, which are not direct costs of the transaction but rather public company readiness costs and thus will be expensed to operating expense during the first and second quarters of 2022.

 

 

 

 

Key Metrics

 

In addition to the measures presented in our consolidated financial statements, our management regularly monitors certain measures in the operation of our business. These key metrics are discussed below.

 

Earnings Before Interest Taxes Depreciation and Amortization (EBITDA) and Adjusted EBITDA

 

To provide investors with additional information regarding our financial results, we have disclosed EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, both of which are non-GAAP financial measures that we calculate as net loss before taxes and depreciation and amortization expense in the case of EBITDA and further adjusted to exclude non-cash, unusual and/or infrequent costs in the case of Adjusted EBITDA. Below we have provided a reconciliation of net loss (the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure) to EBITDA and from EBITDA to Adjusted EBITDA.

 

We present EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA because these metrics are a key measure used by our management to evaluate our operating performance, generate future operating plans, and make strategic decisions regarding the allocation of investment capacity. Accordingly, we believe that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management.

 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are as follows:

 

  although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and both EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;
     
  EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; and
     
  EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us.

 

 

 

 

Because of these limitations, you should consider EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA alongside other financial performance measures, including net loss and our other GAAP results.

 

A reconciliation of net loss to non-GAAP EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is as follows:

 

   Three Months Ended March 31, 
   2022   2021 
Net income  $501,600   $888,404 
Interest expense        
Depreciation and amortization expense   817    445 
Taxes        
EBITDA   502,417    888,849 
Other adjustments – loan loss provision/indemnity expense   68,190    5,102 
Adjusted EBITDA  $570,607   $893,951 

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2021   2020 
Net income  $3,286,887   $5,115,306 
Interest expense       2,511 
Depreciation and amortization expense   1,921    5,859 
Taxes        
EBITDA   3,288,808    5,123,676 
Other adjustments – loan loss provision   1,399    13,342 
Adjusted EBITDA  $3,290,207   $5,137,018 

 

The decrease in our income on an EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA basis is due to decreased revenue and increased operating expenses, as discussed under “— Discussion of our Results of Operations” below. Other adjustments include estimated future loan losses not yet realized including amounts indemnified to PCCU for shares funded by them. Effective February 2022, SHF entered into a Loan Servicing Agreement with PCCU, pursuant to which SHF has agreed to indemnify PCCU for claims associated with CRB activities including any loan default related losses for loans funded by PCCU.

 

Other Metrics

 

For our business operations, we monitor the following key metrics.

 

Total account balances, number of accounts and average account balances

 

Our lending capacity is dependent on the size of our managed deposit base and number of active accounts. In addition, fees are generated based on open accounts and account activity. We monitor account activity including deposits, withdrawals and ending account balance daily. Total account balances represent the balance of customer onboarded and monitored deposits on hand at financial institution partners clients at period end. Average account balance represents the total account balance divided by the number of accounts at the period end.

 

 

 

 

Account fees per average active accounts managed

 

Currently a significant amount of our fees is generated from account openings, active accounts and account activity. As a result, we monitor account openings and closings on a daily, weekly and monthly basis. We strive to meet the appropriate balance between depository balances and fees and therefore review account fees per number of active accounts managed.

 

Three Months Ended March 31,     2022   2021   Change ($)   Change (%) 
Average monthly ending deposit balance  (1)  $141,842,007   $172,369,321   $(30,527,314)   (17.7)%
Account fees  (2)  $1,466,868   $1,495,544   $(28,676)   (1.9)%
Average active accounts  (3)   581    510    71    13.9%
                        
Average account balance  (4)  $244,134   $337,979   $(93,845)   (27.8)%
Average fees per account  (4)  $2,525   $2,932   $(407)   (13.9)%

 

Year Ended December 31,     2021   2020   Change ($)   Change (%) 
Average monthly ending deposit balance  (1)  $180,462,421   $142,540,545   $37,921,876    27%
Annual account fees  (2)  $6,039,358   $6,868,275   $(828,917)   (12)%
Average active accounts  (3)   535    526    9    2%
                        
Average account balance  (4)  $337,313   $270,990   $66,323    24%
Average fees per account  (4)  $11,289   $13,058   $(1,769)   (14)%

 

(1) Represents the average of monthly ending account balances
(2) Reported account activity fee revenue
(3) Represents the average of monthly ending active accounts
(4) Refer to the below section – Discussion of Results of our Operations for additional discussion of trends.

 

While the average number of accounts increased for the three months ended March 31, 2022 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2021, the average account size and account fees decreased as we experienced some churn of larger clients replaced by smaller business. We expect this trend to shift as we lead with our lending program typically requiring borrowers to place deposits with financial institutions with which we have relationships.

 

SHF’s lending operations are considered early stage, as it began its focused efforts on expanding its lending in 2021. We are focused on enhancing and growing our lending platform. Incremental lending key metrics will be monitored as this portion of our business grows in volume. Metrics will include average loan balance, average life to repayment, average effective interest rate and loan status, amongst others.

 

 

 

 

Components of our Results of Operations

 

Revenue

 

SHF generates both interest income and fee income through providing a variety of financial services to PCCU to facilitate its banking services to CRBs including, among other things, Bank Secrecy Act and other regulatory compliance and reporting, onboarding, responding to account inquiries, responding to customer service inquiries relating to CRB depository deposit accounts held at partner financial institutionsinstitution clients, and sourcing and managing originating loans. In addition, the Company SHF provides these similar services and outsourced support on a white label basis to other financial institutions providing banking to the cannabis industry. These services are provided under the Safe Harbor Master Program Agreement.

 

Operating expenses

 

Operating expenses consist of compensation and benefits, professional services, rent expense, parent allocations, provisions for loan losses and indemnity expense and other general and administrative expenses.

 

Compensation and benefits consist of employee wages and associated benefits while professional services consist of legal and general and accounting fees.

 

Professional services expense includes legal, accounting and other consulting expense.

 

PCCU allocations include corporate allocations such as information technology, customer support, marketing, executive compensation and other general and administrative expenses are attributed to the Carved-Out Operations based on the size of the specifically identifiable CRB’s deposit balances, deposit activity and accounts relative to the totals of the consolidated PCCU. These allocations were discontinued effective July 1, 2021 in conjunction with the business reorganization.

 

SHF reports a provision for loan losses both as it relates to loans funded internally and those carried by PCCU or other financial institutions including PCCU. SHF typically indemnifies any financial institution partner for loans originated and serviced PCCU for losses on loans to borrowers sourced by SHF and funded by the partnerPCCU. SHF anticipates comparable arrangements with other financial institutions that fund loans to borrowers sourced by SHF.

 

Other general and administrative expenses consist of various miscellaneous items including account hosting fees, insurance expense, travel meals and entertainment and other office and operating expense.

 

 

 

 

Discussion of our Results of Operations —2022 Compared to 2021

 

Revenue

 

Three Months Ended March 31,  2022   2021   Change ($)   Change (%) 
Account fees  $1,466,868   $1,495,554    (28,686)   (1.9)%
Safe Harbor Program   43,020    154,995    (111,975)   (72.2)%
Investment income   93,986    78,011    15,975    20.5%
Loan interest income   67,236    21,721    45,515    209.5%
Total Revenue  $1,671,110   $1,750,281    (79,171)   (4.5)%

 

Account fee income consists of deposit account fees, activity fees and onboarding income. Historically, SHF has charged received from PCCU fees based on cannabis related deposit account activity. During 2021, we reduced our fee percentage for cannabis specific accounts in order to ensure we were competitive with the market. During January 2022, we implemented a flat fee for certain CRB accounts based on historical and anticipated deposit levels. In addition, we charge receive a flat fee and lower rates for ancillary accounts. Ancillary , which are accounts are provided to businesses servicing the cannabis industry in general but that do not process manufacture, possess, distribute or transport cannabis. Our mix The ratio of ancillary accounts to cannabis specific accounts increased during 2021.

 

SHF provides licenses similar account services and outsourced support on a white label basis to other financial institutions providing banking to the cannabis industry. These services are provided under the Safe Harbor Master Program Agreement. Revenue has from the licensing of this program has intentionally decreased as we strategically narrow the financial institutions and states we allow under this program and instead focus on servicing CRBs directlypermitted to license the program.

 

Investment income increased as a result of recent Federal Reserve interest rate increases.

 

Loan interest income has increased as SHF increases its focus on providing lending services. At the end of 2020, SHF serviced two loans as compared to four at the end of 20222021. In addition, for the three months ended March 31, 2022, SHF originated sourced three incremental loans funded by PCCU under the Loan Servicing Agreement. SHF anticipates significantly increasing its loan activity services during 2022 with approximately $37.0 million of SHF originated loans in underwriting as of June 8, 2022.

 

Operating expenses

 

As discussed in the Business Reorganization section above, PCCU allocations were discontinued effective July 1, 2022 2021 and SHF entered into both an account servicing agreement and support service agreement. There is no impact on revenue as a result of implementing these agreements.

 

Three Months Ended March 31,  2022   2021   Change ($)   Change (%) 
Compensation and employee benefits  $722,525   $508,641    213,884    42%
Professional services   130,816    24,657    106,159    431%
Rent expense   25,025    14,800    10,225    69%
Parent allocations       281,126    (281,126)   (100)%
Provision for loan losses   68,190    5,102    63,088    1,237%
General and administrative expenses   222,954    27,551    195,403    709%
Total Operating Expenses  $1,169,510   $861,877    307,633    36%

 

 

 

 

Compensation and employee benefits increased primarily as a result of Sundie Seefried, our CEO, and one of our Vice President’s Presidents resigning from PCCU effective July 1, 2021 and beginning employment at SHF the same date. Prior to the July 1, 2021 reorganization a portion of their costs would have been included in the Parent allocations. Amounts also increased as SHF increased head count in conjunction with anticipated growth.

 

Professional services expense increased primarily due to audit fees incurred during 2021 and increased consulting fees as we increase our lending activity.

 

PCCU Parent allocations decreased to zero as they were discontinued in conjunction with the reorganization discussed in the Business Reorganization section above.

 

General and administrative expenses increased across various categories including: i) approximately $84,000 in account and hosting fees as a result of the discussed reorganization, ii) approximately $82,000 in increased advertising and marketing as we focus on growth and iii) $60,000 in incremental expense as we prepare to be a public company

 

Proforma Summary Financial Statements

 

As discussed in the Business Reorganization section above, parent allocations were discontinued effective July 1, 2022 and SHF entered into both an account servicing agreement and support service agreement with PCCU. Had the effect of these agreements been applied to period prior to July 1, 2021, we estimate the following impact to the summary financial statements:

 

Three Months Ended     2022   2021 
March 31,     Reported   Adj   Adjusted   Reported   Adj   Adjusted 
Revenue  (1)  $1,671,110   $   $1,671,110   $1,750,281   $   $1,750,281 
Operating expense  (2)   1,169,510        1,169,510    861,887    35,664    897,541 
Net income     $501,600   $   $501,600   $888,403   $(35,664)  $852,740 

 

(1) The reported financial statements include all CRB account related revenue. As a result, no adjustment is necessary for revenue
   
(2) Adjustments to operating expense include the removal of corporate allocations and the inclusion of fees under the new Services Agreements including i) per account hosting fee, (ii) 25% shared investment income fee and (iii) loan servicing fee equal to 25 basis points of the average outstanding loan principal balance. In the audited financial statements, no loans were held at PCCU subject to the loan servicing fee. In addition, as corporate allocations were removed we included an adjustment for the PCCU CEO base salary prior to July 1, 2021 plus a 30% benefit charge as this individual became the SHF CEO effective July 1, 2021. The 30% benefit charge is consistent with the historical experience of SHF.

 

 

 

 

Discussion of our Results of Operations — 2021 Compared to 2020

 

Revenue

 

Year Ended December 31,  2021   2020   Change ($)   Change (%) 
Account fees  $6,039,358   $6,868,275    (828,917)   (12)%
Safe Harbor Program   478,041    573,309    (95,268)   (17)%
Investment income   376,918    559,415    (182,497)   (33)%
Loan interest income   102,961    25,280    77,681    307%
Miscellaneous income   8,301    11,859    (3,558)   (30)%
Total Revenue  $7,005,579   $8,038,138    (1,032,559)   (13)%

 

Account fee income consists of deposit account fees, activity fees and onboarding income. Historically SHF has charged received fees based on cannabis related deposit account activity at PCCU. During 2021, we reduced our fee percentage for cannabis specific accounts in order to ensure we were competitive with the market. During January 2022, we implemented a flat fee for certain CRB accounts based on historical and anticipated deposit levels. In addition, we charge receive a flat fee and lower rates for ancillary accounts. Ancillary , which are accounts are provided to businesses servicing the cannabis industry in general but that do not process manufacture, possess, distribute or transport cannabis. Our mix The ratio of ancillary accounts to cannabis specific accounts increased during 2021.

 

SHF provides similar account services and outsourced support on a white label basis to other financial institutions providing banking to the cannabis industry. These services are provided under the Safe Harbor Master Program Agreement. Revenue has decreased as we narrow the financial institutions and states we allow under this program and instead focus on servicing CRBs directly.

 

Investment income declined as a result of a lower interest rate environment for all of 2021 coupled with a risk reduced investment portfolio given the uncertain environment relating to the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

Loan interest income has increased from 2021 to 2020 as SHF increases its focus on lending. At the end of 2020, SHF serviced two loans as compared to four at the end of 2021. SHF anticipates significantly increasing its loan activity services during 2022 with approximately $37.0 million in potential loans in underwriting as of June 8, 2022.

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

As discussed in the Business Reorganization section above, PCCU allocations were discontinued effective July 1, 2022 and SHF entered into both an account servicing agreement and support service agreement. There is no impact on revenue as a result of implementing these agreements.

 

Year Ended December 31,  2021   2020   Change ($)   Change (%) 
Compensation and employee benefits  $2,135,243   $1,729,190    406,053    23%
Professional services   292,143    124,071    168,072    135%
Rent expense   73,482    71,382    2,100    3%
Parent allocations   648,533    840,142    (191,609)   (23)%
Provision for loan losses   1,399    13,342    (11,943)   (90)%
General and administrative expenses   567,892    142,194    425,698    299%
Total Operating Expenses  $3,718,692   $2,920,321    798,371    27%

 

Compensation and employee benefits increased primarily as a result of Sundie Seefried, our CEO, resigning as PCCU’s CEO effective July 1, 2021 and beginning employment at SHF the same date. Prior to the July 1, 2021 reorganization a portion of her costs would have been included in the PCCU Parent allocations. Amounts also increased as SHF increased head count in conjunction with anticipated growth.

 

Professional services expense increased primarily due to audit fees incurred during 2021 and increased consulting fees as we increase our lending activity.

 

PCCU Parent allocations decreased as they were discontinued in conjunction with the reorganization discussed in the Business Reorganization section above.

 

General and administrative expenses increased across various categories including: i) approximately $190,000 in account and hosting fees as a result of the discussed reorganization, ii) approximately $65,000 in increased advertising and marketing as we focus on growth and iii) $150,000 associated with a legal settlement.

 

Proforma Summary Financial Statements

 

As discussed in the Business Reorganization section above, parent allocations were discontinued effective July 1, 2022 and SHF entered into both an account servicing agreement and support service agreement. Had the effect of these agreements been applied to period prior to July 1, 2021, we estimate the following impact to the summary financial statements:

 

Year Ended     2021   2020 
December 31,     Reported   Adj   Adjusted   Reported   Adj   Adjusted 
Revenue  (1)  $7,005,579   $   $7,005,579   $8,038,138   $   $8,038,138 
Operating expense  (2)   3,718,692    (13,592)   3,705,100    2,920,321    41,240    2,961,561 
Other expense                  2,511        2,511 
Net income     $3,286,887   $13,592   $3,300,479   $5,115,306   $(41,240)  $5,074,066 

 

(1) The reported financial statements include all CRB account related revenue. As a result no adjustment is necessary for revenue
   
(2) Adjustments to operating expense include the removal of corporate allocations and the inclusion of fees under the new Services Agreements including i) per account hosting fee, (ii) 25% shared investment income fee and (iii) loan servicing fee equal to 25 basis points of the average outstanding loan principal balance. In the audited financial statements, no loans were held at PCCU subject to the loan servicing fee. In addition, as corporate allocations were removed we included an adjustment for the PCCU CEO base salary prior to July 1, 2021 plus a 30% benefit charge as this individual became the SHF CEO effective July 1, 2021. The 30% benefit charge is consistent with the historical experience of SHF.

 

 

 

 

Other expense

 

Consists of interest expense for loan from PCCU that was retired during 2020.

 

Financial Condition

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash totaled $6,070,762, $5,495,905 and $3,001,363 as of March 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.

 

Cash flows

 

As compared to the three months ended March 31, 2021, cash provided by operations decreased $592,243 to $506,454 for the three months ended March 31, 2022, mainly due to reduced net income from operations with an additional amount resulting from changes across operating assets and liabilities. See discussion under “— Discussion of our Results of Operations” above for more information.

 

As compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, cash provided by operations decreased $2,003,820 to $2,946,383 for the year ended December 31, 2021, mainly due to reduced net income from operations. See discussion under “— Discussion of our Results of Operations” above for more information.

 

Deferred revenue

 

Deferred revenue is primarily related to contract liabilities associated with Safe Harbor agreements. As of December 31, 2020, SHF reported a contract liability from contracts with customers of $20,620. As of December 31, 2021, SHF reported a contract asset and liability of $18,317 and $8,333, respectively. As of March 31, 2022, SHF reported a contract asset of $26,928.

 

Liquidity

 

SHF has reported working capital of $6,575,179, $5,922,023 and $3,065,905 at March 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

 

 

 

 

Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, as long as the post combination business includes at least $5,000,000 in net tangible assets, PCCU is entitled to retain all cash on hand less current liabilities prior to July 31, 2021, which is approximately $3.1 million. The business combination assumes $70,000,000 cash payment to PCCU funded by $60,000,000 in PIPE capital with the residual assumed to be funded with non-redemptions of the existing public stockholders of the Company. Depending on redemptions, SHF will have access to additional funding at closing through the cash released, in excess of amounts necessary fund the cash portion of the transaction, from the Company’s trust account in accordance with the terms of the business combination. At this time, SHF is focused on completing the contemplated business combination which is subject to approval of the Company’s stockholders and SHF’s sole member, the expiration of the waiting period under the HSR Act and other customary closing conditionssatisfaction of the remaining conditions to closing. Regardless, our cash on hand and other capital sources including cash flow from operations will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the following 12 months.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

Our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with GAAP. Preparing consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, and expenses, as well as disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. An appreciation of our critical accounting policies is necessary to understand our financial results. In some cases, we could reasonably use different accounting policies and estimates, and changes in our estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period. Accordingly, actual results could differ materially from our estimates, and our financial condition or results of operations could be affected. We base our estimates on our experience and other assumptions that we believe are reasonable, and we evaluate these estimates on an ongoing basis. We refer to accounting estimates of this type as critical accounting policies and estimates, which we discuss further below.

 

Revenue recognition

 

SHF adopted Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”). The core principle of ASC 606 requires that an entity recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which SHF expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. ASC 606 defines a five-step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, it is possible more judgment and estimates may be required within the revenue recognition process than required under existing accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) including identifying performance obligations in the contract, estimating the amount of variable consideration to include in the transaction price and allocating the transaction price to each separate performance obligation. SHF adopted ASC 606 for all applicable contracts using the modified retrospective method, which would have required a cumulative-effect adjustment, if any, as of the date of adoption. The adoption of ASC 606 did not have a material impact on SHF’s financial statements as of the date of adoption. As a result, a cumulative-effect adjustment was not required.

 

Revenue is recorded at a point in time when the performance obligation is satisfied, and no contingencies exist. Revenue consists primarily of fees earned on deposit accounts held at PCCU but serviced by SHF such as bank account charges, onboarding income, account activity fee income and other miscellaneous fees.

 

 

 

 

In addition, SHF recognizes revenue from the Master Program Agreement. The Master Program Agreement is a non-exclusive and non-transferable right to implement and utilize the Safe Harbor Program. The Safe Harbor Program has two performance obligations; an implementation fee recognized when the contract is effective and a service fee recognized ratable over the contract term as the compliance program is executed.

 

Lastly, SHF also records revenue for interest on loans and investment income allocated by PCCU based on specific customer balances.

 

Amounts received in advance of the service being provided is recorded as a liability under deferred revenue on the combined balance sheets. Typical Safe Harbor Program contracts are three-year contracts with amounts due monthly, quarterly or annually based on contract terms.

 

Customers consist of Cannabis Related Businesses (“CRBs) and financial institutions providing services to CRBs. Revenues are concentrated in the United States.

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable incurred credit losses, increased by the provision for loan losses and decreased by charge-offs less recoveries. Management estimates the required allowance for loan losses balance using past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values, economic conditions, and other factors. Allocations of the allowance for loan losses may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged-off. Loan losses are charged against the allowance for loan losses when Management management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed.

 

The allowance for loan losses consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as impaired or loans otherwise classified as substandard or doubtful. The general component covers non-classified loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for current factors.

 

Due to the nature of uncertainties related to any estimation process, Management’s estimate of loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio may change in the near term. However, the amount of the change that is reasonably possible cannot be estimated.

 

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, full payment under the loan terms is not expected. Impairment is generally evaluated in total for smaller-balance loans of similar nature such as a commercial loan and commercial lines of credit, but may be evaluated on an individual loan basis if deemed necessary. If a loan is impaired, a portion of the allowance is allocated so that the loan is reported, net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. SHF’s policy for repossessing collateral is that when all other collection efforts have been exhausted, SHF enforces its first lien holder status and repossesses the collateral. SHF, via its partners, has access to the value associated with repossessed collateral. Repossessed collateral normally consists of residential real estate and other borrower operating assets.

 

 

 

 

The loans SHF intends to originate will be secured by various types of assets of the borrowers, including real property and certain personal property, including value associated with other assets to the extent permitted by applicable laws and the regulations governing the borrowers. The documents governing the loans also include a variety of provisions intended to provide remedies against the value associated with licenses. Collection procedures are designed to ensure that neither SHF nor its financial institution clients who provide funding for a loan, nor a third-party agent engaged to assist with the liquidation or foreclosure process, will take possession of cannabis inventory, cannabis paraphernalia, or other cannabis-related assets, nor will they take title to real estate used in cannabis-related businesses. Upon default of a loan, a third-party agent will be engaged to work with the borrower to have the borrower sell collateral securing the loan to a third party or to institute a foreclosure proceeding to have such collateral sold to generate funds towards the payoff of the loan. Applicable regulations under state law that govern CRBs generally do not permit the taking of title to real estate involved in commercial sales of cannabis, whether through foreclosure or otherwise, without prior regulatory approval. The sale of a license or other realization of the value of licenses also requires the approval of state and local regulatory authorities. A defaulted loan may also be sold if such a sale would yield higher proceeds or that a sale could be accomplished more quickly than a foreclosure proceeding while yielding proceeds comparable to what would be expected from a foreclosure sale. Such sale of the loan would be conducted through a third-party administrative agent. However, SHF can provide no assurances that a sale of such loans would be possible or that the sales price of such loans would be sufficient to recover the outstanding principal balance, accrued interest, and fees.

 

Indemnity liability

 

The indemnification component of the Loan Servicing Agreement is accounted for in accordance with ASC 450-20 Loss Contingencies. In determining the applicability of ASC 450-20, we considered that the agreement outlines a broad indemnification of all claims related to the cannabis-related business. The most immediate and potentially significant of these are potential default-related loan losses. In the lending industry, it is inherently anticipated future loan losses will result from currently issued debt. SHF’s indemnity obligation is subordinate to PCCU’s and other financial institution clients’ other means of collecting on the loans including repossession of foreclosure of the collateral, recourse against personal and/or corporate guarantors and other default remedies available in the loan agreements. Since borrowers are not party to the agreement between SHF and PCCU, any indemnity payments do not relieve borrowers of their obligation to PCCU nor would such payments preclude PCCU’s right to future recoveries from the debtor. Therefore, as defined in ASC 450-20, the indemnification clause represents a general loss contingency in that it is an existing condition, situation or set of circumstances involving uncertainty as to possible loss to the Company that will ultimately be resolved when one or more future events occur or fail to occur. SHF’s indemnity liability reflects SHF management’s estimate of probable loan losses inherent under the agreement at the balance sheet date. Management uses a disciplined process and methodology to establish the liability, and the estimates are sensitive to risk ratings assigned to individual loans covered by the agreement as well as economic assumptions driving the estimation model. Individual loan risk ratings are evaluated quarterly by SHF management based on each situation.

 

 

 

 

In addition to default-related loan losses, SHF continuously monitors all other circumstances pursuant to the agreement and identifies events that may necessitate a loss contingency under the Loan Servicing Agreement. A loss contingency is reported when it is both probable that a future event will confirm that a loss had been incurred on or before the related balance sheet date and the loss is reasonably estimable.

 

Emerging Growth Company Status

 

SHF is an emerging growth company (“EGC”), as defined in the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, EGCs can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued until such time as those standards apply to private companies. In electing this relief, the JOBS Act does not preclude an EGC from adopting a new or revised accounting standard earlier than the time that such standard applies to private companies. SHF has elected to use this relief and will do so until the earlier of the date that it (a) is no longer an emerging growth company or (b) affirmatively and irrevocably opts out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result of the elected JOBS Act relief, these combined and consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to companies that do not elect JOBS Act relief or choose to early adopt different accounting pronouncements than SHF.

 

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

In connection with the audit of our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020, two material weaknesses were identified in our internal controls over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal controls over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of SHF’s annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

 

One material weakness was identified related to a failure to complete an analysis of the accounting impact of ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers particularly as it related to revenue recognition associated with our Safe Harbor Program revenue, and one material weakness was identified associated with our application of carve out accounting guidance and our failure to exclude certain specifically identifiable expenses from corporate allocations. We have implemented a plan to remediate these material weaknesses, through measures that include the following:

 

  we are in process of hiring a Chief Financial Officer with public accounting and previous experience as a public company executive.
     
  we are utilizing third-party consultants and specialists, to supplement our internal resources.
     
  we have enhanced our reconciliation and review controls including review by our parent CFO.

 

 

 

 

With the implementation of this plan, the material weaknesses have been remediated for the year ended December 31, 2021. SHF’s principal financial and accounting officer has concluded that during the period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at a reasonable assurance level and, accordingly, provided reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by us in reports filed under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.

 

We have begun our implementation of Sarbanes-Oxley and we plan to continue to assess our internal controls and procedures and to take further action as necessary or appropriate to address any other matters we identify. See also the section titled “Risk Factors — Risks Related to New Safe Harbor’s Business Following the Business Combination.”

 

Related Party Relationships

 

Bridge loan

 

PCCU provided a 24-month bridge loan of $350,000 to SHF on January 1, 2019, at an interest rate of 3.75%. Principal and interest payments of $15,160 were due monthly in-arrears. The bridge loan was settled before its maturity date and had no outstanding balance on March 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and 2020.

 

Corporate allocations

 

Corporate allocations include overhead expenses such as information technology, customer support, marketing, executive compensation and other general and administrative expenses that are attributed to the Branches proportionately based on the relative size of the specific identifiable customer deposits to the consolidated PCCU.

 

Account Servicing Agreement

 

Effective July 1, 2021, SHF entered into an Account Servicing Agreement with PCCU. SHF shall provide provides services as per the agreement to CRB accounts at PCCU. In addition to providing the services, SHF shall assume assumes the costs associated with the CRB accounts. These costs include employees to manage account onboarding, monitoring and compliance, rent and office expense, insurance and other operating expenses necessary to service these accounts. Under the agreement, PCCU agrees to pay SHF all revenue generated from CRB accounts. Amounts due to SHF are due monthly in arrears and upon receipt of invoice. The agreement is for an initial term of 3 years from the effective date. It shall renew thereafter for 1-year terms until either SHF or PCCU provide sixty days prior written notice. Pursuant to this agreement, SHF reported revenue of $1,628,090 and $3,168,243 for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and for the period July 1, 2021 to December 31, 2021, respectively.

 

 

 

 

As described elsewhere in this proxy statement, on February 11, 2022, SHF and PCCU entered into the Amended and Restated Account Servicing Agreement, pursuant to which SHF provides services including, among other things, Bank Secrecy Act compliance and reporting, onboarding, responding to account inquiries, and responding to customer service inquiries relating to accounts at PCCU held for cannabis-related businesses (“CRBs”). Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Account Servicing Agreement, SHF’s fees for such services will equal all cannabis-related income, including all lending-related income (such as loan origination fees, interest income on CRB-related loans, participation fees and servicing fees), investment income, interest income, account activity fees, processing fees, flat fees, and other revenue generated from cannabis and multi-state hemp accounts that are hosted on PCCU’s core system. The Amended and Restated Account Servicing Agreement is for an initial term of three years and will renew for additional one-year terms unless a party provides 120 days’ notice of non-renewal, provided that PCCU may not provide notice of non-renewal until 30 months following the signing date. The Amended and Restated Account Servicing Agreement initially provided that the agreement would terminate within 60 days of SHF no longer qualifying as a “credit union service organization” or within 60 days of the assumption by a third party of all CRB-related accounts; however, on May 23, 2022, SHF and PCCU entered into the Second Amended and Restated Account Servicing Agreement, which agreement amended and restated the Amended and Restated Account Servicing Agreement to remove the provision providing for the termination of the agreement within 60 days of SHF no longer qualifying as a “credit union service organization,” as SHF will cease to qualify as a CUSO following the closing of the Business Combination.

 

Support Services Agreement

 

Effective July 1, 2021, SHF entered into a Support Services Agreement with PCCU. In exchange for hosting the depository accounts and the related loans and providing certain infrastructure support, PCCU receives (and SHF pays) a monthly fee per depository account. In addition, 25% of any investment income associated with CRB deposits is paid to PCCU. The respective duties and obligations as per the agreement commenced on the effective date and continue unless terminated by either SHF or PCCU upon giving sixty days prior written notice. Pursuant to these agreements and as amended and restated on February 11, 2022, the Company reported expense of $83,808 for the three month period ended March 31, 2022 and $0 for the three month period ended March 31, 2021. SHF reported expense of $190,908 for the period July 1, 2021 to December 31, 2021, respectively.

 

As described elsewhere in this proxy statement, on February 11, 2022, SHF and PCCU entered into the Amended and Restated Support Services Agreement, pursuant to which PCCU will continue to provide to SHF certain operational and administrative services relating to, among other things, human resources, employee benefits, IT and systems, accounting and marketing for a monthly fee equal to $30.96 per account in 2022 and $25.32 per account in 2023 and 2024. In addition, as it pertains to CRB deposits held at PCCU, investment and interest income earned on these deposits (excluding interest income on loans funded by PCCU) will be shared 25% to PCCU and 75% to SHF. SHF will also reimburse PCCU for any of its out-of-pocket expenses relating to the services provided to SHF. The Amended and Restated Support Services Agreement also sets forth certain agreements of PCCU to limit bonus distributions to its members to $30,000,000 during any 12-month period following the effective date of the agreement and to allow its ratio of CRB-related deposits to total assets to equal at least 65% unless otherwise dictated by regulatory, regulator or policy requirements. The Amended and Restated Support Services Agreement has the same term and termination provisions as the Amended and Restated Account Servicing Agreement, including a provision providing for the termination of the agreement within 60 days of SHF no longer qualifying as a “credit union service organization.” On May 23, 2022, SHF and PCCU entered into the Second Amended and Restated Support Services Agreement, which agreement amended and restated the Amended and Restated Support Services Agreement to remove the provision providing for the termination of the agreement within 60 days of SHF no longer qualifying as a “credit union service organization,” as SHF will cease to qualify as a CUSO following the closing of the Business Combination.

 

 

 

 

Loan Servicing Agreement

 

Effective February 11, 2022, SHF entered into a Loan Servicing Agreement with PCCU. The agreement sets forth the application, underwriting and approval process for loans from PCCU to CRB customers and the loan servicing and monitoring responsibilities provided by both PCCU and SHF. PCCU will receive a monthly servicing fee at the annual rate of 0.25% of the then-outstanding principal balance of each loan funded by PCCU. For the loans that are subject to this agreement, SHF originates the loans and performs all compliance analysis, credit analysis of the potential borrower, due diligence and underwriting and all administration, including hiring and incurring the costs of all related personnel or third-party vendors necessary to perform these services. Under the Loan Servicing Agreement, SHF has agreed to indemnify PCCU from all claims related to SHF’s cannabis-related business, including but not limited to default-related loan losses as defined in the Loan Servicing Agreement. The agreement is for an initial term of three years and will renew for additional one-year terms unless a party provides 120 days’ notice of non-renewal or there is a termination for cause, provided that the Parent PCCU may not provide notice of non-renewal until 30 months following the signing date.

 

Pursuant to this agreement, the Company reported expenses of $1,373 for the three-month period ended March 31, 2022 and $0 for the three month period ended March 31, 2021.

 

Operating leases

 

Effective July 1, 2021, SHF entered into a gross lease with PCCU to lease space in its existing office at a monthly rent of $5,400. The term of this lease is for one year and unless terminated by either party automatically renews. SHF currently anticipates terminating the lease.